Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Kythe Wei An Introductionto Linearand NFA
Kythe Wei An Introductionto Linearand NFA
Kythe
Dongming Wei
An Introduction
to Linear and Nonlinear
Finite Element Analysis
A Computational Approach
Kythe, Prem K.
An introduction to linear and nonlinear finite element analysis : a computational approach
Iby Prem K. Kythe, Dongming Wei.
p. cm.
Inc\udes bibliographical references and index.
ISBN 978-1-4612-6466-8 ISBN 978-0-8176-8160-9 (eBook)
DOI 10.1007/978-0-8176-8160-9
1. Structural analysis (Engineering) 2. Finite element method. 1. Wei, Dongming, 1958-
II. Title
TA646.K98 2003
620'.0042-<ic22 2003057713
CIP
The use of general descriptive names, trade names, trademarks, etc., in this publication, even ifthe
former are not especially identified, is not to be taken as a sign that such names, as understood by the
Trade Marks and Merchandise Marks Act, may accordingly be used freely by anyone.
9 8 7 6 543 2 1
Contents
Preface ix
Notation xvii
1 Introduction 1
1.1 Historical Sketch 1
1.2 Euler-Lagrange Equations 2
1.2.1 Functionals 2
1.2.2 Boundary Conditions 3
1.3 Weak Variational Form 3
1.4 Galerkin Method 9
1.5 Rayleigh-Ritz Method 11
1.6 Exercises 18
5 Two-Dimensional Elements 89
5.1 Linear Three-Node Triangular Elements 89
5.2 Bilinear Four-Node Rectangular Elements 91
5.3 Global Shape Functions 94
5.4 Triangular Coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
5.5 Shape Functions on the Sides of a Triangle 99
5.5.1 Linear Shape Functions on the Sides of a Triangle 99
5.5.2 Quadratic Shape Functions on the Sides of a Triangle 101
5.6 Exercises 105
Bibliography 433
Index 439
Preface
This textbook on linear and nonlinear finite element methods has evolved out of
teaching of a sequence of two courses at the University of New Orleans for the past
12 years to a variety of students from the engineering, physics, geophysics, and
mathematics departments. The first of these courses is an introduction designed for
undergraduate and beginning graduate students, whereas the second is a follow-
up mainly for graduate students. In the past we used a number of textbooks and
selected material at different times on a trial basis, and we developed our own
notes and a repertoire of representative engineering and technological problems
that cater to the disciplines of our students.
As everyone knows the market is replete with textbooks on finite element
analysis. Then why do we need another textbook on this subject? To answer this
question, we next describe how we have used existing books and why we felt a
need to write our own textbook .
(i) Although there are many excellent books on the market, very few are de-
signed for students from different disciplines and use widely available modern
software such as Mathematica, Matlab, Fortran , and commercial finite element
codes such as Ansys.
(ii) In our view, the finite element technology oftoday has grown into a basic tool
for almost every field in engineering and applied sciences. Finite element courses
have become more and more popular in both undergraduate and graduate curricula
in colleges of engineering and sciences throughout the world. The new generation
of undergraduate and graduate students is more accustomed to using computers
for everyday homework assignments and research than ever before. There are
a few introductory finite element textbooks that provide a good combination of
x PREFACE
Salient Features
This textbook presents basic theoretical material and practical applications for
solving problems of interest in engineering and technology. The book covers a
two-semester course and is designed for junior/senior undergraduate and first-year
graduate students from engineering, geophysics, physics, and applied mathematics
who have had a course in calculus of several variables, differential equations as
well as linear algebra and have some knowledge of computers.
This book
• Fulfills the need for a service course taught to students with diverse background.
• Provides thorough instructions and training to these diverse students, unlike
most textbooks that are designed with specific applications, e.g., for structural
engineers , mechanical engineers, electrical engineers, chemical engineers, geo-
physicists, or applied mathematicians.
• Involves students in the use of widely available modern software such as Mathe-
matica, Matlab, and the use of commercial finite element codes such as Ansys .
• Deals with problems of varied types, including linear and nonlinear problems
in radiation heat transfer, mechanics of elastic and plastic media, continuum
mechanics , non-Newtonian fluid flows, and electromagnetics.
• Provides accessibility to all students with diverse backgrounds with a minimum
of mathematical analysis .
• Serves a broad range of engineering and science students and exposes them to
applications from different disciplines , unlike books that deal with only one
specific fields.
• In the first-semester course, presents one-dimensional equations and their appli-
cations in the following areas: structural analysis, heat conduction, fluid flows,
mechanical vibration , electromagnetics, variational principles, and thermoe-
lastic coupled systems .
• In the second-semester course , presents advanced techniques for solving dis-
crete algebraic systems , viz., line search, method of steepest descent, conjugate
gradient methods, Newton's methods , and penalty method.
• Offers supporting and other interesting material via the Internet at the authors'
web sites .
• Provides service, accessibility, and applications toward the development of the
subject.
xii PREFACE
Overview
A general description of the topics covered in the book is as follows. After a brief
historical sketch of the development of the finite element method and its subsequent
development, Chapter 1 introduces the weak variational formulation of a boundary
value problem. Galerkin and Rayleigh-Ritz weighted residual methods. This in-
troduction lays the foundation of the Galerkin finite element method developed in
subsequent chapters. Chapter 2 is devoted to the development of one-dimensional
global and local linear and quadratic Legendre interpolation shape functions and
the Hermite interpolation shape functions that are used with fourth-order differen-
tial equations in the beam problems. The Galerkin method for a one-dimensional
second-order equation, also known as the potential or the bar equation, is first
developed in Chapter 3, using linear and quadratic elements. Problems are solved
by mixing these two types of elements, and a one-dimensional problem with two
dependent variables is solved in this chapter. Problems with a one-dimensional
fourth-order equation, also known as the beam equation, are covered in Chap-
ter 4. Two-dimensional problems start from Chapter 5, which is devoted to the
development of linear three-node triangular and bilinear four-node rectangular cle-
ments. Triangular coordinate system is introduced, and linear and quadratic shape
functions on the sides of a triangle are developed in this chapter.
Chapter 6 deals with two-dimensional problems involving a single space vari-
able; the finite element equation is developed, stiffness matr ix and the load vector
are evaluated, element matrices are assembled, and boundary integrals are eval-
uated for different types of boundary value problems taken from industrial and
technological areas . More two-dimensional boundary value problems, mainly
from heat transfer, torsion, seepage, and fluid flows, are presented in Chapter 7.
Axisymmetric linear and nonlinear heat transfer problems in solids and fluids
are presented in Chapter 8. Transient problem and numerical time integration
methods are presented in Chapter 9. Single nonlinear one-dimensional equations
and the related finite element method are discussed in Chapter 10. Plane elasticity
problems are introduced in Chapter 11; principle of virtual work, linear triangu-
lar elements and bilinear rectangular elements are introduced, the concept of two
degrees of freedom at each node is explained, and simple problems mostly involv-
ing two elements are presented. Chapter 12 deals with the Stokes equation and
the penalty method; linear triangular and bilinear rectangular Stokes elements are
derived, and solution by the conjugate gradient method is explained in detail. The
corresponding nonlinear Stokes elements for power-law non-Newtonian flows are
also introdu ced together with the penalty method and some nonlinear conjugate
gradient methods. Chapter 13 deals with the vibration analysis ; the Hamiltonian
principle is introduced, and the free axial vibrations of an elastic rod , free vibra-
PREFACE xiii
tions of an Euler elastic rod, free in-plane vibrations of an elastic plate, and axial
vibrations of a plastic rod are discussed. The chapter ends with solutions of eigen-
value problems that arise from hyperbolic and parabolic equations and that lead to
the Helmholtz equation. New codes in Mathematica, Ansys, Matlab, and Fortran
are given in Chapter 14.
There are six appendices, which contain useful supplemental information. Ap-
pendix A contains integration formulas that are used in the development of the
subject. Appendix B contains special cases of linear triangular and bilinear rectan-
gular stiffness matrix and load vector that arise in certa in special situations. For-
mulas for numerical solution of time-dependent problems are given in Appendix
C. Information about some basic isoparametric elements, together with curvilinear
coordinates and the Pascal triangle, is collected in Appendix D. Green 's identities
are available in Appendix E, Gaussian quadrature is presented in Appendix F, and
gradient-based methods, viz., the method of steepest descent and the linear and
nonlinear conjugate gradient methods, are discussed in Appendix G.
As mentioned earlier, this book contains both linear and nonlinear finite element
methods . The nonlinear development of two-dimensional heat transfer problems
and the related Gauss-Legendre integration method are presented in Chapter 8.
The finite element method for solving single nonlinear one-dimensional equations
is developed in Chapter 10. It introduces the Newton's method and discusses
problems involving radiational heat transfer, stress analysis of plastic rods, power-
law pressure driven flows, mixing-length equation for turbulent flows in pipes, and
the Rayleigh-Ritz and nonlinear gradient methods . Since the subject of nonlinear
finite element methods is advanced, we have taken care to include topics that can
be easily understood, especially by the students for whom this book is primarily
written.
The book is a bit heavy on heat transfer problems. It has been our experi-
ence that such problems are easy for instructors to explain and the students to
comprehend their elegance and simplicity.
There are 87 examples and 148 exercises in the book ; hints , answers, and
solutions for most of the exercises are available in the book. A liberal use of
illustrations is made to clarify the nature of the problems; as a result there are 152
figures and illustrations in the book.
The bibliography at the end of the book contains literature that has been con-
sulted as well as references that are cited . The book ends with a detailed subject
index.
This is an introductory textbook which provides a good combination of method-
ology, applications, computer implementation, and hands-on projects for students
with diverse background from engineering, technology, physics, geophysics, and
applied mathematics.
xiv PREFACE
To Instructors
Computational Aspects
Computer codes using Mathematica, Ansys, Matlab, and Fortran are presented in
Chapter 14. They cover linear as well as nonlinear problems, which are discussed
in detail. Our students have freely used and modified some well-known Fortran
programs, for example, by Taylor and Hughes (1981), Reddy (1984, 1993) and
Segerlind (1984), and certain other codes available in private domain. They have
generated these modifications for certain specific problems and used them to obtain
computational solutions. We have encouraged our students to study these and other
authors in order to use and modify their codes. It has helped them understand the
subject much better than using a single textbook.
We have provided some new codes in Mathematica, Ansys, Matlab, and For-
tran, as they arise during the course of the presentation of the textual material.
Mathematica 3.0 or higher is used to verify most of the solutions. For various
PREFACE xv
Acknowledgments
The authors thank all the students who have participated in our finite element
courses since 1990. Although the list is very large, we will take liberty of mention-
ing names of certain students who, by their hard work and perseverance, excelled
in the study of this subject, benefited not only themselves but other students,
and kept the course running with full steam throughout these years . These dedi-
cated students are Antonis Antoniou, Pravan Kumar Bachu, Xiang Bian, Rambabu
Chennupati, Gordon C. Cuculla III, Shawn Davis, Andrea M. Dunham, Lang
Yan Fook , Karunakar R. Gaddam, Patrick Louis Garrity, Praveen Ghantasala,
Monikonda Shekar Goud, Wael M. Khairy, Gloria Ladnier, Haibiao Luo , Larry
Manalo, William A. Myers, Yashawant Mummaneni, Chakvartula 1. S. V. Nallani,
Vuong Hun Nguyen, Tien Szu Pan, Madahv K. Parimi, Srinivasa Rao Pasala, Srid-
har Rao Pasupuleti, Yezdi Parvez Pavri, Khoa Pham, Suresh K. Sivapuram, Atluri
Srinivas, Edupuganti Suneel, Jifeng Ru , Annette R. Schulte, Reddy P. Shashikanth,
Michael Sheaf, Ved P. Tandle, Nuthan K. Vajinapalli, Chandra Rao Valipe, Satya-
narayana Rao Valipe, Prakash Vyakaran, Bonnie Williams, Qin Xu, Zhidong Xu,
Xuan Yu, Keshu Zhang, and Peng Zang.
The authors thank Dr. Vivek Sahai of Cheng Fluid Systems, Mountain View,
CA , for some valuable advice. They thank Dr. Carroll F. Blakemore for help and
support, and some other colleagues for useful suggestions. The contribution of
the Senior Production Editor and the copy editor at Birkhauser Boston for the fine
work of editing the manus cript, and of the people at TechType Works , Inc. , Gretna,
Louisiana, for typesetting the manuscript is sincerely acknowledged.
Standard notation is used throughout the book. Since matrices and vectors occupy
most of the text, the usual convention is adopted. All matrices are printed in
uppercase boldface and all vectors in lowercase boldface letters , except U , F , Q,
and T, which represent the displacement vector, load (force) vector, flux vector,
temperature vector, and the error vector at the global nodal points, respectively,
and F (e) and R (e), which denote the load vector and the error vector for an element
n (e) , respectively. This practice does not lend to any confusion in the conte xt of
their use. Also, sometimes to save space on a page, a column vector is printed as
the transpose of its corresponding row vector.
A list of the notation , abbreviations and acronyms used in this book is given
below.
R radius
Rn Euclidean n-space
R+ set of positive real numbers
Rj errors (j = 1, . . . , n + 1)
Re Reynolds number
~ real part
R(e) residual or error vector
R global error vector
8 variable of the Laplace transform; arc length ; second(s) (time)
(8, t) nondimensional coordinates on the unit square
sym symmetric (matrix)
s(e) square matrix
t time
ix ,iy prescribed secondary variables
T temperature, temperature distr ibution
t; base temperature of a fin
Too amb ient temperature
T temperature vector
T( e) temperature vector for an element n( e)
U dependent variable; stress function; displacement; mean velocity
Uo prescribed velocit y
Uoo free stream velocity
(e)
Ui value of U at node i
(e )
Ua linear interpolation function for the interval [x ~e) , x~e) ]
U velocity vector, displacement vector
U vector of the first time derivatives of u
U vector of the second time derivatives of u
u( e) approximation of u on an element n (e)
u ,v velocity components of u or v , in x and y direction
ii , V approximate solution for u or v
Uo inlet velocity
Ue nodal value of U at a global node e, e = 1, . . . , NE
u (e) (e) (e) (e) (e)]
coIumn vector [u 1 ... uN vI .. . V N
U vector of global values of displacement U
Vr radial component of velocity v
V three-dimensional solid or volume
av boundary surface of a solid V
v velocity vector
W test function
Wi weights in Gaussian quadrature
Wl ,W2 ,W3 three different test functions
W work
global coordinate
end points of a line element
NOTATION xxi
,fJr
s Hestenes-Stiefel parameter
specific heat ration (= cp / c,J
r boundary of a domain (= a n)
f 1,f z disjoint portions of boundary I' (f 1 U f z = an)
b tolerance
bi j Kronecker delta (= 1 if i = j ; -1 if i =1= j)
D.t time step
emissivity
strain ; penalty parameter
strain vector
shear strain
e strain ( = - ~~); angle of twist (torsion)
{) nondimensional temperature
= lu~e) -u~~ll , i = 1, 2, .. . , N
von Karman constant
eigenvalue
dynamic viscosity of a fluid
kinematic viscosity of a fluid (= J.L / p); Poisson's ratio (elasti city)
~ isoparametric one-dimensional coordinate, -1 < :::
~ 1
~, 'TJ isoparametric two-dimensional coordinates, -1 ::::: ~ , 'TJ ::::: 1
~i Gaussian points
6 ,6,6 trilinear coordinates
p density
a stress; Stefan-Boltzmann constant
aD uniform load
a stress vector
T shear stress
Txy , Tyz average shear stresses
¢ velocity potential of a flow
¢~ e) basis function ; interpolation shape function
<I>e global shape functions for e = 1, . . . , N + 1
lj>(e) vector of the shape functions for an element n (e)
X (e) characteristic function for the interval [x~e), x~e) ] or n (e)
'IjJ stream function
w radian frequency
n domain
n(e) general finite element
xxii NOTATION
In this chapter, after a brief historical sketch about the development of the finite
element methods, we discuss the weak variational formulation and present the
Galerkin and Rayleigh-Ritz methods, which belong to the class of weighted residual
methods . Some useful integration formulas are given in Appendix A, and Green's
identities are presented in Appendix E.
The pioneers in the development of the finite element method are Courant (1943),
Prager and Synge (1947), Schoenberg (1948), P6lya (1952, 1954), Hersch (1955),
and Weinberger (1956). Courant's work on the torsion problem is considered a
classic; it defined piecewise linear polynomials over a triangulated region . Prager
and Synge found approximate solutions for plane elasticity problems based on the
concept of function space. Schoenberg also developed the theory of splines and
used piecewise polynomials (interpolation functions) for approximation. Schoen-
berg also developed formulas for analytical approximation. P6lya, Hersch, and
Weinberger used a technique similar to that of Courant and the finite difference
methods to solve eigenvalue problems . Synge (1952) used a piecewise linear func-
tion defined on a triangulated region and the Ritz variational method to solve plane
problems . Greenstadt (1959) used a discretization technique to divide the doma in
into "cells," assigned a different function to each cell, and applied the variational
principle . White (1962) solved a plane thermoelasticity problem, and Friedrichs
(1962) developed finite difference schemes for the Dirichlet and Neumann prob-
lems. Both of them used triangular elements and the variational principle. In
Let H" denote the n-dimensional Euclidean space, and Z+ the set of nonnega-
tive integers. A brief definition of functionals and the classification of boundary
conditions is given below before we discuss the weak variational formulation of
boundary value problems.
1.2.1. Functionals. A functional is an expression of the form
for all real numbers T and all v such that u + TV is admissible for I. The set of
admissible functions is defined to be those functions on n that give finite values of
ul r
I(u) and satisfy the condition r1 = fL, where 1 is the boundary ofn minus z . r
As a result of the calculations of the values ofEq (1.2), we obtain the corresponding
Euler-Lagrange equation
of
OU -
0 (OF) 0 (OF)
ox op - oy oq = 0 inn, (1.3)
(1.4a)
(lAb)
The weak variation formulation of boundary value problems is derived from the
fact that variational methods for finding approximate solutions of boundary value
problems, viz., Galerkin, Rayleigh-Ritz, collocation, or other weighted residual
4 1. INTRODUCTION
methods, are based on the weak variational statements of the boundary value
problems.
For example, a special case of (1.3) is when F is defined as
8u ) 2 2 ( 8u ) 2]
F ="21 [ k1 ( 8x + k 8y - I u.
8F _ k 8u 8F
8p - 18x' 8u = -I,
The test function w is arbitrary, but it must satisfy the homogeneous essential
boundary conditions (1.4a) on u.
STEP 2 . Use formula (A.8) componentwise to the second and third terms in
(1.6) for transferring the differentiation from the dependent variable u to the test
function w, and identify the type of the boundary conditions admissible by the
variational form:
(1.7)
Note that formula (A.8) does not apply to the first term in the integrand in (1.6) .
This step also yields boundary terms that determine the nature of the essential and
natural boundary conditions for the problem . The general rule to identify the
essential and natural boundary conditions for (1.3) is as follows . The essential
boundary condition is prescribed on the dependent variable (u in this case), i.e.,
u= u on f 1
1.3. WEAK VARIATIONAL FORM 5
is the essential boundary condition for (1.3). The test function w in the boundary
integral (1.7) satisfies the homogeneous form of the same boundary condition as
that prescribed on u. The natural boundary condition arises by specifying the
coefficients of wand its derivatives in the boundary integral in (1.7). Thus,
8F 8F 8G
8p n x + 8q n y + 8u = 0 on I' 2
Jinr
r [8F
w 8u
8w 8F 8w 8F] J (8F 8F
+ ax 8p + ay aq dx dy- ! f'tUf' 2 ap n x + auyn y w ds =
)
O.
(1.8)
The integral on f l vanishes since w = 0 on fl . The natural boundary condition
is substituted in the integral on f 2 . Then (1.8) reduces to
r [aF r ec
J in
r aw 8F 8w 8F]
w au + 8x 8p + ay 8q dx dy + if'2W 8u ds = O. (1.9)
This is the weak variational form for the problem (1.3). We can write Eq (1.9) in
terms of the bilinear and linear differential forms as
b(w, u) = l(w) , (1.10)
where
b(w,u) =Jrrin [8W8F
8x 8p
+ 8W8F] dxdy,
8y 8q
(1.11)
l(w) = _Jrr w dxdy- r w
8F 8G
ds.
in 8u i r 8u 2
Formula (1.1 0) defines the weak variational form for Eq (1.3) subject to the bound-
ary conditions (1.4) . The quadratic functional associated with this variational form
is given by
1
I(u) = "2b(u , u) -l(u). (1.12)
EXAMPLE 1.1 . Derive the Euler-Lagrange equation and the natural boundary
condition for the functional
l
b
I(u) = a "21 [p(x)(u) 2 + q(x) u 2 - r(x) u] dx + "21 ap(a) [u(a)]2 , u EU,
I
(1.13)
6 1. INTRODUCTION
I (u) = l b
F (x ,u, u x ) dx + C(a,u(a)) . (1.14)
Let
g(T) = l b
F (x, u + TTJ ,Ux + TTJx) dx + C(a , u(a) + TTJ(a)) .
Now, since
~ =
dg(T) d
dT
I a
b
F (x , u + TTJ ,Ux + TTJx) dx
d
+ dTC (a, u(a) + TTJ(a))
b[
=l of d(U+TTJ )+ of d(UX+T TJx )] dx
a o(u + TTJ) dr o(u x + TTJx) dr
+ ---,----,-O_C_.,.......,...., d(U(a) + TTJ (a))
o(u(a) + TTJ(a)) dr
b
=
I a
[ OF 1] +
o(u + TTJ )
OF
o(u x + TTJx)
TJx] dx + OC
ou(a) + TTJ (a)
TJ (a),
(1.15)
we find that
dg(O )
~ =
I a
b
[OF OF] OC
au 1] + oUx 1]x dx + ou(a) TJ(a) = O.
or
I o f I TJ(b) -~
of I TJ(a)+~
b
[OF
~ - !al ( ~
OF)] TJdx+~ oc( ) TJ (a) = O.
a uU ox uux uux x=b uux x=a uU a
(1.16)
Now, for U+TTJ to be inU, we have u(b) = B, U(b)+TTJ(b) = B, i.e., B+TTJ(b) =
B ; thus, TTJ (b ) = 0, or TJ (b ) = O. Then
dg(O)
- -=
dr
I
a
b
[OF
- - -a ( -OF)] n dx
au ax OU x
> -
of I TJ (a) + -
oUx x=a
ec- TJ (a) = o.
o(u(a)
(1.17)
For all TJ satisfying TJ(a) = TJ(b) = 0, the equation
I
b
[OF
au
_~( OF)]
ax oU
TJ dx=O
a x
1.3. WEAK VARIATIONAL FORM 7
implies that
-8F - -8 (8F)
- - -_ 0 in (a,b),
8u 8x 8u x
if it is continuous in (a, b) . Also,
- -88FI 8G
U x x=a1](a) + -U8
( ) 1](a) =
a
0 for all1](a)
implies that
8G
:~ Ix=a 8u(a)'
Then the Euler-Lagrange equation is
Further, since
8F 8F 8G
and 8u = q(x) u - r(x), 8u = p(x) ux , and 8u(a) = o:p(a) u(a), the Euler-
x
Lagrange equation (1.1 8) reduces to
d [p(x) dx
q(x) u - r(x) - dx dU] = 0, (1.19)
8F I
-8 = p(x) Ux I = -8G
( ) = o: p(a)u(a).
8
U x x=a x =a U a
d [p(x) dx
q(x) u - r(x) - dx dU] = 0,
dul
-d = o:u(a).•
X x =a
In the next example we derive the bilinear and linear forms for a system of partial
differential equations in two variables with prescribed boundary conditions.
8 1. INTRODUCTION
U ou + vou = _~ op + v (02 u2 + 02 U )
oX oy Pox ox oy2 '
OV ov lop (02 v 02 v)
U ox + voy = - poy + u ox2 + oy2 '
OU ov
ox + oy = 0,
in a region n, with boundary conditions u = Uo, v = Vo on f l , and
OU Ou)
v ( ox n x + oy n y - p1 pn x = t,« .
ov ov)
v ( ox n x + oy n y - p1 pn y = t,y ,
on I' 2, where (U ,v) denotes the velocity field, p the pressure, and ix ,i y the pre-
scribed values ofthe secondary variables. Let WI, W2, W 3 be the test functions, one
for each equation, such that WI and W2 satisfy the essential boundary conditions
on U and v, respectively, and W3 does not satisfy any essential condition. Then
1.4. GALERKIN METHOD 9
Note that the boundary integral in the linear form l (WI , W2, W3) has no term con-
taining W3 . •
We discuss two frequently used methods for obtaining approximate numerical solu-
tions of boundary value problems. They are Galerkin and Rayleigh-Ritz methods.
These methods give the same results for homogeneous boundary value problems.
Consider the boundary value problem
au
an + ku = h on f 2, (1.22)
where I' = I'j U I' 2 is the boundary of the region n . Let us choose an approximate
solution u of the form
N
U= :L Ui <Pi- (1.23)
i =l
An approximate solution does not, in general, satisfy the system (1.20)-(1 .22).
The residual (error) associated with an approximate solution is defined by
Note that if Uo is an exact solution of (1.20)-( 1.22) , then r( uo) = O. The Galerkin
method requires that the residual be orthogonal with respect to the basis functions
cPi (also called the test functions) used in (1.23), i.e.,
Hence,
or
10 1. INTRODUCTION
KU=f, (1.26b)
where
In the examples given below, we choose different values of N in (1.6) for the
trial function ii: There is some guidance from geometry for such choices . These
choices also satisfy the essential conditions and exhibit the nature of approximate
solutions. However, the larger the N is, the better the approximation becomes .
EXAMPLE 1.3 . Consider the Poisson's equation
2 2
_\72 U=_(88xU+88 yU) =C, O<x<a,
2 2
O<y<b,
Note that this choice satisfies all four Dirichlet boundary conditions. The Galerkin
equation (1.26a) gives
ii b a
[ - 2a(y2 - by + x 2 - ax) - c] xy(x - a)(y - b) dx dy = 0
which simplifies to
Thus,
5c
Hence,
(1) 5c
UI = (2 2) xy(x - a)(y - b). •
2 a +b
EXAMPLE 1.4. Use the Galerkin method to solve the eigenvalue problem
\72u + AU = 0 in the polar coordinates for 0 < r < a.
1.5. RAYLEIG H-RI T Z M ET HOD 11
1-
We solve - d (rdU)
- + AU = 0, 0 < r < a. Take cPj(r ) = cos -j7rr . For
r ~ ~ ~
l
a
27r d [r7r
{I--d - ( - sin -7rr)] O:I+ AO:ICOS -itr } rdr=O.
o r r 2a 2a 2a
Hence,
7r 2(7r2 + 4) 5.8304
Al = 4a2(7r2 _ 4) ~ ~ .
As a simple case, consider the Poisson's equation - V'2u = f, with the homoge-
neous boundary conditions u = 0 on f 1 and EJu / EJn = 0 on f 2 . Then , the weak
variational form leads to
(1.27)
THEOREM 1.1. If the operator L is self-adj oin t and posit ive definit e,
then the unique solut ion of Lu = f with homogeneous boundary conditions
occurs at a mini mum value of I(u) .
An application of Theorem 1.1 is the Rayleigh -Ritz method, where we find the
direct solution of the variational problem for the system Lu = f by constructing
12 1. INTROD UCTION
ii = 2::>i4>i' (1.29)
i= 1
where the constants Ui are chosen such that the functional J(ii) is minimi zed at
each stage. If ii --+ Uo as n --+ 00, then the method yields a convergent solution.
At each stage the method reduces the problem to that of solving a set of linear
algebraic equations. The detail s for the boundary value problem - 'V2 u = I with
homogeneous boundary conditions arc as follows. Using (1.29) in the functional
(1.28) we get
Thu s,
Hence,
8J
~ = 2Kii Ui + 2 ~ K ij Uj - 2Ji, (1.30)
ou,, ~
i i-j
J1 (84)i + 84>i
and
K '..J = J::)
84>j
J::) J::)
84>j) dx dY,
J::)
(1.31 )
!1 uX uX UY UY
Now, if we choose Ui such that J(Ui) is a minimum (i.e., 8J/ 8Ui = 0), then from
(1.30) we get
n
L KijUi = Ii, i = 1, ' " ,n, (1.33)
j=1
1.5. RAYLEIGH-RITZ METHOD 13
where the matrix K has elements K ij given by (1.31), the vector f has elements
I. given by (1.32), and the vector u = [U1' . .. ,un]T. Note that (1.34) is a system
of linear algebraic equations to be solved for the unknown parameter Ui , and K is
nonsingular if L is positive definite.
The Rayleigh-Ritz method is alternatively developed by solving the equation
(1.10) for u, where we require that w satisfy the homogeneous essential conditions
only. Then this problem is equivalent to minimizing the functional (1.12) . In other
words , we will find an approximate solution of (1.10) in the form
n
Un = L UjrPj + rPo, (1.35 )
j=l
where the functions rPj, j = 1, .. . ,n, satisfy the homogeneous boundary condi-
tions while the function rPo satisfies the nonhomogeneous boundary condition , and
the coefficients Uj are chosen such that Eq (1.10) is true for w = rPi, i = 1, . . . ,n,
i.e., b(rPi' un) = l(rPi), or for i = 1"" ,n,
Thus,
n
LUjb(rPi,rPj) = l(rPi) - b(rPi, rPO) , i = 1, , " ,no (1.36)
j=l
This is a system of n linear algebraic equations in n unknowns Uj and has a uniqu e
solution if the coefficient matrix in (1.36) is nonsingular and thus has an inverse.
The functions rPi must satisfy the following requirements: (i) rPi be well defined
such that b(rPi, rPj ) =I- 0, (ii) rPi satisfy at least the essential homogeneous boundary
condition, (iii) the set {rPi}i=l be linearly independent, and (iv) the set {rPd i=l
be complete. The term rPo in the representation (1.35) is dropped if all boundary
conditions are homogeneous.
EXAMPLE 1.5 . Consider the Bessel's equation
X
2
U" + xu' + (x 2 - l)u = 0, u(l) = 1, u(2) = 2.
Set U = v + x. Then the given equation and the boundary conditions become
211
X V + xv / + (x 2 - l)v + x 3 = 0, v(l) = °= v (2).
14 1. INTRODUCTION
x 2 -1
xv" + v' + - - v + x 2 = O.
X
JIr [2a Ix -
2 2
x
1)(x - 2)al + x 2] (x - 1)(x - 2) dx= 0,
1
(3 - 2x)al + ~(x -
UI = VI +X = -0.811(x - 1)(x - 2) + x.
Table 1.1.
x UI Uexact
For the first approximation, we have UI = al¢1 (x) . Then f~ (LUI - J)¢I (x) dx =
0, which gives
1.5. RAYLEIGH-RIT Z METH OD 15
and 1(I
LU2 - f) <P2(X) dx = 0,
3776/45
[ -21172/315
- 21172/ 315 ]
63674/693
{aa2 1 }
=
{ 1 }
-5/7 .
We choose a linearly independent set of basis function s <Pi that satisfy the Dirichlet
boundary condition <Pi = 0 on r 1 . In view of (1.35), the solution u is assumed to
be of the form
n n+1
U = <Po + LUi <Pi = LUi <Pi, with Un+1 = 1 and <Pn+1 = <Po.
i =l i= l
Then
16 1. INTRODUCTION
which yields
or
All UI + A I 2 U2 + + A l n Un = hI - AI ,n+l ,
A 2l UI + A 22 U2 + + A 2n Un = h2 - A 2 ,n+l ,
A'u=h',
(1.37)
1.5. RAYLEIGH-RITZ METHOD 17
l
y2
b
r (u) ¢(u ) dy = 0, we find that
which gives
4fob 2
0: -
- ---
f-L7r3 '
Note that the Rayleigh-Ritz method also gives the same result (see §1.5). The
l
detail s are as follows . The weak form of this problem with w as the test function
b
is w [f-L ~:~ - fo] dy = 0, which gives the bilinear and linear forms
b(u,w) =- i
r f-L dwdy dudy dy,
o
b
l(w) = l b
fo w dy,
We take the above approximate solution u ~ 0: sin 7r: . Then from (1.38) we get
7r2 2
= _ ~ [f-L 0: + 2fob 0:]
2 4b 7r'
which , when minimized, leads to
aJ 7r2
1 [f-L 0: + 2f ob] = O.
ao: 2 2b 7r
18 1. INTRODUCTION
4fob 2
Thus, we obtain 0: = - - -3- ' We take fo = 1 = /1 = 1, and b = 1. Then
/17r
0: = -4/7r3 . Since the flow is symmetric about the line x = 0.5, the values ofthe
exact and approximate solutions of u are compared in Table 1.2.
Table 1.2. u
0
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
Y u ex act uapprox - 0.02 ", ,
-0. 04 "-, Exact Solution: Dashed Line
0.0 0.0 0.0 ,
- 0.06 -,
,
0.1 -0.045 -0.039865 -,
-,
- 0.08
0.2 -0.08 -0.075827
- 0.1
0.3 - 0.105 -0.104368
- 0.12
0.4 -0.12 -0.122692 - Y
0.5 -0 .125 -0.129006. Fig. 1.1. Stokes Flow.
Note that the Rayleigh-Ritz method can be similarly applied to the Poisson's
and other more general equations.
1.6. Exercises
Derive the weak variational forms for the boundary value problem s 1.1-1.7. Note
that a , b, f, 9 are functions of z, and uo, ho, mo , qo, Too , Uoo are constants:
1.1. -
d ( a dx
dx dU) - f = 0, u(O) = uo, a du
dx (l) = qo, 0 < x < l,
ANS .
r
(one-dimensional heat conduction).
dw du
b(w,u) = io a dx dx dx,
1.4. - k ( ~:~ + ~:~) =f in the region n with bound ary conditions as shown
in Fig. 1.2. The following bound ary conditions are prescribed: kTx = qo(Y) on
H A ; kTx = -(3 (T - Too) on B C ; T = To(x) on A B, and aT/an = qo = 0
on C DE F GH (insulated), where k is the thermal conductivity of the mater ial
of the regi on n, (3 and Too are ambient quantities, and aT/an = -aT/ax =
- T x on H A (two-dimensional heat conduction).
'r r b
b(w,T) =
J Ink (dW dT dw dT)
dx dx + dy dy dx dy + (3 J w(a, y)T (a, y ) dy ,
o
l(w) = -l b
w(O , y)qo(Y) dy + er; l b
w(a, y) dy.
E
insulated d
qo=O
H i-------'G D '---''------, C
n b
Fig. 1.2.
2V]
u = V = dVI
0 at x = 0, l; -d = 0, [d
b -2 = mo (large-deflection
x x =O dX x =1
bending of a beam).
ANS . Let WI and W2 be the two test functions, one for each equation, such
that they satisfy the essential boundary conditions on u and v. Then
rl
0= io a dx
[ dWI {dU (dV) 2
dx + 2" dx
}+ WIg]dx ,
1
0--1 1
o
[bd2W2
dx dx
2v
- -2-d-2+ adW2-dv
- {dU
dx dx dx
- +-1 (dV)2}
-
2 dx
+ W2 f] dx
dW2
- mo dx (l) .
Thus,
2
[ dWI {dU 1 (dv)2} d2W2 d v
b((Wl' W2) , (u, v )) = i(o a dx a dx + 2" dx + b dx 2 dx 2
[1{
1
2
I[(u,v)] = 1
- a (dU)
- +b ( -d v2 ) 2 +a-
2 du ( -dV ) 2 a (dV) 4 }
+--
o 2 dx dx dx dx 4 dx
dW2
+ WIg + w2f ] dx - mo dx (l) .
1.6. Con sider the Poisson's boundary value problem: - \72u = fin n, with the
boundary conditions U = 0 on 0 1 and au/an = 0 on 02 . Show that
l(w) = fl ~~
fwdxdy - [ W ds.
1.7. Consider
where EI is called the flexural rigidity of the beam, subject to the boundary
conditions
dx (El dx 2 ) Ix =L =
du d2U
u(O) = 0 = dx (0) ,
d2UI
E I -2
dX x= L
= M o, .!!- 0.
1.6. EXERCISES 21
ANS.
r
d2w d2 u
L
b(w,u) = Jo EI dx 2 dx 2 dx,
r wf dx + w(O) [ddx ( EI dw
l(w) = - Jo
L
dx dU)]
dx x= o
_ [dW]
dx x=o
[El du
dx
]
x=o
_ fow(l) + mo [dw]
dx x= L
.
+ 21T
1
L um(t)f(m, n,j)J} , m, n = 1,2 , · ·· ,N,
m#n
where
.) 1-cos(m-n+j)1T 1-cos(m-n-j)1T
f( m,n,] = . - .
m-n+] m-n-]
1 - cos(m + n + j)1T 1 - cos( m + n - j)1T
- m+n+]
. + m+n-]
. '
N
1
To find Uj(O), solve fo ¢j Rd x = 0, where R = L Uj(O) ¢j(x) - 1.
j ,k= l
22 1. INTRODUCTION
This yields
where
A _ 1295
1 - 1416az '
A2 =~=A
4432a4 3·
This gives
U2 (X, y) = ~2 (a2 -
4432a
x 2)(a2 - y2) [74 + a15(x 2 + y2)] .
2
. . j1l'X k7l'y .
(b) The baS1S functions ¢jk = cos - cos - , where), k are odd, and
2a a
-
UN =
L j1l'X
Cl! 'kCOS- C O S - ,
k7l'y
J a 2a
j,k=l
j ,k odd
which leads to
f afa [L.J
(j 21l'2 k 21l' 2)
4a2 J
+ -4a-
' " Cl!'k
Z -- COS -
j1l'X
a
k7l'Xy]
COS--
2a
-a -a j ,k
m1l'X k1l'y
X cos - - cos - dxdy = O.
2a 2a
Hence, for j = m and k = n ,
128a2(_1)(j+k-2) /2
Cl!jk = jk(P + P)1l'4
1.6. EXERCISES 23
1.11. Use the Galerkin method to determine the lowest frequency (fundamental
tone) of the vibration of a homogeneous circular plate n of radius a and center
at the origin of cylindrical polar coordinates, clamped at the entire edge, i.e.,
solve V'4 u = AU subject to the conditions u(a) = 0 = ur(a).
. 104.387654 .. .
which has the smaller root as A = 4 . Using this value of A in the
a
r r],
above system of two equations, we find (l2 = 0.325 (l l, and
U2 = (ll [ (1 - :~ + 0.325 ( 1 - :~
where (Xl can be found from the above system of two equations.
1.12. Use the Galerkin method to solve the boundary value problem of Example
1.3 by taking the first-order approximate solution as
N . k
. J1rX. 1ry
Ul = s:
~
(Xjksm~sm-b-'
j ,k=l
l
a
. m1rX . n1rX { 0, m f; n
sm--sm--dx =
o a a a/2 , m = n.
SOLUTION . Note that Ul satisfies the boundary conditions. Then the
Galerkin equation (l .26a) gives
fJ[ (7
b a
j 21r2 k 21r2 ) j 1rX k1ry ] jtt« k1ry
(Xjk +~ sin ~ sin -b- + c sin ~sin -b- dx dy = O.
o 0
24 1. INTRODUCTION
Hence,
(j2- 2
+ -kb2 ) = -.
2
7r C .
0: "k - -(1 - cos)7r)(1 - cos k7l"),
J 4 a2 )k7r 2
which yields
Note that Ul becomes the exact solution Uo as N -> 00 . At the center point
(a/2, b/2), we have
= a2c[8+~+~+~+
4
" '] =uo~ 36.64
4
c(~) 2 .
7r 15 15 81 7r 2
1.13. Let
I(u) =
in 2
r ~ [p(x ,Y) IVuI 2
+ q(x, y) u2 - r (x, y) u] dxdy
r2
u E V = {v E C )n ), r l 2
+
1vl 1
"2O:(x ,y)p(x,y)u ds,
= o:(x , y)} ,
2
where r 1 ur 2 = an,
r 1 nr 2 = 0. Derive the corresponding Euler-Lagrange
equation and the natural boundary condition.
2
One-Dimensional Shape Functions
The Galerkin finite element method requires the use of the test functions w in
polynomial form . We will first define the local and global linear and quadratic
Lagrange and Hermite interpolation shape functions. These interpolation shape
functions are used in the next two chapters to solve one-dimensional stead y-state
second-order and fourth-order boundary value problem s by finite element method s.
Before we proceed with the Galerkin finite element method , we introduce some
basic Lagrange finite element interpolation shape function s, which are used in
solving the second-order bar (or potential) equation s.
We discretize a finite interval [0, L] by dividing it into N subintervals by a
partition
0= Xl < X2 < ... < XN < XN+ l = L,
and denote a typical subinterval by [xi el, x~e)], where e = 1, . .. , N . This sub-
interval denotes a linear finite element nee) of length lee) = x~e) - xi el. The end
points of this subinterval are called the global nodes of the element, which are
labeled e and e + 1 in bold face for e = 1, . . . , N for an N -element mesh of linear
elements. For example, a 4-element mesh of the interval [0, L] is schematically
presented in Fig. 2.1(a), where the global nodes are marked by 1, 2, 3, 4 (in bold) .
The local nodes for each element are marked over the global nodes by 1, 2.
The point-slope form of the equation of the straight line passing through the
two points (x(e)
I , u(e»)
I and (x 2(e), u(e»
2 ) is
( e) U2(e ) - U(le) ( )
Y - uI = (e ) (e )
X - X(le) ,
X 2 - Xl
where
(e)
(e) X2 - X
¢l (X) = (e) (e) ' (2.1)
X2 - Xl
are called the local linear interpolation shape fun ction s, or simply the local
shape fun ction s. These shape functions are defined in the global sense (with
respect to the variable X).
0 I (e)
o~-- - - - tXl""1
I
rxl
d e)
e
X Xl (e) @ )
Global I I
[( e)
1 2. 1 2 I 2
•1 • • x=! (e)
CD 2 @ 3 CD 4 x = o
u (e)= U
u1 U2 u3 U4
u (eL u
1 - e d e) 2 e+ l
1 2
• •
1 n (1) 1 n (2) 2 I n (3 ) X =Xl (e) ® X =x (e)
2
2 2
•1 2• • • 3• •
CD 2 @ 3 CD 4 (b)
(a)
However, in the local sense, i.e., with respect to the variable ii , where X =
x + x ~e) (see Fig. 2.1(b)), these functions become
(e) (_) _ X (e)( _ X o::; x < l (e ) . (2.2)
¢l X -1-~, ¢2 x) =~ ,
Let
X E [x(e) x (e)] ,
I , 2 (2.3)
denote this linear interpolation function for the interval [x~e) , x~e) ].
2.1. LOCAL AND GLOBAL LINEAR SHAPE F UNCTIONS 27
e
The characteristic function associated with the interval [x i ), x~e) ] is defined
by
x E [xie) , x~e)],
x(e)(x) ={ 1, (2.4)
0, x rf [x (e) x (e) ]
'F l ' 2 ,
( 1) (1) ( N) ( N)
LetUI = UI , U2 =U 2 "", UN =U 1 , and UN+I =u2 . Then
N N+I
e
ua(x) = L x(e)(x )[¢ie)(x)ui ) + ¢~e) (x) u~e)] = <I>i( X)Ui , L X E [O, L],
e= I i=l
(2.5)
where
,,
,,
/
/
,,
/
/
,,
-,
- - - - - - -'F---------'.,:- - - - - __- - -
e-2 e -1 e e+1
The tent-shaped functions <I>1(x), . .. , <I> N+l (x), defined on [0, L] and shown
in Fig . 2.2, are called the global piecewise li near shape fun ctions associated with
the partition 0 = Xl < X2 < .. . < XN < XN+! = L , or simply, the lin ear global
shape functions associated with the above partition . They can be represented as
d,(e -l)
'1'2
'f Xe - l ::; X ::; Xe'
1
<I> e -- d,(e)
'1'1
'f Xe <
1 _ X ::; Xe+I, (2.6)
{
o elsewhere.
28 2. ONE-DIMENSIONAL SHAPE FUNCTIONS
This result will be useful in defining the function u continuously for any value of
x E (0, l) in terms of the nodal values Ui, i = 1, .. . ,N.
e)
Consider a finite element n( e) that consists of the end points xi and x~e) and
the midpoint with x~e) such that x~e) = xie) + l (e) /2, where l (e) = x~e) - xi e)
denotes the length of the element. * The unique quadratic function of the form
u (e)( x) = ax 2 + bx + c passing through the three given points (x ~e), uie )),
(x~e) , u~e)), and (x~e) , u~e)) can be determined by solving for the undetermined
coefficients a, b. and c from the following system :
1 (2.7)
We will use Cramer's rule to solve this system. For the sake of simplicity we use
the following notation:
(x~e)) 2 (e )
UI 1 (xie)f (e)
Xl
(e)
UI
ID2 1 = ( x~e)f (e )
U2 1 , ID3 1 = ( x~e) f (e)
X2
(e)
U2
(x~e)f (e)
U3 1 ( x~e)f (e)
X3
(e)
u3
Then
IDII = ID2 1 jD3 1
a = lDT' b
IDI' c= lDT'
*The len gth z( e) of a n element n( e) is always the d ist ance between the two end
poi nt s of the element , i.e., z( e) = x~e) - x~e) . For a n N-n od e eleme nt ( N ~ 3) , there
are two end points x ~e) and x~e ) , a nd (N - 2) int erior points whi ch are den ot ed by x~e),
k = 3, . . . , N . For unifo rmly spaced nod es the inter ior points ar e defined succe ssively by
(e) _ (k - 2) z( e)
xk - for k= 3, . . . ,N.
N -1
2.2. LOCA L AND GLOBAL QUADRATIC SHAPE F UNCTIONS 29
(2.8)
where
rati c shape func tions associa ted with the partition 0 = Xl < X2 < .. . <
30 2. ONE-DIMENSIONAL SHAPE FUN CTIONS
XN < XN+ l = L. By evaluating the determinants, they can be also written in the
following form:
(X~e) _ X) (X~e) - X)
e) (e) ) ( X e) - (e) ) ,
(X2 - Xl 3 Xl
( x~e) _ X) (x~e) - X)
(2.9)
e) - X(e)) ( X3e) - X2(e )) ,
(Xl 2
(x~e) _ X) (x~e) - X)
e) - X(e) ) ( X e) - X3(e) ) .
(Xl 3 2
In terms of the local coordinates ii , where X = x~e ) + x, the local cubic shape
functions (2.9) reduce to
¢ (e) _
l (x) = ( X ) (1 - ~
1- ~ 2x ) ,
(e) _ _ X ( X ) (2.10)
¢2 (X) - 4 ~ 1 - ~ ,
(e) _ X ( 2X)
¢3 (x ) = -~ 1 - ~ ,
where l(e) denotes the length of the element, i.e., l(e) = x~e) - x ~e) , and x~e) =
l(e)/2. Note thatthese interpolation functions have the properties: (i) ¢~e) ( x )e)) =
n n
Oij, and (ii) L ¢~e) (x) = 1, which implies that L d::
(~
= O. The graphs of
i =l i =l
these shape functions are presented in Fig. 2.3. Similarly, we can define the corre-
sponding global and local cubic shape functions .
2 3
I
e
The inverse of e(x) is x(e) = xie) + (x~e) -xie))e. Thus, we have cPi ) (x(e)) =e
and cP~e) (x(e)) = 1 - e. Since it is dimensionless, e is called a parametric
coordinate. The functions
are called the local linear shape functions in the parametric coordinate associated
e e
e
with cPi ) (x) and cP~e)(x). We can verify that cPi ) (x(e)) = cPI(e), cP~e) (x (e)) =
e e
cP2(e), and cPI(e(X)) = cPi ) (x), cP2(e(X)) = cP~e) (x) . We also have e(xi )) = 0,
e(x2e)) = 1, 0 :::; e:: ; 1, ddex = (e)
x2
1
-
(e)' X 0
xl
( )
= Xl(e ), X()
1 =
(e)
x 2 , and
dx _ ( e) (e)
de - x 2 - Xl .
Similarly, for the the three quadratic shape functions defined in §2.2, let
_
(e)
X3
+ Xl(e) (X e)
3 - Xl
(e) ) c
x- 2 + 2 <,
(e) + (e)
be the linear transformation and for simplicity alsoletx~e) = x3 2 Xl . Then we
have the corresponding local quadratic shape functions in the parametric coordinate
e:
These shape functions are used in solving problems that involve the beam equa-
tion. To derive the interpolation functions for a fourth-order (beam) equation, note
32 2. ONE-DIMENSIONAL SHAPE FUN CTIONS
that since the approximated primary variables must satisfy the essential boundary
conditions
where e= - du (strain) , there are four conditions in an element, two at each node.
dx
Hence, we choose a four-parameter polynomial of the type
(2.13)
We will determine Ci, i = 1,2,3,4 , such that the above four conditions are satis-
fied. This leads to a set of the following four simultaneous equations in the four
unknowns c.:
ul
(e)
=W ( (e) )
Xl = CI + C2 X (e)
I + C3 X l
( (e) ) 2
+ C4 ( X (e)
l
)3
,
(e)
u2 =
[ d W]
- -d _ [e ) = - C2 - 2C3 x (e)
I -
3C4 ( X l e)) 2 ,
X X -Xl
(e )
u3 =W ( (e ))
X2 = CI + C2X2(e) + C3 ( X 2(e) )2 + C4 ( X 2(e) )3 ,
(e )
U4 = [ - -d W] (c) = -C2 - (e) ( (e) )2
2 C3X2 - 3C4 X 2 ,
dx x =x 2
1 Xl
(e)
(x~e)f (x~e)) 3
l
{~ }~ .
CI UI
(x~e)f
~l::
0 - 1 2 (e)
-3
- Xl { (e }
(2.14)
1
(e)
X2 (x~e)f ( x~e) f
C4 ute)
4
0 - 1 -
2X (e)
2 -3 (x~e)f
Solving this system for Ci in terms of u~ e) , i = 1,2 , 3,4, and substituting the values
of c, into (2.13), we obtain
L u~e ) <p~e)
4
W(e) ( X) ~ ( X) , (2.15)
i= l
2.4. HERMITE SHAPE FUNCTI ONS 33
whe re
¢(e) =1_ 3 X - Xl
e)) 2 + 2 ( X - Xl
(e)) 3
I ( I (e) I(e) ,
(e) (e) X - Xl
e)) 2
¢2 = - (X- XI ) ( 1- I (e) ,
(2.16)
¢(e) =3 X - Xl
e)) 2 _ 2 (
X -
(e)) 3
Xl
3 ( I(e) I(e) ,
wher e I(e) = x~e) - x~e) . The polynomials ¢~e) (x) derived in (2.16) belong to
the Hermite family of interpolation functions , and are called the Hermit e cubic
interpolation ju nctions represented in the global mode. By taking X = x + xie ) ,
these interpolation fun ctions take the following form in the local mode:
¢l
(e)
= 1- 3
( X ) 2 + 2 ( 10
10 X) 3 ' ¢2
(e) _
= - (X) (
1-
X )2
10 '
(2.17)
(e)
¢3 = 3
( X)2- 2 (10
10 X)3' (e)
¢4 = - (X)
_ X
-
(10) - 10
2 - ]
X
.
[
These functions are useful in solving problems involving the Eu ler-B ern oull i beam
problems by finite elem ent meth ods. The first , seco nd, and the third deri vatives of
the functions ¢~e) with respect to X are given by
d¢ ~e ) 6x X
dx =-(I (e))2 ( 1- T0 ) ,
d¢~e ) _ d¢~e )
dx X '
¢i
d2 e ) 6 X
dx 2 = - (l (e)) 2 (1- 2~ ) ,
d2 ¢~e) d2 ¢~e )
dx 2 -~
d3 ¢ie
) 12
dx 3 = (I (e)) 3'
d3 ¢~e ) 12
dx 3 - (I (e)) 3'
34 2. ONE-DIMENSIO NAL SHAPE FUN CTIONS
where Xl = 0 and X2 = l(e) denote the local coordinates of nodes at the points
x~e) and x~e) of the element n( e). Their graphs are presented in Fig. 2.4. Notice
that the first derivatives of these shape functions are continuous. The properties
of these shape functions are different from those of the Lagrange shape functions
derived in the previous sections.
0 .2
$1 0 .1 $4
0.5 0.5
-0 .1 ~
-0 .2
0.5 xii xii
1. 5 1.5
d~3
dx
0.5
-1 ~
dx
- 1. 5 L -_ _-----"==_---::----'
xii
2.5. Exercises
2.1. Derive the local quadratic shape functions ¢ie)(x), i = 1,2,3, for the case
when the global node at x~e) is not the midpoint of the element n( e), i.e., when
x~e) = x i e ) + a l( e), where 0 < a < 1, and l (e) = x~e) - xie) .
SO LUTION. Since the coordinates of the nodes satisfy the equation u(x) =
a x2 + b x + C, we get
2.5. EXERCISES 35
{('~te)l}
(e)
( x ie)f Xl 1
(e)
U3
= ( x~e) f
(x~e)f
(e)
x2
(e )
x3
1
1
{O
Solving this system we find that
1 ~ (e) (e)
a i(e) -_ Xj(e) ( Xk(e)) 2 - Xk(e) (Xj )2 ,
a = D (e) ~ a i Ui ,
i= l
3
b = _1_ "
o» Z:: ,
(3( e) (e)
U, , (3i(e) -_ ( X j(e)) 2 _ ( (e)) 2
Xk '
i =l
Lai,
3 3
1 , , (e) (e) (e) _ ( (e») 2 _ ( .)2 D (e) =
C = D (e) ~ I i Ui ' I i - Xk X )'
i= l i =l
if i = 1, then j = 2 and k = 3,
{ if i
if i
= 2, then j = 3 and k = 1,
= 3, then j = 1 and k = 3.
Hence ,
L ¢je) uje),
3
u (x ) ~
j=l
where
A,(e)(x) = _1_
'1', D (e)
( a ,(e) + (3(e)
,
+ 'V(e) )
I, ,
. = 1, 2, 3 ,
~
which define the global interpolation functions for the quadratic element. In
e)
terms of the local coordinates x, where x = x i + X, the local interpolation
functions ¢~e)(x) are defined by
(e)
¢ 1 (x)
_
= ( X ) (1 - ;1 ~
1- ~ X ),
(e) _ 1 X ( X )
¢ 2 (x) = a (1- a ) ~ 1- ~ ,
(e) _ a X ( 1 X)
¢3 (x ) = -1 _ a ~ 1 - ; ~ ,
36 2. ONE-DIMENSIONAL SHAPE FUN CTIONS
nodes at the points x~e) , i = 1,2,3,4 with its end points at x~e) and x~e) .
A NS. The shape functions are
a
i= l
2.4. Let Xl < X2 < X 3 < X4 be four nodes in a finite element mesh, where X3 =
X2 +2 X4 . Let [X (1l ) 'X 2(1 )] = [ Xl,X2 ] , [X (2l ) ,X2(2) ] = [ X2,X4 ] , and x 3(2) =
X3 . Let ¢ (1)(x ) and ¢(2) (X ) be the two corresponding linear shape functions
for [X ~l) , X~l )] , and let ¢ (1) (x ) , ¢(2) (x) , and ¢(3) (X) be the quadratic shape
functions for [x~2), x~2) ] . Write the global shape functions <Pl (x ) , <P2(X) ,
<P3(x) and <P4(x) in terms of the local shape functions and the characteristi c
function s. Also for X l = 0, X2 = 1, X3 = 2, X4 = 3, derive <I>2( X ) explicitly
and sketch its graph .
3
One-Dimensional Second-Order Equation
2 2U)
d ( a(x) dU)
- dx dx d ( b(x) ddx
+ dx + c(x) U = f( x ), 0 < x < L , (3.1)
2 2
which reduces to the second-order bar equation for b = 0, and to the fourth- order
beam equation for a = O. First, we will study the second-order linear equation and
present the finite element solution of some representative boundary value problems.
In Chapter 4 we will discuss the fourth-order linear equation, which is also known
as the Euler-Bernoulli beam equation, with some examples.
A simple application of the Galerkin method is provided by Exampl e 1.8.
d ( a(x) dx
- dx dU) + c(x) U = f(x), 0< x < L, (3.2)
r r
L L
_i t' ~
dx
(a
dU)
dx
<I>dx+
io cu<I>· dx=
i o f<I> J·dx.
o J J
By using integration by parts formula (A.6), which is valid for piecewise continuous
functions on [0, L], the first term in the above equation can be replaced by
l du ·IL
L
a du
_d<I>
_J dx-a-<I>
o dxdx dxJo
which yields
(3.3)
Note that Eq (3.3) holds only if u is a solution of Eq (3.2). The next step in the
Galerkin method is to replace u in the first two terms of Eq (3.3) by U a which
3.1. GALERKIN FINITE ELEMENT MET HOD 39
is defined in (2.3), take the sum over all elements, and derive a closed system of
linear equations. As a result , we have
(r
N+ 1
~ J
L
dCPi dcpj
a dx dx dx+ J
rL
C <1>i<1>j
)
dx Ui =
r L
du L
J f e, dx + a dx <1>j 10 + u, l
o o o
(3.4)
where Rj , j = 1, . . . , N + 1, denote errors caused by replacing the exact solution
U by the piecewise linear approximation U a . For j = 1, . . . , N + 1, the N + 1
linear equations defined by (3.4) can be written in the following matrix form :
l
Kll
K 21
KN~l'l (3.5a)
or
where
(3.6)
The coefficient matrix in (3.5), denoted by K, is called the global stiffn ess ma-
trix and the first vector on the right side, denoted by f , is called the global load
(force) vector. The third step is to drop the unknown column vector (errors)
40 3. ONE-DIMENSIONAL SECOND-ORDER EQUAT ION
K N,l K N ,2 KN ,N K N ,N +1 UN
KN+l ,l K N+l ,2 KN+l ,N KN+1 ,N +l U N +1
~UU+ J, .
(3.7)
Q, )
The fourth step is to assign the prescribed values to two of these unknowns ac-
cording to the boundary conditions . For example , if u(O) = A and ~~ (L) = B
are the given boundary conditions, then we set U l = A and QN+1 = a(L) B and
obtain the following (N + 1) x (N + 1) linear system of equations:
llJ
n K 12 K1 ,N Kl ,N+1
K 21 K 22 K 2,N K 2,N+l
[ K
K NI K N ,2 K N ,N K N.N+l ]
K N+1 ,1 K N+1 ,2 K N+1 ,N K N+1 ,N+l
~ll)+LIJ
which can be solved for the remaining unknowns U 2 ,· ·· l U N +1. In general,
the quantities K i j and !J are evaluated locally and numericall y in each relevant
subinterval in terms of local shape functions. Due to the particular choice of these
linear tent-shape functions , <I>i<I>j == 0 on [0, L], if Ii - j l ~ 2. Hence , the matrix
K is tridiagonal. For example ,
3.1. GALERKIN FINITE ELEMENT METHOD 41
(e )
I K ij
For e= l , . . . , N ,et = 12
X« )
«)
Xl
(d¢i
a -d-
X
(e) d ,.l,(e)
'Pj
-d-
X
+ C'P,.I,(e),.I,(e
i 'Pj
») d
x, and f j(e ) =
x &<)
1Xl
(0)
f ¢;e) dx, where i = 1,2 and j = 1,2. The 2 x 2 matrix
is called the local stiffness matrix assoc iated with the e-th element [x ~e), x~e) ], or
simp ly the local stiffness matrix . Similarly,
is called the local load (force) vector . From the above calc ulatio ns, we have
K ll K I2 KI ,N KI ,N +l
K21 K 22 K 2,N K 2,N+l
KN ,I K N ,2 KN ,N KN,N+I
KN+l ,1 K N + I ,2 KN+I ,N KN+I ,N+l
K (I ) K (I ) (3.8)
II 12 0 0 0
K (I )
21
K (l )
22
+K (2)
II
K (2)
12 0 0
0 K (2)
21
K (2)
22
+ K I(3)I 0 0
K (N ) K (N )
0 0 21 22
42 3. ONE-DIMENSIONAL SECOND-ORDER EQUATION
Similarly,
(3.9)
Notice that the entries in the local matrix K(e) and the corresponding entries in the
global matrix K are defined similarly in terms oflocal and global shape functions,
respectively. The global nodes are numbered for the linear elements according to
the entries in Table 3.1.
Table 3.1.
Linear Global Global
Element Node I Node2
1st 2
2nd 2 3
N-th N N+I
3.1.2. Local and Global Matrices. We discuss the global and lo-
cal matrices K(e), F( e), K~e), F~e) of the linear elements for the second order
problems.
The local matrix K(e) and F(e) defined in the previous section can be derived
in the exact same manner as the corresponding matrices. We simply multiply both
sides of (3.2) by ¢(e) = {:1:: } and integrate by parts over the element interval
(3.10)
d¢(e)
d}
1 } { U(e) }
1x\e)
x~e) d<jJ(e) du 1x~e) - [ d,l..(e) ,I..(e) ]
a - - - dx = a x dx
dx dx x\e){ d¢~e ) ~
'1'1 '1'2
dx
1
u~e )
{ l1
{
dx
x ~e)
d,l..(e) d,l..(e)
_'1'_1_ _'1'_1_
d,l..(e) d,l..(e)]
_'1'_1_ _'1'
_2_
} (e)
- l\e)
- a
d¢~e) d¢~e) d¢~e) d¢~e)
dx dx dx dx dx
[u~e) ] ,
u1
dx dx dx dx
(e) } [¢(e ) } { U(e) }
1
x <e) { x 2(e) {
2 c<jJ(e)udx = C ¢1 ¢(e) ] dx 1
,I..(e) 1 2 ute)
X,<e)
X, (e)
'1'2 2
{l
x~e) [¢(e) ¢ (e) ¢(e)¢(e) ] } { u(e)}
- c 111 2 dx 1
- <e) ,I..(e) ,I..(e) ,I..(e) ,I..(e) U(e) '
X, '1'1 '1'2 '1'2 '1'2 2
Let R (e) = { Rt
R (e) }
e) denote the corresponding error vector. Then we have the
local system
(3.ll a)
that is, in matrix form,
(3.ll b)
where
(e ) = { - a (x~e») ~~ (x~e») } + R1
(3.llc)
Q ( (e ») du ( (e ») { R2 } .
a x2 dx x 2
Suppose that a, c, and j are equal to constants a(e), c(e), and j (e), respectively, in
the element interval [x~e), x~e) ]. Then the local system takes the following simple
form :
a(e)
( l(e)
[1-1 -1]
1 + 6 [212 1]) { u~e)}
c(e) l(e)
u (e)
2
2 1 a (e)du
- ( x 2(e» ) R(e)
2
dx
44 3. ONE-DIMENSIONAL SECOND-ORDER EQ UATION
F
(e) _
- --
j(e)l( e) {I} + {Q~e)
1 (e)
}
'
(3.13)
2 Qz
EXAMPLE 3.1. Consider a prismatic rod made of 304 stainless steel rigidly
fixed at the top point subject to a vertical load of 1000 lb/in. Determine the
deflections, reactions, and stresses for the additional properties data: L = 100 in,
A = 1 inz, E = 29 x 106Ib/in z, and p = 0.29Ib/in 3 .
f =1000lb/in f = 1000lb/in
1 I 1 I
Linear
CD Element
2; Quadratic
I
CD Element
Linear
CD Element
3 2
(a) (b)
As a simple case, we use only two linear finite elements of equal length to
approximate the solution (FIg. 3.1a). In this case a = EA = 29 x 106 , c = 0,
and j = 1000 + pA(L - x) = 1000 + 0.29(100 - x). For simplicity, we will
ignore the gravitational force 0.29(100 - x) in the following calculations. Since
a(e) = 29 x 106 lb/in z c (e) = 0 L = 100 in l( e) = !:.. = 50 in, j (e) = 1000
, , , 2
lb/in, we get from (3.12)
and
r(e) __ 1000l(e)
2
{I}
1 = 25000
{I} 1 for e=1 ,2.
3.1. GALE RKIN FINITE ELEME NT MET HOD 45
Let Ul1) = U1, u~l) = U2 = u12), and u~2) = U3 , we have the global system
5.8 X
5
10 [-1 0] { ~~} = 25000+Ql ,
and
5.8 x 10
5 [ 2
-1
-1 ]
1
{U
U
2 }
3
=
{ 50000 }
25000 .
The second linear system can be solved explicitly for the displacements U2 and U3 ,
and the result is U2 = 0.1293 in, and U3 = 0.1724 in. The reaction force at the
top Ql can now be solved by substituting the displacements into the first equation
and it equals - 90000 lb.•
3.1.3. Quadratic Element for Second-Order Linear Problems.
For the quadratic shape functions, the corresponding local element matrices are
given by
46 3. ONE-DIMENSIO NAL SECOND-ORDER EQUATION
!
and
ate) 7
- 8
( 3l(e) [ 1
-8
16
-8
~8] + c(e) l(e) [~
7 30 -1
126 ~1]) {~t:;fe) }
2 4
u3
j (e)l(e) {I} +4
d]
-a(e) d~ (x~e))
0 +
{R~e) }
R(e)
(3.14)
9.6667 X 10
4
[ ~8 -8 1] {Ul}
16 -8 U2 = 1.6667 X 104 {1
4 }+ {a.
0 }.
- 8 7 U3 1 Q3
3.1. GALERKIN FINITE ELEMENT METHOD 47
9.6667 X 10
4
[-S 1] {~~} = 1.6667 X 10
4
+ Ql ,
and
The second linear system can be solved explicitly for the displacements U2 , U3 and
the result is again U2 = 0.1293 in and U3 = 0.1724 in, which is almost identical
to those obtained by using two linear elements . The reaction force at the top Q1
can now be solved by substituting the displacements into the first equation and it
equals -90000 lb. •
REMARK . Although the two finite element solutions in Examples 3.1 and 3.2
give identical displacement solutions at the nodes x = 50 in and x = 100 in.
respectively, the quadratic element gives better approximation between these two
nodes. In fact, we can verify that the exact solution to the given problem, that is
29 x 10 6 u" = 100, u(O) = 0 = u' (100 ), is
10- 3
u(x ) = 29 x(100 - 0.5x) , 0 < x < 100 ,
which equals the finite element solution of the quadratic element identically.
3.1.4. Mixing Two Different Elements. One of the advantages of
the finite element meth od is its ability to adapt and mix different element types
for better approximation of the soluti ons of cert ain problems locally. Consid er the
following example.
EXAMPLE 3 .3. An elastic rod is 100 in long rigidly fixed at one end . The first
half of the rod from 0 in to 50 in is made 0[304 stainless steel with Young's modulus
E = 29 X 106 lb/in'', density p = 0.29Ib/in 3 , cross-sectional area A = 1 in 2 , and
is free of loading. The other half of the rod is made of aluminum with Young 's
modulus E = 4.46 X 10 6 lb/in" , density p = 0.0979 lb/in", cros s-sectional area
A = 1.5 in2 , and is subject to a distributed body load of 1000 lb/in. Determine the
deflections, react ions, and stresses for the given data .
We will combine one linear element with one quadratic element of equal length
to approximate the solution (Fig . 3.2). Ignoring the small gravitational force, we
have a (1) = 29 x 10 6 lb, c(1) = 0, [ (1) = ~ = 50 in, f (1 ) = 0 lb/in , and
K
( 1) = a (l) [ 1
[ (1) - 1
-1]
1 1
= 5.S x 10 5 [ -1
- 1]
1 '
48 3. ONE-DIMENSIONAL SECOND-ORDER EQUATION
K (2 ) = a (2)
3l(2 )
[~81 -8
~: ! 8] = 4.46 x 104
7
[~81 -~:8 18
-7 ]'
and
(1) (1)
Let u 1 = U1 , u 2 = U2 = u (2) (2)
1 ' U2 = U3, and u3(2) = U4 . Then we have the
global system
[
-
580000
r
58 OO
- 580000 0
892200 -356800
0]
44600
- 356800 713600 -356800
44600 - 356800 312200
{UU
U3
U4
1 }
2
1 =0
102
8922
-3568
-3568 446]
7126 -3568
{U2}
U 3= 8333.3
{41 } .
[ 446 -3568 3122 U4 1
The second linear system can be solved explicitly for the deflections U2 , U3, U4 ,
and the result is U2 = 0.0865988 in, U3 = 0.227477 in, U4 = 0.274294 in. The
reaction force at the top Q1 can now be solved by substituting the deflections into
the first equation and it equals - 50227.3 lb.•
EXAMPLE 3.4. Consider the second-order equation (3.2). We will discuss
the following three cases.
3.1. GALERKIN FINITE ELEMENT METHOD 49
- d~ (a ~~) = f 0 x
< < L,
(3.15)
U=Uo, [a~~ + f3(U-uoo)L=L =0,
l
0=
X~I ) ( dw du ) [ (dU) ] X~l)
a - - - wf dx+ w(x ) - a- ,
(I) dx dx dx ( I)
XI XI (3.16)
0= l X2
X( 2)
I
(2 )
w
(a dd ddu - wf) dx + w(x~2»)addu (X~2»)
X X X
- w (x~2» ) ( f3 Uoo - f3 u (x~2 » ) ) , (3.17)
UI u2 u3
• • q(4e) )=-Q/e) q (xt ) )=~(e)
1 CD 2 CD 3
I
•
o •
0 I (e) U2 I (e) L
I 2 (b)
(a)
( addU)
X
I_
X -X 2
(2) = - [f3 (u - Uoo)] _
X -X2
(2) = Q~2) ,
(3.18b)
where Q~2) = Q~1) are unknown, and Q~2) corresponds to the mixed boundary
condition at node 3. Then the finite element equations for [X~l) , X~2) ] are given
50 3. ONE-DIMENSIONAL SECOND-ORDER EQUATION
by
2
= ""
L
K (2) U(2)
'J J
_ p (2 )
J
= 0' for i = 1, 2, (3.19b)
j= l
where
K
(2) _
-
a (2)
1(2)
[1 -1] + [0
- 1 1 a(3 0
(3.22)
F( 2) = a (3uoo { ~ + { Qr)},
}
where (3 and Q~e) denote the film coefficient and the heat flux, respecti vely, at the
n
node i of the element (e) •
3.1. GALERKIN FINITE ELEMENT METHOD 51
CASE 2. We will solve the steady heat conduction in an insulated rod, which
is governed by the system (3.15). We assume that a = kA , where k denotes the
thermal conductivity, and A is a constant. As in Case 1,using a 2-element mesh with
nodes atx = 0, L /2, L, with L = lOcm, kA = 1 (W· cm)/K, ,6 = 25 W/(cm 2 . K),
To = 50° C, Too = 5° C, and f = 0, we compute the temperatures at x = 5 and
x = 10. Since there exists no convection at interelement nodes , the film coefficient
e
,6 between any two elements satisfies the relation Too ,6~e) + Too,6i +1 ) = O. An
evaluation of the stiffness matrix and the force vector from (3.21) for each element
yields
F (l ) =5 { 0 } + { Q~l) }
25 Q ~l ) '
K (2) = ~
5
[1 -1] +
-1 1
[-25
a 25
a ] = [-124/5
-1 /5
-1 / 5 ]
126/5 '
- 1/ 5
126/ 5 - 124/5
0] {Ul U= lOa}
-1 /5 2
-1 /5 126/5 U3
0 _ dT I _
_ ql (X l e)) - - Q(1l) }
dx x=o
={ 125 - 125 } + Q~l ) + Qi2 ) = a '
{
125 Q~2) = - [25 (U3 - 10)]
or
Solving for U2 and U3, we find from the second and third rows of the above system
that
2 1 1 126
- U2 - - U3 = 10 - - U2 + - U3 = 125
5 5 ' 5 5 '
which gives U2 = 27.5896° C, and U3 = 5.17928° C. Then from the first row,
we get Q~l ) = 10 - ~ U2 = 4.48208 watts/cm'' . The exact solution of this
52 3. ON E-DIMENSIONAL SEC OND-ORDER EQUATION
problem is u(x) =
50 - 1 x, which gives u(5) == U2 = 27.5896° C, and
215215
u( 10) == U3 = 5.1792 8° C.
K (e) = kA o ( 1 +
x~e) + x~e» ) _ 1 + x (e)
( 1 + x(e»)
2 1 (e)
+
lee) [ (
2£
x (e) + x (e» )
2£
x(e) + x (e)) [0
-Pl
_ 1+ 1
2l
2
(1 + I
2l
2
where the relations between the fluxes at the nodes are given in Fig. 3.3(b). Again
for a 2-element model, with kA o = 1 and the same data as in Case 2, we obtain
the assembled matrix
- 1/ 4
101/4-493/4
0]
- 7/ 20
{UU= 50 }
I
2
- 7/20 507/20 U3
0 _ qi (X (e»)
l -_ dT
dx x=o
I _Q (l) }
- I
=
{
125 - 125
}
+ Q ~l ) _ Qi2) = 0 '
{
125 Q~2) =0
or,
Thus, for example, u(2) = '35 UI + '25 U2 = 39.56°C, and u(8) = '25 U2 + '35 U3 =
12.7165°C. •
3.1. GALERKIN FI NITE ELEMENT METHOD 53
l
Y~r. ) d A-.(e) d¢ (e )
(e)
K ij - 'l'i J d
- /l-d--d- Y,
, y l<) Y Y
(3.24)
l
y~< )
F (e )
J
=
(r.)
f A-.~e ) d
J O'l'J Y
+ Q (e) A-.{e ) ( (e» ) + Q (e) A-.~e) ( (e» )
1 'l'J Yl 2 'l'J Y2 .
Yl
With the choice of the test function s ¢i, i = 1,2 , as in (2.1) or (2.2), we find that
K (e) = i:
l (e)
[1 -1]
-1 1 '
F (e) _
-
l ot (e)
2
{I} + {
1
Q 1(e ) }
Q ~e) '
0.01
2 -1 0 0 o 0 o 0
0.01
-1 2 -1 0 o 0 o 0
0.01
o -1 2 -1 o 0 o 0
0.01
o 0 -1 2 - 1 0 o 0
0.01
o 0 0 -1 2 -1 o 0
0.01
o 0 0 0 -1 2 -1 0
0.01
o 0 0 0 o -1 2 - 1
0.01
o 0 0 0 o 0 -1 2
0.01
50/ 3 -20/3 o o o 0 1/ 8
-20/3 44/3 -8 o o 0 11/ 80
o -8 16 -8 o 0 1/ 8
o o -8 44/3 - 20/3 0 11/ 80
o o o - 20/3 35/3 -5 7/40
o o o o - 5 35/3 7/ 40
0=1 x~e)
x(1e) w { -
d [
-
dx EA (
du
-
dx - (3T )
]
- f} dx
l
x~e) [ dw du dW]
= EA(x) - - - (3 ET A(x) - - w f dx
X(e)
1
dx dx dx
where
Note that for the above linear element n (e) , we have set
EA du ( (e) ) _ p ee)
dx X2 - 2 , EA(3T Ix-x2
_ (e) = TJe),
(e) _ p ee) + T (e) (e) _ p ee) _ T (e)
Q1 - I I ' Q2 - 2 2 '
3.1. GALERKIN FINITE ELEMENT METHOD 55
K( c ) = _E (6 _ (c )
xl + X2
(c)
)
[
1 -1 ]
L(c) 20 -1 1 '
F
(c ) _
- (JE T 6
(_ xi c
) + x~C) ) {-1 }
0 1 +
l (c)L( c) {
2
1}
1 +
{Qi C
(e)'
) }
2 Q 2
For a 3-element model, with 1(0)) = 104 and L(c ) = 10, we find that
K (l) = 3 106 [5.5 -5.5]
x -5.5 5.5 '
l
F (l ) = 216 x 102 { -5 .5 } + 104 {5} + { Qi ) }
5.5 5 Q ~l) '
5.5
-5.5
-5.5
10.0 o
-4.5 0] {UI}
0 U2
[ o - 4.5 8.0 - 3.5 U3
o o -3.5 3.5 U4
l (3.27)
_
-0.0229333 }
0.0405333
{ Qi
Q~l) + Qi
) 2
)
}
- { 0.0405333 + Q~2) + Q P ) .
0.0418667 Q ~3 )
6 l
5.5
-5.5
-5.5
10.0 o
-4.5 00 J{UO} 2 _
{-0.0229333}
0.0405333 + { 10- 0 )/3 } Qi
[ o - 4.5 8.0 -3.5 U3 - 0.0405333 0 '
o o -3.5 3.5 U4 0.0418667 -0.0214667
56 3. ONE-DIMENSIONAL SECOND-ORDER EQ UATION
du _ (JT _ I x 235600
dx - EA + EA
101 235600
= (JT - E [x + 60 In(60 - x )] - - E - In(60 - x ) + C2·
. 1247 In 60
Since u(O) = 0, we find that C2 = 60 X 10- 2 , and thus finally,
This yields u(O) = 0, u (lO) = 0.0183874 = U2, u(20) = 0.03182 ~ U3, and
u(30) = 0.03741 ~ U4. Note that the finite element solution does not quite match
at points other than the nodes. This is because of the 3-node mesh. Since the
function A(x) is linear, we can get better results by taking more elements. •
- dxd (dT)
x dx +N (T-T 2
oo ) =0, 0 < x < L,
where N 2 = ~ J+ ;2
1 (for notation , see Fig. 3.4, where a cross section of the
fin in the xz-plane is shown) . Since the thickness of the fin at the base x = L = 4
is small as compared to its length, the above equation is valid under the following
assumptions: The temperature distribution throughout the width of the fin (in the y
direction) remains uniform; the heat transfer from the edge of the fin is negligible
3.1. GALERKIN FINIT E ELEMENT METHOD 57
as compared to that from the top surface of the fin; and the temperature variatio n
in the z directio n can be disregarded. The boundary conditions are
Fig. 3.4. Cross Section of the Fin with Four Linear Elements.
l
x~e) ( d¢(e) d¢(e) )
K~) = . x - i -d J
+ N 2 ¢i¢j dx ,
( e)
Xl
dX X
l
x ~e )
l e) = N 2 T, ¢(e) dx .
J (e) 00 J
Xl
Taking a linear four-eleme nt mesh, and using formula (3.13) with a = ale) x and
c = N2, we obtain
r;
- 1 0 0 1 0 0
~]
~]
4 -3 0 4 1 0
K =~ 8 -5 o + -N' 0
rt
-3 1 4 1
2 - 5 12 -7 72 0
0 0 1 42
r
0 0 -7 7 0 0 0 1
-0.430534 0 0 0
0 .638932
- 0.430534 2.27786 0 0
0 - 1.43053 4.27786 - 2.43053 0
0 0 -2.43053 6.27786 -3.43053
0 0 0 - 3.43053 3.63893
r
Qi 1) 1
6299 Qi ) = 0
F ~ N'1~ { ~}
24
2
+ Qi2)
Q~l)
+ Q~l) + Qi2)
Q~l) + Qi2)
=
31.2597
31.2597
Q~l) + Qi2) = 0
31.2597 + Q~l) + Qi2) = 0
Q~l ) + Qi2) = 0
}
1 Q~4) 15.6299 Q~4)
58 3. ONE-DIMENSIONAL SECOND-ORDER EQUATION
I(u) = 1~ 1
[ (U,)2 + 2U] dx + J..L [u(O ) - If, (3 .28)
which is a particular case of Eq (2.1). We find min lover the finite element space
generated with two linear elements of equal length by using the two methods:
(1) the method of steepest descent, and (2) the conjugate gradient methods (see
Appendix G). We will derive the local and global gradient vectors. We will also
discuss the limiting case lim u(J..L) by taking J..L = 10 2 , 10 3 , .. . •
J-L---+ OO
U2
1
•
2 3
0.5 0.5
~~ -:x(:~) =0
for all 1](a) = 1](b) = 0, which yields oOF I
Ux x = a
= OOC
( )
U a
for 1](b) = 0 and
OF I
OU x x = b
( ) for 1](a) = O. Since in this example a = 0 and b = 1, we
= OOC
U a
of of OC
get ou = 1, oU = u x , and ou(a) = 2J..L [u(O) - 1]. Then the Euler-Lagrange
x
equation (1.19) becomes
d2u
dx 2 - 1 = 0, 0 ~ x ~ 1, (3 .29)
[d 2 ]
o = 1~e2) dX~ + 1
x(e)
W - dx
_l
(3.31 )
x2
( eJ
- [d
dW d
du - W] dx - W ( X (e»
l
) Q(e) ( (e») Q(e)
1 - W X2 2'
x~e) X X
3.1. GALERKIN FINITE ELEMENT METHOD 59
where
Q(e) = _ dU I and Q(e) = dUI .
dx xi') ' 2 dx x ~e )
2
We assume that U = L<Pje)uje). Then Eq (3.31) reduces to the finite element
j =l
equation
2
L k~j) u je) = Fi(e) == f ile) + Q~e) , i = 1,2 , (3.32)
j=l
where
K (e) =
tJ
l x 2
<e)
Xl
<,) (e)
d<Pi
dx
d<pj dx
dx '
fie) =
t
_l x2
H
(e )
Xl
<Pi dx. (3.33)
K( e) =_1 [1
lie) -1
-1]
1 '
r (e) = _~
2
{I} l '
which , on assembly for the two elements, gives
K =-
1[1 -1 0] -1 2 -1 , F =--
lie) {1} +
2
Qt
+ Qi }
Q~ Q§ .
lie) 0 -1 1 2 1 { 2
1
Thus , the equation KU =F becomes
= ~ [U 2 U3 ] [ !2 ~2 ] { ~~ } - [1.5 - 0.25 ] { ~~ }
= 2 (U2)2 - 2U2U3 + (U3)2 - 1.5 U2 + 0.25 U3 .
60 3. ONE-DIMENSIONAL SECOND-ORDER EQUATION
Also, \l f = Au - b = 0 yields
u
( 1) = {0.7} =
0.6
{U2
U
}
3 '
Then
Thus, g'(t(1)) = 0 yields 0.025 t(1) - 0.0125 = 0, i.e., t(l) = 0.5, and
= { °o~~;5 }= { ~~ } .
3.1. GALERKIN FINITE E LEMENT METHOD 61
20002 -2 0 ] { Ul } { 19999.75 }
-2 4 -2 U2 = -0.5 (3. 36)
[ o -2 2 U3 - 0.25
which we write as Au = b . Then , we have
1
f (u ) = "2 u T Au - b Tu
Thus, g'(t (2») = 0 yields 1.9972 x 1010 t(2) - 9.9850042 x 105 = 0, i.e., t (2) =
5 x 10- 5 , and
0.9999625 } { U1 }
= 0.69999 = U2 .
{
0.599976 U3
METHOD 2. CONJUGATE GRADIENT METHOD . (See Appendix G) We
start from Eq (3.36). For the first iteration , note that r (O) = b - Au(O) . Let
0.95}
u(O ) = 0.7 .
{ 0.6
Then
19999.75} [20002 - 2
r(O) = -0.5 - -2 4 o ] {0.0.7
-2 95}
{ -0.25 0-2 2 0.6
= { 9~~..~5 } == v (O) .
-0.05
(r(O») T r (O)
Since a (O) = T ' we find that
(Av (O») v(O)
Since
3.2. TWO DEPENDENT VARIABLES 63
we get
(0) 998500.605 5 0- 5 d
Thus,O: = 1.9972009 X 1010 = x l , an
0.95 } { 999.25 }
u(1 ) = u(O ) + 0:( 0) y (O) = 0.7 +5 x 10- 5 - 0.2
{ 0.6 - 0.05
0.9999625 } { U1 }
= 0.69999 = U2 •
{ 0.5999975 U3
U1 } {0.99995}
U2 = 0.692495 . •
{U 0.49995
3
(3.37)
which are subjected to the boundary conditions u(O) = 0 = u'(L) and T( O) = To,
T(L) = 0, where E denotes the Young's modulus , k the thermal conductivity, and
64 3. ONE-DIMENSIONAL SECOND-ORDER EQUATION
which leads to the local system K(e )u(e) = F (e) + G (e) , i.e,
fl( e)
E
- -f3
E f3 u1
(e)
-Eu'(xie))
TW 2 -TW 2 2
gl(e)
k
-kT'(xi e))
k T( e)
0 0 1
~ -~ 2 +
E f3 E f3 (e) fl( e)
-~ Uz Eu'(x~e))
2 ~ 2 2
k k gl(e)
0 0 r.(e) kT'(x~e))
-~ ~ z 2
(3 .29)
I U)' T 1
•
L
U2 , T
2 U 3'T3
f-. X
• 1 2.1 2•
CD CD
Fig. 3.6. 2-Element Mesh for the Rod .
r}
For element 1: K (l)u(1 ) = F(l ) + G ( l ), i .e,
2E (3 2E (3
- -- -
L 2 L 2
2k 2k
0
(3
-
L
0 --
L
(3
T1 rEU'(OJ}
- k T ' (O)
2E 2E U2 - Eu'(L/2) ,
-- -- -
L 2 L 2 T2 kT'(L /2)
2k 2k
0 -- 0
L L
r} r
and for element 2: K( 2)u (2) = F(2) + G (2), i.e,
2E (3 2E (3
L
0 -
2k
2 L
0
2
2k EU
L L T2 ' (L/ 2) }
-kT'(L/2)
2E (3 2E (3 U3 = Eu' (L) .
--
L 2 L 2 T3 kT' (L )
2k 2k
0 -- 0
L L
Using the boundary conditions, the assembly of the above equations gives
2E (3 2E (3
L 2 L 2
o o
2k 2k
o L
o L
o o
2E (3 4E 2E (3
L 2 L
o L 2
4k 2k
o o o L
o
L
2E (3 2E (3
o o
L 2 L 2
2k 2k
o o o L
o L
or
I~X]E:}~2ft ~ E}
L 2 L 2
. . 3f3T oL To f3T oL
Solving this system, we get U2 = -----ge' T 2 = 2' and U3 = ~. The exact
solution of the problem with f = 0 = g is given by
3.3. Exercises
3.1. Obtain the weak formulation for the second-order equation - d~ (a ~~) +
cu = f, and show that the stiffness matrix and force vector for an element nee)
are given by
3.2 . Obtain the stiffness matrix and force vector for a 4-node cubic element nee)
.
for the second-order equation - dx d (a dU)
dx + cu - f = O.
148 -189 54 - 13 ]
K( e) =~ -189 432 -297 54
40l(e) [ 54 -297 432 -189
-13 54 -189 148
128 99 - 36
c(e)l(e) 99 648 -81 19 ]
-36
+ 1680 [ - 36 - 81 648 99 '
19 -36 99 128
Q(e)}
F
(e) _
-
f ee)lee)
8
{~} Qte
)
3 + Q~e) .
{
1 Q~e)
K (e) = _1_([
lee)
1
-1
-1] + (
1 Xl
e)+ x 2(e») [1 -1])
-1 1 '
3.3. EXERCISES 67
0, Q~2) +Qi3) = 0,
2
The boundary conditions are U 1 = U5 = 0, Q~l ) + Q i ) =
ANS . K [~5o ~~
=
0
i: ~9
- 9 20
~] ,
-11
and solve the system
o 0 0 -11 11
[o
~~ ~; o } { U3
2
U } 199/384 }
-9 ={ 313/384 .
-9 20 U4 439 /384
0.150509, Qi
1
) = - ~:~:~: ~ -0.988929, and Q~4) = - ~:~:~~ ~
358483
+ fo f( x) dx = - 362496 -
. (1) (4) 1
-2.344403. It can be venfied that Q1 + Q2
~:~:~~ + (1 + 2 + 1/3) = O. The value of u at any point x E [0,1] is given
by
59519x
90624
for 0 :::; x < 1/4,
59519(1 - 2x) 18799(4x - 1)
for 1/4:::; x :::; 1/2,
181248 + 90624
u(x) = 18799(3 - 4x) 54559(2x - 1)
for 1/2:::; x < 3/4,
90624 + 181248
54559(1 - x)
for 3/4 :::; x :::; 1.
90624
3 2
· · ( ) 5In(I+2x) x 11x x du
T he exact so Iuuon 1S u x = 9 In 3 - - - - - - - and - =
3 12 24' dx
10 2 11x 1
...,--------,-----x - - - -
(1 + 2x) 9 In 3 6 24 .
3.4. A cylindrical sleeve that insulates a cylinder is constructed of four homoge-
neous layers in contact with one another. Assuming that there is no internal
68 3. ONE-DIMENSIONAL SECOND-ORDER EQUATION
heat generation in the sleeve and the heat conduction is steady-state with one-
directional heat flux (dTldy = 0), determine the temperatures T 1 , T2, T3 ,
T4 , and T 5 at the outer and inner surfaces and at the interfaces of the layers,
subject to the data given in Fig . 3.7, where (30 and (36 are the film coefficients
and k l = 60 W/(cm.C), k2 = 25 W/(cm.C), k3 = 55 W/(cm.C), k4 = 30
W/(cm.C) are the respective thermal conductivities of the layers .
Sleeve Cylinder
Ambie nt Ambien t
Temperature Tempera ture
TO= 35°C T6 = 12°C
1 5 X
130= 15 W/(cm.C) It, =30 W/(cm.C)
T) T2
I I
2 mm 8 mm 6mm 4mm
315 -300 o o
-30 331.25 -31.25 o o
K= 0 -31.25 122.917 -91.6667 oo ] ,
[ o o -91.6667 166.667 -75
o o o -75 95
f = [525 0 o 0 240(.
where (3 is the film coefficient, k the thermal conductivity, and Too the ambient
temperature of the air surrounding the fin (Fig . 3.8). The boundary conditions
are T(O) = To, and [kA ddT] = 0, where A is the surface area. Using
x x=L
(a) a uniform 3-element linear mesh, (b) a uniform 2-element quadratic mesh ,
and (c) a l-element cubic mesh, compute the temperature distribution T for
the following data: L = 0.3 m, a = 0.02 m, and compare the finite element
solutions with the exact solution.
2l
2l(e) 2
1 [2 -1 0] [4 1 0]) { 'I9 }
- -1 2 -1 +-
N
- 1 4 1 '19 3 = { l (:) _ N
6
(e) }
( l(e) 0 -1 1 6 0 1 2 '19 4 ~ ,
Fig . 3.8.
(b) l(e) = 0.15. Then solving
16
1 -8 ~1 ~8 ~] N 2 z(e) [~6
( 3l(e) [ ~ -8 16 -8 + 30 0
1 -8 7 0
8 N 2 l (e )
3l(e) -15
1 N 2 l (e )
= -3l( e) +-W-
o
o
we get '192 = 0.216767, '193 = 0.0628569, '19 4 = 0.0144185, '19 5 = 0.0078405, and
QP) = 20.583.
(c) l( e) = 0.3. Then using the results from Exercise 2.2, and solving
1 [432
- - -297
-297
432
54]
-189 +- -
2
N l (e ) [648
-81
-81
648
-9
396]
) { ~32 }
u
( 40l(e) 54 -189 148 1680 -36 99 128 19 4
70 3. ONE-DIMENSIONAL SECOND-ORDER EQUATION
3.6. The fuel element in a nuclear reactor consists ofa 0.25 m thick plate of length
L composed of an alloy of Uranium (U-235) and Zirconium (Zr-95) with a 0.05
m protective cladding of Zirconium on each side as shown in Fig. 3.9.
T6= 26(fC
5 0.05 m
4
3
I025m
2
1 0.05 m
To= 26(fC cladding
Fig. 3.9.
A coolant flows over the outside surface of the cladding at 260°C. The heat
transfer coefficient f3 = 2500 W/(m 2 .K), and the thermal conductivities of the
3.3. EXERCISES 71
f(x)=!0(L-x)2
T(:d
Fig . 3.10.
I
by using a 4-e1ement mesh .
T
1 (X)
HINT. Set {)(x) = kw k(s)ds,wherek w = k(Tw ) . The problem
Tw
and q = 1.59 X 10- 6 W/m 3 • where q denotes the rate of internal energy
generation in the rod per unit volume.
where P denotes the pressure at the end of the bearing. Compute the pressure
distribution subject to boundary conditions p(O) = 0 = p(l) by using (a) a 4
element mesh. and (b) an 8 element mesh of uniform length. with f = O.
ANS. (a) U2 = 0.018558, U3 = 0.021593, U4 = 0.012415.
The exact solution is U2 = u(0.25) = 0.019295. U3 = u(0.5) = 0.022544.
U4 = u(0.75) = 0.012984.
(b) U2 = 0.010745. U3 = 0.018798, U4 = 0.022630. Us = 0.022213,
U6 = 0.018538, U7 = 0.012912, Us = 0.00647.
Exact solution is U2 = u(0.125) = 0.010848, U3 = u(0.25) = 0.019295,
U4 = u(0.375) = 0.02287, Us = u(0.5) = 0.022544, U6 = u(0.625) =
0.018749, U7 = u(0 .75) = 0.012984, Us = u(875) = 0.006544.
3.11. Solve the problem of Exercise 3.10 for the case when f(x) = x.
3.12. Solve - d~ (kA ~~) + (3pT = qoA, 0 < x < l, subject to the boundary
conditions T(O) = To and T(l) = 0 for a circular bar whose radius varies linear
from ro at x = 0 to ro/4 at x = l (Fig. 3.11), where A(x)
3X)2 .
= A o (1 - 41
Ao = 1rr5, and p(x) = Po (1 - ~7). Po = 21rro , by taking a mesh of
uniform (a) 4 linear elements, and (b) 8 linear elements.
Fig . 3.11.
3.3. EXERCISES 73
d
- d8 [(1 - 4 )2 ]+ (cl) (
38 du
dx1- )
4
2 38
u = QI
2
()2
38
1- 4 '
u(O) = 1, u(l) = 0,
2 jJpo qo
where c = kA o' and Q = k'
ANS . (a) U1 = 1, U2 = 0.907817, U3 = 0.769871, U4 = 0.53192,
U5 = O.
Exact solution: Ul = u(O) = 1, U2 = u(0 .25) = 0.909432, U3 = u(0.5) =
0.773902, U4 = u(0.75) = 0.531441 U5 = u(l) = O.
(b) U1 = 1, U2 = 0.959098, U3 = 0.909674, U4 = 0.849517 , U5 =
0.774604, U6 = 0.677732 , U7 = 0.544836 , Us = 0.345241, Ug = O.
Exact solution: U2 = u(0 .125) = 0.0.958956, U3 = u(0.25) = 0.909432,
U4 = u(0.375) = 0.849081, U5 = u(0.5) = 0.773902, U6 = u(0.625) =
0.676678, U7 = u(0 .75) = 0.531441, Us = u(875) = 0.34357.
3.13. The torsional vibrations of a prismatic bar are governed by
d(d¢)
dxa dx + W
2
p¢ = 0, 0 < x < I,
1 -1 0 210
A = ~ -1 2 -1 B=~ 1 4 1
l 0 -1 1 12 0 1 2
)"l2
or, 2 (1 - 2b)2 - (1 + b)2 = 0, where b = 24' The roots are b1 = 0.1082,
and b2 = 1.3204 . Hence, Ai = 2.5968/12, and A2 = 31.69/12. The exact
( rr ) 2, 2 (3rr )
solution is Ai = 21 2 ;:::: 2.4674/1 and X, = 21 2 ;: : 22.207 /1 . Solve
for a 4-element mesh and get Al12 = 2.4993, )..212 = 24.872, A312 = 82.073,
A412 = 171.63 .
3.14. Let
74 3. ONE-DIMENSIONAL SECOND-ORDER EQUATION
where u(e) = [ule) , u~e)f. Let u(1) = Us, u~l) = ul 2) = U2, and uf) = U3 .
Suppose that p, q, r, o , and U oo are all constants in [a, b1. Calculate K( e) and
F(e) for e = 1,2 explicitly, and write I = /(1) + /(2) in the quadratic form
1 T KU-U T F,whereU= [Ul,U2,U3 ]T .
'2U
ANS .
ql2 ql2
p+-
3 -P+6 0
ql2 2ql2 ql2
-p+- 2p+ -3-
6
-p+ 6 U
ql2 ql2
o -P+6 P+T
rl
+-2 [1 2 1] T + '21 np(a) [u(a) - U oo
]2,
1
11
3.15. Consider the functional /(u) = - [(U')2 + 2u] dx + 10 [u(l) -11 2 .
o 2
Approximate the minimum of I over the finite element interpolation functions
generated by one quadratic element by using the method of steepest descent
with initial guess u(O) = [0 0 0lT for the finite element nodal solution
U = [Ul U2 u3 f . Perform only two iterations, i.e., compute the values
of u(1) and u(2).
ANS . u(l) = lUll) u~1) u~l)lT = [0 0 O.793650793jT,
u (2) = [Ul2) u~2) u~2)jT
= [-0.024599668 0.233696847 0.793650793]T.
4
One-Dimensional Fourth-Order Equation
For problems involving beams with different types of supports and boundary con-
ditions we use the Euler-Bernoulli beam theory . The governing equation for the
tran sverse deflection u of a beam of length L is
where b(x) and f( x) are known functions. For a constant value of b we often use
the flexural rigidity El, where E is the modulus of elasticity and I the moment
of inertia of the beam. The boundary conditions depend on the type of support
system used for beams and frames and will be discussed in §4.2.
4.1.1. Finite Element Equation. For a beam we will first deri ve the
finite element equation for a two-element mesh. The weak variational form of Eq
(4.1) is
l
x ~e )
0= W
x,( e)
2
u) ]
-
- l x~e)[dW
-- d (d
b -2 -wf dx+ [
xle) dx dx dx
w-d (b
dx
d2U)]
- X~e)
dx 2 xle)
- W ( X 2e») Q(e)
3 -
[dW]
--d
X <c )
Q(e)
4
x2
2
Q(e)
1
= [~
dx
(b d
dx
U) ] 2 (e)
,
X=X 1
2 (4.3)
Q(e) = _ [~ (b dU) ] ,
3 dx dx? X= X 2
<c )
l(w) = lXl
(e)
x 2
<e)
ui] dx + w ( x (e»)
1
Q(e) + [_ dW]
1 dx (c)
Xl
Q(e)
2
(4.4)
For a uniform notation, let ~~ = -8 denote the strain, Q~e) and Q~e) the shear
force and the bending moment, respectively, at the node x ~e), and Q~e) and Q~e) the
shear force and the bending moment, respectively, at the node x~e) . It is obvious
from the variational form (4.2) that the interpolation functions are of the class C 3
so that the shear forces Q~e) and Q~e) are nonzero, and they are such that u satisfies
the end conditions on an element n (e); thus,
(4.5)
Since there are two essential boundary conditions , we take u and du f d» as pri-
mary variables at each node. Thus, the essential conditions are included in the
interpolation functions (2.16). The natural boundary conditions are included in
the weak variational form (4.2); they are present in the load vector F(e), defined
below in (4.7). We choose a four-parameter polynomi al of the type (2.13), and
use the Hermite interpolation functions (Pi. i = 1,2, 3,4, defined by (2.16) in the
global mode (or by (2.17) in the local mode). Then, taking the approximation
n
u( x ) ;::::: L u~e) ¢~e) (x) , and replacing in Eq (4.3) the deflection function u by
i= l
4.1. EULER-BERNOULLI BEAM EQUAT ION 77
¢~e)(x) and the weight w by ¢;e)(x), i , j = 1,2,3,4, we obtain the finite element
equation for an element n (e) as
(4.6a)
or in matrix form as
4
~ K (e ) u(e ) - F (e) = 0 . 1 2 34
L..J tJ t J ' J = , , , , (4.6b)
i= l
where
(4.6c)
If we take b = const, and f = const over the element n (e) , then the matrix K (e)
and the vector F( e) become
(4.7)
( Free
None All prescribed
I ·X
.' Z
Clamped
Roller
'x
u =0
w =0
8=0
None prescribed
( Roller
Vertical u =0
Transverse force and
moment prescribed
~ 'x
1>+ ·X W =0
U 1( l ) --
U u(l ) - e (l ) - U u( l) - u (l ) - U (2) - U
1, 2 - 1 - 2, 3 - 2 - 1 - 3,
U~l) = e~l ) = ei ) = U4 ,
2
u~2) = u~2) = Us, u~2) = e~2) = U6 .
Since there are three nodes and two primary unknowns at each node, the global
4.1. EULER-BER NOULLI BEAM EQUATION 79
1)
f?) Qi
f J1) Q~1)
f~1) + f?) Q~1) + Qi2)
F = + (4.9)
f~ 1 ) + fJ2) Q~1) + Q~2)
f~2) Q~2)
fF) Q~2)
/0
(4 .10)
6 - 31 -6 -31 0 0 U1
-31 2 12 31 12 0 0 U2
2EI -6 31 6 +6 3 1 - 31 -6 - 31 U3
13 -31 12 31- 31 212 + 212 31 12 U4
0 0 -6 31 6 31 Us
0 0 -3l l2 3l 212 U6
80 4. ONE-DIMENSIONAL FOURTH-ORDER EQUAT ION
6
-I
fol 6+6
12 I -I + (4.11)
6
I
where I = l (l ) = 1(2) . Now, suppose that the beam is clamped at the node 1. Then
the boundary conditions are vi I ) = u~l ) = Ul = 0, and V~l ) = ep ) = U2 = O.
Also, QP ) and Q~l) at node 1, which correspond to the shear force Fo and the
bending moment M o, are unknown. At node 2 there are no shear forces and bending
mom ents , and therefore, we take Q~1) + Q~2) = 0 and Q~1) + Q~2) = O. At node
3, the shear force FL and the bending moment ML are given as Q~2) = -FL and
Q~2) = -ML. Hence, using these boundary conditions in Eq (4.11) , we solve the
system and obtain
U3 = -0.0251181, U4 = 0.00903889,
U5 = -0.803333, U6 = 0.0120444,
Fo = 9100, M o = - 90500.
It can be easily seen that at node 1 the shear force Fo and the bending moment Mo
satisfy the equilibrium conditions of the beam:
¢~2) = 3 (1 - T) 2 + 2( 1 - T) 3, ¢ ~2) = l [( 1 - T) + (1 - T)
3 2] .
f FL ML 2 (f L3 h L2)
El u(x) =-24(L- x ) - 6 (x-L) +T X - - 6- +-2- x
4 3
fL 4 hL3
+2"4+-6- '
f F f L3 FLL2
"2L (X - L ) - MLx + -6- + -2- '
3 2
EIB(x) = - 6 (x - L) -
The finite element and the exact solutions for u(x) are compared in Table 4.2 ,
which also contains exact solutions of B(x) and M( x).
Using the data EI = 2.5 x 106 N.m 2 , and I = 5 m, we solve the system (4.11)
which in this case gives
2
where Q = Q~l) + Qi ). The solution of this system is U4 = 0.0260 417 , U5 =
-0.286458 , U6 = 0.0677083, and h = -0.703125 , M L = 0.911458, Q =
0.078125.
To determine the exact solution, we use Macauly 's method for an overhanging
beam . The bending momen t is given by
subject to the above essential conditions, where R is the reaction from the support.
Thus, we have
du lox 3 R 2
EI dx = - 6- +"2 (x - 5) + cr .
'( )
Since, u 10 = 0, we get Cl
lOla
= - 6- -
25R
2 .
' Integrating .
again , wc have
lox 4 R 3
EI u = 24 + 6" (x - 5) + C1X + C2 · (4 .15)
2 3
I I
Sm Sm
Solvi
vmg theng
. htt sid . we find that R = ---;W-'
SI e equation 38310 whiIC h m
. turn grves
. C2.
566510 902510
With our data we find that CI = -----:is' and C2 = ----U;-. Then from (4.15)
the exact solution for u(x), x = 0(1)10, is
u(x) = {-14.8302 , -7.27867, -2.79229, - 0.60808, 0.03495, -0.104167,
-0.26845, 0.29708 , 2.34546, 6.62767, 13.8927} . •
EXAMPLE 4.3. Consider the problem of deflection of a beam of length 16 m
and flexural rigidity E1 = 18.5 x 107 N.m, which is loaded by a constant weight
of 600 N/m from x = 0 to x = 8, and a point load 2500 N/m acts at x = 12; the
end point x = 16 undergoes a bending moment of 9000 N.m. We will solve this
problem by two methods.
2500 N
9000 .m
1
I ) I X
()
U 1,U2
(a) +l.-- -=-- -t
I
..J
1 12m
1----------+----------1
8m 8m
•
U5 ,U 6
(b) .'-
1
•
-=-
2
---=•
3
----.J
4
1 - - - - - - - - - - +I - - - - - - I+ - - - - -I
8m 4 m 4 m
METHOD 1. The 2-element mesh is presented in Fig. 4.3(a). The load on the
element 2 is defined by I(x) = 10 {; (x - xo), where Xo = 12, {; (x - xo) is the
Dirac delta function, and 10 = - 2500. This load vector is represented by l i(2 ) =
- 10 cPi (xo) with Xo = 12, or in the local coordinates, by IF) = - 10cP (io) with
io = 4. Thus, 1(2) = -10 ui
2) IJ2 ) 1~2) 1~2)r = -2500 [0.5, -1,0.5 , l r =
[-1250,2500, -1250, -2500]T. Using the formulas in (4.7), the global stiffness
84 4. ONE-DIMENSIONAL FOURTH-ORDER EQUATION
-2400
QF)
3200 Q~1)
-2400 - 1250 Q~1) + Q~2)
F= -3200 + 2500 + Q~I) + Q~2)
-1250 Q~2)
2500 Q~2)
(2) _
Q~2)
Q~2)
}
F (3) _
{ Q~3)
Q~3)
}
F -
{ Q3(2 ) ' -
Q3(3) '
Q~2) Q ~3)
2400
8m 6m
For the element 1, the matrix K(1) is given by (4.7) with l(1) = 8. Let a = io
and b = - io/ (l(1))2. Then the components ofthe force vector f(1) are determined
by computing the values of the integral
where (/Ji(x), i = 1,2,3, are defined in (2.10). We take io = 1000. This gives
-10400/3 }
f (1) = 12800/3
{ -5600/3 .
-3200
For the element 2, f(2) = {O}, and the matrix K(2) is defined by (4.7) with l(2 ) = 6.
86 4. ONE-DIMENSIONAL FOURTH-ORDER EQUATIO N
-10400/ 3
QP)
12800/ 3 Q ~1)
-5600/3 Q~l ) + Q ~l )
F=
-3200 + Q~l ) + Q ~2)
o Q ~2)
o Q~2)
4.2. E x ercises
4. 1. Obtain the weak formu lation for the fourth-order equation d~2 (b~:~) -
~ (adU) + cu = f and show that the stiffness matrix and force vector for
dx dx
an elem ent n (e) are given by
-3l(e) -6
~ [-3~(')
-31(' ) ]
K (' ) 2b (o)
2 (l(e))2 3l(e) (l(e)) 2
(l(e))3 -6 3l(e) 6 3l(e)
- 3l(e) (l(e))2 3l(e) 2 (l (e))2
-3l(e) - 36 - 31(0) ]
a(e) [ - 36 3l(e) 4 (l(e)) 2 3l(e) _ (l(e))2
+- - -36
30l(e) 3l(e) 36 3l(e)
-3l(e) _ (l(e)) 2 3l(e) 4 (l(e))2
- 22l(e) 54 131(' ) ]
c(e)l(e) [ -22l156(e) 4 (l(e)) 2 - 13l(e) -3 (l(e)) 2
+ 42(j 54 -13l(e) 156 22l(e) ,
13l(e) - 3 (l(e))2 22l(e) 4 (l (e)) 2
4.2. EXERCISES 87
f (e)l(e)
r (e) = -- [ - 6 lee) - 6 - l(e)f .
12
forO ~ x ~ 8,
for 8 ~ x ~ 14.
600
fix) =/0 r i - xt l } 2 2000
3
Us' u 6
I
8m 6m
Fig. 4.5.
A NS. U3 = 0.0373622, U4 = -0.00837189, U5 = 0.09537 73, U6 =
- 0.0103178, Q ~I ) = 1279.9 999827, and Q~l) = -1280.00003458.
HI NT. r (I ) = - 2l 4 lr .
_ fol [16
60
4 .3. Solve the beam problem for the system shown in Fig. 4.6 and compute the
unknown displacements and moments. The load f is defined by f (x ) =
600 + H (x - 8) (600 - 75x ), where H (x ) denotes the Heaviside unit function .
/ 0= 600 (b/ft
2EI
8 fl 8ft
Fig. 4.6.
HINT. Use (4.7) for K (e) and r (e) , e = 1,2, with b = 2E I for the element
1 and b = EI for the element 2. Take EI = 107 lb.ft" .
A NS. U3 = -0.4608, U4 = 0.896, U5 = - 1.25952, U6 = 0.1024.
88 4. ONE-DIMENSIONAL FOURTH-ORDER EQUATION
4.4. Solve the beam problem for the system shown in Fig. 4.7, and compute the
unknown displacements and moments . The load I is defined by
!(x)=!ox 2
x
2 3
6m 6m
Fig. 4.7.
HINT. Because of symmetry at node 2, consider the first element only. The
as the interpolation function in a triangular element n( e). Let the coordinates ofthe
nodes of this triangular element be (Xl , Y1), (X2, Y2), and (X3' Y3) (see Fig. 5.1).
We will solve for (}:1 , (}:2 , and (}:3 in the linear function (5.1), satisfying the nodal
conditions U (Xi, Yi) = u~e ) at each node for i = 1,2 ,3 at the three global nodes
of the linear triangular element n( e ). Then
At node 1: u~e) = (}:1 + (}:2 Xl + (}: 3 Y1; At node 2: u~e) = (}:1 + (}:2 X2 + (}: 3 Y2;
At node 3: u~e) = (}:1 + (}:2 X3 + (}:3 Y3 .
Thus, we solve
and obtain
(}:l =
1 1[(
2!n(e) Ul
e) (
X2Y3 - X3 Y2
)
+ U 2(e) (
X3Y l - XI Y3
)
+ U 3(e) (
XIY2 - X2Y I
)]
,
1
n(e)1 U l Y2
[ (e ) ( ) (e) ( ) (e) ( )]
(}:2= 2I -Y3 +U 2 Y 3-YI + U 3 YI-Y2 ,
(}:3 = 1 )! [U (e) ( X 3 -
2!n(e X2
)
+ U 2(e ) ( X l - X3
)
+ U 3(e ) ( X2 - Xl) ] ,
I
where
Q I£)
1
(xl ' Yl )
where
-i,(e)
'+'",
= art e) + b ee ) X + de)
t t'
Y (5.3)
and
(e) _ XjYk - XkYj
ai - 2In<e)1 '
i = 1, 2,3
(e) Yj - Yk
bi = 2In<e)I ' j = 2, 3, 1 (5.4)
(e) Xk - Xj
k = 3,1 , 2.
Ci = 2In<e)I '
5.2. BILINEAR FO UR-NODE RECTA NGULAR ELEMENTS 91
The functions rP~e) satisfy the conditions rP~e) (x Je)) = Oij, and L rP~e\x) = 1,
i= l N
where Oij denotes the Kronecker delta , which is equal to 1 if i = j and zero
otherwise. Note that a~e) + a~e) + a~e) = l.
EXAMPLE5. 1. Consider the linear triangular element S1(e) shown in Fig. 5.1.
Let (X l,yt} = (2, 2), (X2,Y2) = (5,3), and (X3,Y3) = (3,6) . Then we have
21S1(e)1 = 11, and from (5.4) we get
rP~e) = 1\ (21 - 3x - 2y), rP~e) = III (-6 + 4x - y), rP~e) = 1\ ( - 4-x+ 3y).
The values of a~e) , b~e) and c~e) , i = 1,2 ,3, can also be written in matrix form as
These matrix forms will be useful later in Chapter 11. The graphs of the local
shape functions rP;e), i = 1,2 ,3, are presented in Fig . 5.2 .
A bilinear rectangular element n (e); {O < X < a,O < Y :::; b} is shown in Fig . 5.3.
We choose a bilinear function
and satisfy the nodal condition at each global node of a bilinear rectangular element
n(e) . Thus, using the coordinates of each node, we have
and obtain
0'1 }
0'2 1
o
~: = ab ~a -1
[ ab
-b ~ ~ ~] {:1:;}
0 (e)'
~1 :~e)
{
1
ell (c)
2
6 6
where
4>~e) = ~ (1 - *) ,
*.
(5.7)
e)
4>i = (1- ~)
Note that the functions 4>;e) satisfy the two conditions mentioned at the end of §5.1.
4 3
4 3
n(e)
b
2
1 2
a
Fig. 5.3. A 4-Node Rectangular Element.
To derive dimens ionless shape functions for a 4-node linear rectangular element
n (e),which are useful in solving elliptic boundary value problems , we proceed as
follows. The geometry of such an element is shown in Fig. 5.4. Since there are a
e)
total of four degrees of freedom, one at each node, we denote them as ui , u~e),
u~e), and ui e). Using a bilinear interpolation of the form (5.5), which is linear in
x and y and bilinear in xy, we determine the four unknowns ai, i = 1, 2, 3,4, by
requiring that
4
u(e)(x , y) = L u~ e) 4>~eJcx , y), (5.9)
i =l
94 5. TWO-DIMENSIONAL ELEMENTS
where
The graphs of these four functions are shown in Fig. 5.5. It can be easily verified
8u( e)
7iY is a linear function of x . The
8u(e)
that ~ is a linear function of y, whereas
shape functions (5.10) can be represented in terms of the local coordinates ~ and
1], shown in Fig. 5.4, by
The se are also known as the isoparam etri c form of the shape functions, which
are defined on the unit square -1 ::; S ::; 1, -1 ::; t ::; 1. For more information
about isoparametric elements , see Appendix D.
The flobal shape functions for the elements n (e) , e = 1, .. . , N , can be defined
similar to the one-dimensional case as presented in §2.2. Thus , a global shape
function at a global node i is denoted by <Pi' It is identical to a local shape function
¢je) only if the local node j of n (e) is the global node i , and <Pi = 0 elsewhere.
EXAMPLE 5 .2 . Consider the mesh of one linear triangular and one bilinear
rectangular element, as shown in Fig. 5.6. For the triangular element n (l ) we have
In (l) I = 6, and
1
2
- ~]
2 '
b (l ) = [_ ~ ~
3 6
~]
2 '
c(1 ) = [0 - ~ ~]
4 4'
5.3. GLOBAL SHAPE FU NCTIONS 95
For the rectangular element n (2) , we use formulas (5. 10) and obtain
1
cP~2) = 11 (6 - x )( 4 - y), cP2
(2)
= - 12 (3 - x) (4 - y),
2
cP~2) = -11 (3 - x) y , cP~2) = -11 (x - 6) y .
2 2
11
4 (x 4 ·Y4 ) (x 3'Y3) 3
4 3
(xo,Yo)
. a
.
I 2
elsewhere; elsewhere.
(3,4) (6,4)
3 . . . - - - - - - - - - -.. 5
4 3
3
1
(0,2)
2
1 2
2 (3,0) (6, 0)
We will discuss the relationship between rectangular cartesian and triangular coor-
dinates. An oblique coordinate system simplifies the generation of shape functions
for a triangular element (see Fig. 5.7). ~2
In Fig. 5.7, note that ~1 = ( 1/l31, 6 = ( 2/l 32, thus the (6 ,6)-system
is dimensionless. Also note that the coordinates of the point 1 which are (1, 0)
in the (6 , 6)-system will be (l31,0) in the ((1, ( 2)-system. The point P, with
coordinates (x, y) in the rectangular cartesian system, has new coordinates (6, 6),
which implies that
where (Xl , yI) , (X2,Y2), and (X3,Y3) are the rectangular cartesian coordinates of
the points marked 1, 2, and 3, respectively, in Fig. 5.7. Eqs (5. 13), after solving
for 6 and 6 give
~1 = a~e ) + b~e) x + c~e) y ,
(5.14)
6 = a~e ) + b~e)x + c~e) y,
where
-,
-,
,,
, -,
1
( 1,0,0)
----;;1--------------------+ x
Fig. 5.8. Area Coordinates .
98 5, TWO-DIMENSIONAL ELEMENTS
{6}~23
1
= 2A( e)
[X2Y3- X3Y2
x 3Y1 - X1Y3
Y3-Y2
Y1 - Y3
X2- X3]
X3 - Xl
" x1Y2 - X2Y1 Y2 - Y1 Xl - X2
= 1
2A(e)
[:1:; :1:; ~1:;] {~},
(e) b(e) (e) Y
a3 3 c3
where a~ e), b~e), and c~e) are defined in (5.15) . Also, for an element n(e), integrals
of polynomials in 6, 6 , and 6 are given by
J
i j _ t".).
'I
(e)
1-D Case : ~1~2ds- (i+j+1),(l ), (5.16a)
J
" 'I k l
2-D Case : cicickdA = t .) . . (2A(e))
"1"2"3
t+)+ k + 2)1.
(" ' (5,16b)
where l (e) is the length, A (e) the area, and V( e) the volume of the element n(e) •
One should be careful in transforming the coordinates in the new system since ~i
are not linearly independent. For example, in 2-D transformations we should use
the oblique system of Fig. 5.7, where 6,6 are independent. For this system
L
EXAMPLE
10 0 = L dxdy = A(e),
5.5. SHAPE FUNCTIONS ON THE SIDES OF A TRIANGLE 99
(5.18)
where
_ Xl + X 2 + X 3 + Y2 + Y 3 •
X = --=----=--....::.
3
_
y--
Yl
3 .
We derive linear shape functions for each ofthe sides of a triangle (Fig. 5.9). These
functions are useful in computing the line integrals of the type In «) qn (s) ¢~e) ds,
which arise in the determination of the quantit ies Q~e).
5.5.1. Linear Shape Functions on the Sides of a Triangle. Let
(s, t) denote a coordinate system with origin at the node 1 and the s-axis along the
side joining the nodes 1 and 2 (side 1). Then the two coordinate systems (x, y)
and (s, t) are related by
where the coefficients ai, (3i , and ')'i , i = 1,2 ,3 , are to be determ ined from the
100 5. T WO-DIMENSIONAL ELEMENTS
following conditions:
At Node 1 (s = 0, t = 0): X = Xl , Y = Yl,
At Node 2 (s = a, t = 0): X = X2, Y = Y2, (5.20)
At Node 3 (s = C, t = b): X = X3, Y = Y3.
')' 1 = X3 - 0:'1 - (3 1 C
= -b1 [ X3 - Xl -
X2 - Xl J
C
b
i
a
C2 = i
[Y3 + (~ - 1) Yl - ~ Yl] .
S
X(s,O) == X(s ) = Xl + (X2 - xI) - ,
a
s
y(s,O) == y(s) = Yl + (Y2 - Yl) - .
a
¢~e) (s) = a~e) +b~e) [(1-~) Xl + ~X2] + c~e) [(1 -~) Yl + ~Y2]
= (X2Y3 - X3Y2) + (Y2 - Y3) [(1 - ~) Xl + ~ X2]
+ (X3 - X2) [(1 - DYl + ~ Y2]
°
a l1 2
", (e ) -_
'1'3 •
Note that these shape functions ¢~e) (s) and ¢~e) (s) are similar to the linear
one-dimensional shape function s in the local mode, defined by (2.2) . We can find
the shape functions for the sides 2 and 3 in an analogous manner. To summarize,
the linear shape functions for the three sides of the triangular element of Fig. 5.9
are:
to those in (2.10). Thus, the functions ¢~e), i = 1,2, ... , 6, are given by
(S.24a)
(S.24b)
(S.24c)
where lt3, l35 , and l51> respectively, are the length of the sides, and the nodes 2,
4, and 6 are at the midpoint of the sides of the triangular element.
EXAMPLE 5.4. Consider the four cases of boundary integrals for the side of
triangular elements shown in Fig. 5.11(a)-(d). We evaluate the boundary integral
Q~e) = r
Jao« )
¢~e\s) qn(s) ds for each case.
3 3
(a) (b)
5
(c) (d)
Fig. 5.11.
Then using the shape functions ¢~e) for side 1 from (5.23), we get
104 5. TWO-DIMENS IONA L ELEMENTS
-1
Q i(e) -
aO( e)
S-I,(e)(S ) dS -- -qo
qO -l( ) 'f'i
e
( l)
e
1 0
lee)
-I,(e) dS
S'f'i i = 1,2 , 3.
(e) _ qo
Q 1 - [(e) J
r (1 - lee)S) ds -_ -qol6-
l ee)
S
( )
e (_ (e) )
- Qn ,
o
r .s.
l ee) (e)
Q 2(e) = ~
lee) J lee)
d
S S
=~
3
(= Q(e))
21 '
o
(e)
Q3 - _ 0 ( _
-
Q(e))
31 .
C ASE 3. See Fig. 5.11(c). In this case since qn = qo= con st, we have
Q~e) = r
i- :
qo ¢~e)(s) ds , i = 1,2 , .. . , 6.
(e)
Q 1 = qo J
r (1 - [(e) 1 - [(e)2s ) ds = -qol6- = Q (e))
l ee)
S ) (
n ,
( )
e (
o
(e) _
Q 3 - -qo J
r l ee)
8 ( 28 )
[(e) 1 - [(e) ds - - 6- - Q 31 .
_ qol e
( )
(_ (e))
o
CASE 4 . See Fig . 5.11(d). In this case we have
Q (e) _ q1
1 - -
1 (1_ 8) S -
dS_- q1 l12 ( _- Q(e))
Ll. ,
1 + 1(
lt2 1-2 lvz 6
Q 2(e) -- -ql-2 82 dS qo S ) d8
1 - [(e)
(l12) 1- 2 2 -3
1
- 3 2 - 21 22 '
Q 3(e) -_ qo 8
dS + 0 -_ qo b ( -_ Q(e))
32 .•
l23 2-3 2
5.6. EXERCISES 105
5.6. Exercises
5.1. Compute the shape functions ¢~e) for e = 1,2 for the mesh of two triangular
elements shown in Fig. 5.12.
2
(0,0)
1 (1,0) 2
ANS . Elementl: (xI,yd = (0,0), (X2 ,Y2) = (1,0), (X3,Y3) = (l,b /a) ;
2A(1) = b[o: Then
a (1) = ~ [ap) a~l) a~l)] = ~ [X2Y3 - X3Y2 X3Yl - XIY3 XlY2 - X2Yl ]
a
=b[b/a 0 0]=[1 00];
btl) = ~ [b~l) b~l) b~l)] = ~ [Y2 - Y3 Y3 - YI YI - Y2]
a
=b[ -b/a b/a 0]= [-1 1 0] ;
c(1) = ~ [ C(l ) C(l) C( l ) ] = ~ [X3 - X2 Xl - X3 X2 - Xl ] =
b I 2 3 b
~ [0 - 1 1] = [0 - ~ ~ ]. Thus,
¢~l) (x, y) = a~1} + b~l ) X + c~1} Y = 1 - X, ¢~l ) (x , y) = x - a y/b, and
¢~l) (x , y) = ay/b.
°
Element 2: (Xl ,Yl) = (0,0) , (X2,Y2) = (l ,b/a) , (X3,Y3) = (O ,b/a);
A(2)=b/a;a(2 ) =[1 0];b(2)=[0 1 -1];c(2) =[-~ 0 ~] ;
Thus , ¢ ~2) (X, y) = 1- ay/b, ¢~2) (x, y ) = x, and ¢~2)(x ,y) = ay /b - x .
5.2. Compute the shape functions for the rectangle in Fig. 5.4, with (Xl , YI) =
(0,0), (X2, Y2) = (1,0), (X3' Y3) = (1, b/a), (X4 , Y4) = (0, b/a).
ANS . ¢~e) (x, y) = (1 - x )(l - ay /b) , ¢~e) (x , y) = x (l - ay /b),
¢~e) (x , y) = a x y/b, ¢~e) (x , y) = (1 - x ) a y/b .
106 5. TWO-DIMENSIONAL ELEMENTS
5.3. Compute the global shape functions <Pi, i = 1,2,3,4, for the rectangle
defined in Exercise 5.2.
ANS. <PI = <p~e), <P2 = <p~e), <P3 = ¢~e), <P4 = <p~e) .
5.4. Compute the global shape functions <Pi, i = 1,2,3,4, for the mesh of two
triangular elements shown in Fig. 5.12.
(1)
ANS . <PI = XO (1)<Pl + XO (2)<Pl(2) ' <P2 =
(1)
X0(1 )<P2 ,<P3 =
(2)
X0(2 ) <P3 '
(1) (2)
<P4 = XO(1) <P3 +XO( 2) ¢2 ' where
I if (x, y) E n( e),
Xo<e) (z, y) = { 0
elsewhere.
5.5. Compute:
(c) r
Jo(e)
a<Pl a<P4 dxdy .
ay ay
A NS. (a) r
i-.
<PI <P4 dx dy = r
JO (I )
<pF) <p~I) dx dy + r
J O(2)
<p~2) <p~2) dx dy,
where c and I are known functions of x and y, subject to the prescribed boundary
conditions: u = uonr l , and -(G I n x+G 2 n y) = qn on r 2 , where I', ur 2 = an
and r I n r 2 = 0, and
(6.2)
with aij (i, j = 1,2), are known functions of x and y. Note that if all = a = a22,
al2 °
= = a2b and c = 0, then Eq (6.1) reduces to the Poisson's equation
(6.3)
A mesh of quadrilateral elements in the region 0. is shown in Fig. 6.1 . This mesh
consists of different geometric figures of triangular, rectangular, or quadrilateral
shapes. A typical element is denoted by n( e), and the discretization error is
represented as the portions of the region (shaded in Fig. 6.1) between its boundary
r == an and the boundaries of the elements that lie toward the boundary r.
Discretization Error
where r( e) = an is the boundary of n(e ). The bilinear and the linear forms are
given by
(6.6)
which we write as
n
" K (e ) u (e ) = p( e ) or K (e)u( e) - F (e) (6.7)
~ tJ t J' -,
i= l
(6.8)
Frequently, qn on r (e) nr 2 depends also on the unknown u (e) and it can be split
into two parts , one of which depends on u (e) and is denoted by _K~e)u(e), while
110 6. TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
the other is denoted by f~e) . For example, in heat transfer problems we have
qn = (3 (u - u oo ) on reel n r 2 , which yields Q(e) = f~e) - Kie)u(e) , where
f~e) = r (3u oo 4>(e) ds, and Ki e) =
Jr<elnr2
r
(3u oo 4>(e) (4)(e)) T ds. Note
Jr(e)nr2
(e)
that K ij = K(e) lv if
ji on Y I a12 = a21 ·
Before we solve the system (6.7), we will derive formulas for the evaluation of
the stiffness matrix and the force vector for triangular and rectangular elements,
impose boundary conditions, compute the boundary integrals, and discuss the
assembly of local matrices .
6.1.3. Evaluation of Stiffness Matrix and Load Vector. We
assume that the coefficients aij and c and the function f are constant. Then the
matrix K and the vector f are evaluated as described below.
FOR A TRIANGULAR ELEMENT n( e), the matrix K( e) is composed of four
double integrals
11
H ij =
f1 84>~e) 84>je)
-J::l--J::l-dxdy,
f1
n(el uX uX
22 _
H ij -
84>~e)
8¢;e)
-J::l-
J::l dx dy,
n (e) uy uy
Thus,
(6.10)
(6.11)
Note that the integrals in (6.10) and (6.11) are of the type
(6.12)
Using formula (5.18) the integrals I m n for m , n = 0,1,2, have the following
values:
1 3
110 = A(e)i , i="3 LXk'
k=l
(6.13)
H I1 = A (e ) bee )b ee )
lJ t J'
H 12 = A (e) b ee )c(e )
lJ l J '
H2~ = A (e ) c (e ) c~e)
lJ l J '
H 11 = ~
6a
[~2 -1 1
-2
2
-1
1
2 -2
!!] '
HI' ~ ~4 [!!
- 1
1
- 1
-1 1 -1 '
- 1
1
~1
1 -1 -2 2 1 1 -1 -1
1 -1
-2] 2 1
H 22 ~ -,,-
6b
[ ;
2
-1 -2
-2 -1
-2 - 1
2
1
1
2
H= ab
36
[1
4 2
2 4
1 2
~] ,
b j (e )
f ee) = _a _ _ [1 1 1 1(. (6.15)
4
(6.16)
where s is meas ured along the boundary an (e). Note that in the case of two
adjacent triangular elements e and e' (see Fig . 6.2) the function q~e) cancels q~e' )
112 6. TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
on the interface of these two elements . Also, in Fig. 6.2 the function q~e) along the
side k l of the element e cancels q~el) along the side m n of the element e', where
the sides k land m n represent the same interface between the elements e and e'.
This situation can be regarded as the equilibrium state of the internal forces, known
as interface continuity.
(c)
Now, if an element nee) falls on the boundary of the region, then the function
q~e) (s) is either known, or it can be computed if not prescribed. In the latter case
the primary variable must be prescribed on that side of the element n( e). Again,
this boundary consists of linear one-dimensional elements. Hence, to evaluate
the boundary integrals we compute the line integrals (6.16). This topic is already
discussed in detail in Example 5.3 . In the case when tl« = {3 (u - u oo ) , see
formulas (B.22)-(B.25) for
e
Ki
) anf f~e) .
2
3
2
Let K i j and Kt) denote the global and local coefficient matrices, respectively.
6.1. SINGLE DEPENDENT VARIABLE PROBLEMS 113
The above relations between the global and local nodes can also be obtained
from the connectivity matrix C for the mesh shown in Fig. 6.3. This matrix is
C [1 2 4 5]
=
2 3 4 '
where bold face numbers refer to the global nodes. The vector F = f + Q can be
similarly written. Thus , we have
[
~~~ ~~~ ~~: ~~:
K = K 31 K 32 K 33 K 34
K 41 K 42 K 43 K 44
K 51 K 52 K 53 K 54
F = [F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 f
f F) Q~1 )
f~ 1) + fi 2 ) Q~1 ) + Q ~2)
f~2) + Q ~2)
f ?) +fi 2
) Q~l) + Q~2)
f~1) Q ~1)
The extended form of the matrix K in terms of the local function s Ki~) can be
written by replacing the global forms by the respective local forms given in the
above relations. This is left as an exercise.
114 6. TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
6
3
2 5
K l1 K(1)
11
K(1) - K (1)
K 12 = K 21 12 - 21
K 13 = K 31 o
K 14 = K41 o
K 1S = K S 1 o
K 16 = K61 o
K 17 = K 71 o
K(l) - K(l)
K 18 = K 8 1 13 - 31
K(l) - K(l)
K 19 = K 9 1 14 - 41
K22 K(l) -
22 -
K(2)
11
K(2) - K(2)
K 23 = K 32 12 - 21
K 24 = K42 o
. .. continuedon next page
6.1. SINGLE DEP ENDENT VARIABLE PROBLEMS 115
Th us, we have
[KlI K19
K 29 ]
K 12 K 13 K 18
K = ~2.1 K 22 K 23 K28
,
K91 K92 K 93 K 98 K 99
116 6. T WO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
The extended form of the matrix K in terms of the local functions can be KG)
written by replacing the global forms by the respective local forms given in the
above relations. This is left as an exercise to the reader since the size of the matrix
is too large to present here.
. . . (1) (1)
The pnmary vanables are given by U1 = u 1 ,U2 = u 2 = U (2) (2)
l , U3 = u 2 =
U (3) - u(4) U - u(4) - U(5) U - u (5) U - u (5) U - u(5) - u(4) - U(3)
1 - l' 4 - 2 - l ' 5 - 2 ' 6 - 3' 7- 4 - 3 - 2 '
Us = u~3) = u~2) = U~l), Ug = u~1}. This enables us to write the finite element
equation KU = F.
EXA MPLE 6.2. We will solve the Poisson's equation - \72u = 2 over the
triangular region shown in Fig. 6.5, subject to the boundary conditi ons
- ay
au
= ° for y = 0, and
au
-ax = ° for x = 0.
We will use a uniform mesh of four equivalent triangular elements. The local
nodes are chosen such that all four triangles are identical in both geome try and
orientation. This reduces the numerical computation significantly in that we com-
pute the required quantities only for one (the first) element. The numbering of
the six global nodes is arbitrary. Note that there are no discretization errors in the
problem.
Using formulas (5.3)-(5.4) we find forthe element n (1) that A(1 ) = 3/16, and
b1 = -4/3 , b2 = 4/3 , b3 = 0,
Cl = 0, C2 = -2 , C3 = 2.
Then , after using the formul as (6.9) and (6.14), we have
(e ) f A(e)
fj = - 3- '
6.1. SINGLE DEPENDENT VARIABLE PROBLEMS 117
This yields
1/ 3 - 1/3
K(1) = -~3 13/12
[ -3/4
where Q(1) _ Q (1 )
j - 11
+ Q 21
(1 ) + Q (1)
13 .
6
3 (0,1)
'\.
,:> /
,,,4 "'),,,4
~-jo
3 1 2
(-0 .75. 0.5) 'A"-2---'------~ 5 (0.0.5 )
3
au =0
ax
2 3 1
2
au -0 (-0.75, 0)
i)y-
Thus, the connectivity matrix K and the load vector F are defined by
K=
sym
o 0
K (2) + K(3 ) 0
31 13
K (2)
21
+ K (4)
12
K(4)
13
K~~) 0
K (2)
11
+ K(333 ) + K 22(4) K (4)
32
K (4 )
33
118 6. TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
F=
O 2
6
3
Q (e)
21
Load Distribution for an Element
~~4) ~1(2)
(3)
rJz;2) Q32 Q (4)
22
3 Q (2)
Q (4) 13
21
~~I) (3)
Q21
Since
( I ) _ Q(I)
Q1 - 13'
Q(I)
3
+ Q(2)
2
+ Q(4)
1
_ Q(I)
- 33
+ Q(4)
13 ,
Q(4) _ Q4)
3 - 33 '
(see Fig. 6.6 for the resolution of the vector Q), we use the values from (6.17),
which holds for all four elements , i.e., K(1) = K(2) = K(3) = K(4) and F(I) =
F(2) = F(3) = F( 4) ,* and using the prescribed boundary conditions solve the
*If the local nodes are numbered counterclockwis e in a manner different from that
in Fig. 6.5, the stiffness matrix and the force vecto r must be computed for each element
separately before their assembly and the solution of the system (6.7) .
6.1. SINGLE DEPENDENT VARIABLE PROBLEMS 119
system
1/3 -1/3 0 0 0 0 U1 = 5
-1/3 13/6 -3/2 -1/3 0 0 U2
0 -3/2 13/6 0 -2/3 0 U3 = 39/8
0 0 0 13/12 -3/4 0 U4
0 0 -2/3 -3/4 13/6 -3/4 Us
0 0 0 0 -3/4 3/4 U6 = 6
1
Qi1)
3 Q~l) + Q~2) + QP) = 0
8 3 Q~l) + Q~2) + Qi4)
-
9 1 + Q~2) =0
3 Qi 2
) + Q~3) + Q~4) = 0
1 Q~4)
Q~~ + Qi~
(1) (4)
Q13 = -2.55867, = -12.5112, Q 33 = -1.41126. •
EXAMPLE 6 .3 . We use two linear triangular elements over the unit square
(Fig. 6.7) and solve the Poisson's equation
[Pu
Bx 2 +
aB2 u2 = 0, (x , Y) E n = [0,1] x [0.1]' (6.18a)
y
au
u(l , y) = 1, ax (0, y) = 0, 0 ~ y ~ 1,
au Bu
-B (x, 1) = 1 - u(x, y), 0 ~ x ~ 1.
(6.18b)
By (x, 0) = 0
Y .
(6.19)
where we have dropped the element numbers. For the element 51(1) , we have
A (I ) = 05 b(l ) = 0 b(l) = 2 b (l ) = -2 C( I) = -2 C( I) = 0 C(I) - 2
"1 ' 2 ' 3 '1 ' 2 ' 3- '
0 = K 21 , K 13 = -0.5 =
(1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1)
Then K ll =0.5, K 12 = K 31 , K 22 =
(1) (1) (1) "
0.5, K 23 = -0.5 = K 32 ' and K 33 = 1, WhICh yield
0.5 0 -0.5]
K (I ) = 0 0.5 -0.5 .
[ - 0.5 -0.5 1
~ [ -~5
-0.5
-05]
K(2) 0.5 o .
-0.5 0 0.5
Y
au -1 u
ay--
2 4
3 2
2
CD
au
ax =0 u =1
0
3 I x
1
t =0
3
1 -0.5
-0.5 0]
K = -0.5 1 o -0.5
[ -0.5 0 1 -0.5 '
o -0.5 -0.5 1
6.1. SINGLE DEPENDENT VARIABLE PROBLEMS 121
3 2
II
"------+x
Fig. 6.8.
In this case Q (e) = f~e) - K~e)u(e) , where f~e) and K~e) can be obtained from
(B.22) and (B.23) directly. Since <PI = 0 on hand 13, and <P i = 1:0~ = ton 1
2
. (h - s) h/2 11- S
(see Fig . 6.8b), and <P2 = OonI2andI3,and <pl = O, <P2 = I h/ = - -,
1 2 i,
sh /2 S
<P3 = hh/ 2 =L-lonll,weget
(i ) }
=t -[O l~ ~] ~~1)
6 { (1)
.
u3
122 6. TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
· '1ar1y, Since
Smu . A,
'1'1 = 0,'1'2
A, h l-,
=- - s A,
'1'3 = S
-l on
l I, and '1'1
A, sh/2 = -,
= -/- s
1 1 l2h 2 l2
(l2-s)h/2 l2- S .
¢2 = 0, ¢3 = l2
h/2
= - l2- (Fig. 6.8c) , we get
2 2
of
(a) (b)
Fig. 6.9.
Hence ,
o]{
ld6
(I) }
~~I)
ld3 u (l )
3
(6.20)
o
1/3 1/6
o]{ (I) },
~~1)
1/6 1/3 u (l)
3
where h = l2 = 1.
6.1. SINGLE DEPENDENT VARIABLE PROBLEMS 123
Now, for the element 2, refer to Fig. 6.9(a)-(c), and note that (PI = 0 on l i : (PI =
shl 2 s (l2-S)hI2 l2-S .
-h i
l2 2
= -,
l2
(h = 0, and ¢3 = l hi
2 2
= - l-
2
on l2 (Fig. 6.9(c )); and
(l3 -s)hI2 l3 - S shl 2 s .
¢1 = l3h l 2 = - b-' ¢2 = bh/2 = G' and ¢3 = 0 on b (Fig. 6.9(b)) .
Thus, we have
Thus,
-
0
0
0
0
0]
0
{U(I)}
utI)
[o 0 0 U(I ) 3
O
o. 0]
0
{U~I) }U(l )
o 0
2
U(l )
3
'
(6.21)
where l2 = l3 = 1. Then , combining (6.20) and (6.21) we obtain
0 0
_ 0 1/3
Q=
[o 0
o 1/6
(6.22)
Thus, since KD = Q = Fb - K, D, we get
(6.23)
124 6. TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
where
K+Kb =
[ -0.5
1
-~ .5
- 0.5
1
a 1
-0.5 -0.5
-0.5
a
-0.5 + a a
1
-~.5 [~
a 1/6
j 1/3
a
a
a
a
+j
1/3
[-~5
-0.5
- 0.5 -0.5
4/3
a
a
1 -0.5 .
-~/3 j
a -1 /3 -0.5 4/ 3
Then, from (6.23) we obtain
1 -0.5
-0.5 4/3
[ -0.5 a
a - 1/ 3
1 -0.5 } { U2 } { 0.5 }
[ -0.5 4/3 U3 = 5/ 6 '
EXAMPLE 6.4 . Solve the Laplace equation \72u = a to compute the two-
dimensional electrostatic field due to the electrodes shown in Fig. 6.10.
(0 , b)
6 n
9
4 3 4 3
CD (2) U= V
I 2 I 2 8 (a, 0)
4 3
1
4 3
G) 8)
I 2 I 2 7
4
(0 , -b)
(b)
154] 354
c= [ 1 5 2 .
352
The stiffness matrix K and the force vector F are given by
Kg ) + Ki~) KW 0 K g )
K (l ) +K (3)
12 12
K (3) +K (4)
32 32
K (2)
12
+ K (4)
12
K (l ) +K (2)
32 32
K (l )
22
+ K (2)
22
+ K (3)
22
+ K 22(4)
F = [- v - v v v O]T.
Hence, we solve the system (taking a = 1)
1 0
[
o
o
o
1
0
0
~ ~ =:] {g;} ~~
o 1 -1 U4
= {
v
} ,
-1 -1 -1 -1 4 U5 0
126 6. TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
U
vV2
(x , y ) = - ( )
- x +y -
4v ~ {(
- ~ -1
)n . h ml' [a -
sm
V2 (y - x)]
a 1l' n=1 2a
. n1l'[a-V2(y+x) ]
n1l'[a + V2 (y - x)] } sm
. 2a
+smh ,
2a nsinh n1l'
where u(x, y) denotes the electrostatic potential. The above results match with
those obtained from this exact solution .
PART (B). FOUR IDENTICAL RECTANGULAR ELEMENTS. We consider
the four identical triangular elements (Fig. 6.1 Ob),and compute the stiffness matrix
and the force vector for the element 1. This is left as an exercise (Exercise 6.6).
The exact solution is given by (see Lebedev et al. (1965, Problem 271)
where u(x, y) denotes the electrostatic potential. The above results match with
those obtained from this exact solution . •
EXAMPLE 6.5 . Find the distribution of de current in a thin rectangular sheet,
if the current is applied by electrodes at the points x = -a, y = 0 and x = a,
y - 0 (see Fig. 6.11). This problem is equivalent to solving the Laplace equation
aUI =0 (6 .26)
ax y =±b '
J
aUI
- _ = f(y) = - - = A if IYI < e,
2c:kh - (6.27)
ax y-±a { 0 If IYI > c.
We will use the following values: Total current J = 1.198 X 103 A; conductivity
k = 0.599 X 108 n- l m- l ; thickness of the sheet h = 0.1 em = 10- 3 m; e = 0.1
6.1. SIN GLE DEPENDENT VARI ABLE PROBLEM S 127
f------f------H--+ x
7
au -0
ay- 8
Q!! - 0
i)y- 9
(o,b)
CD 8)
t =0
au o
ax =
(o.c)
au 4 (2)
6
ax=A - (1) x
1 2 3
(0,0) (a/2 ,0 ) (a,O)
Sinee there exists a biaxial symmetry, we will model the first quadrant of the
domain for finite element analysis. To discretize this quadrant we use a 2 x 2 mesh
of four rectangular elements, of which the element 1 is identical to the element 2,
and the element 3 is identical to the element 4. There is no discretization erro r in
this model.
Using formu las (5.7) we find that for the element 1 and 2, each with sides 0.025
m and 0.001 m, the stiffness matrix is given by
m9 ]
623 313
75 150 -75 - 150
[ 6U
623 626 1249 313
K (1 ) - 150 75 - 150 -75 - K (2)
- 313 1249 626 623 - .
-75 - 150 75 150
1249 313 623 626
- 150 -75 150 75
Similarly, for the elements 3 and 4, each with sides 2.5 em and 2.9 em, we have
1057 733
K( 3) _
[
2175
'466
1057
- 4350
- 4350
1466
2175
- 2175
409
- 4350
409 ] -
- 4350
733
-2175 K (4)
- 733 409 1466 1057 - .
-21 75 - 4350 2175 - 4350
409 733 1057 1466
- 4350 - 2175 - 4350 2175
128 6. TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
12 23 56 4]5
c= [4 5 8 7 .
5 6 9 8
626
75'
623
150 a -
1249
150
313
-75' a
623 1252 313 313 1249 313
150 ---rs -75' -75' ----rs -75'
a 313
- 75'
626
"75 a 313
- 75'
1249
- 150
1249
- 150
313
-"75 a 1308
145
567
145 a
313 1249 313 567 2616 567
K= -75' ----rs -"75 145 145 145
a -"75
313
-
1249
150 a 567
145
1308
145
a a a 409
- 4350
733
-21 75 a
a a a 733
-2175
409
-2175
733
- 2175
a a a a 733
- 2175
409
-2175
a a
a a
a a
409
- 4350 o
737 737
-2175 - 2175
o 409
- 2175
1466
2175 o
1057 1057
- 4350 - 4350
a 1466
2175
·
SInce
Q(I ) _ a Q (I ) + Q( 2) _ a Q(2) _ 0.001 A 0.001 x (-10)
1 - ' 2 1 - , 2 - 2 2 =
-0.005, Q~l ) + Qi3 ) = 0, Q~l ) + Q~2) + Q~3) + Qi4) = 0, Q ~2) + Q~4) = 0,
6.2. EXERCIS ES 129
J [x 2 ~ sinh(mrxjb) mr y]
u(x , y) = - 2kh b +:; ~ n cosh(mrajb) cos -b- + const
(see Lebedev et al. 1965, Problem 190) yields results that differ from the finite
element solution, because of the unknown constant in the exact solution . •
6.2. Exercises
8
7 f';:--,--------,...-,---------;----;>I' 9
2 2
CD CD
0 (j)
I
I
3 3
Q) @
CD (})
2 2
Fig. 6.12.
130 6. TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
6.4. Write the correspondence between the global and local nodes, and obtain the
assembled stiffness coefficient matrix and the global force vector for the finite
elements shown in Fig. 6.13.
11 12
10 13
4 3 4 3 4
CD 0 (0
2 I 2
6
2 4
Q) (4)
CD
CD CD G)
2 I 2 2
1 5
2 3 4
Fig. 6.13.
6.5. The values at the nodes of a triangular element in the finite element solution
of the Poisson's equation - 'V2u = f are: Us = 270.2, U6 = 235.5, and
Ug = 296.4 (Fig. 6.14). Compute the gradient of the solution, i.e., 'Vu. Also,
determine where the isocline 282 intersects the boundary of this element.
(4,3)
9
3 U9=296.4
---
--- Yo
2
5eL---------'-----------..6
(2, 1.5) (4, 1.5)
U 5= 270.2 U6 = 235.5
Fig . 6.14.
A NS. '"
vU = U6 - Us.1+ Ug
- U6 J• = - 17 .35'1+ 40 . 6'J. Thee iISOCI'me
2 1.5
u = 282 intersects the slant line 19-s at a distance So from node 9. Since 19-s =
296.4_- 270.2
2.5, we get So = (2.5) 296.4 282 = 1. 374 . Al so, thiIS ISOC
rme .intersects
6.2. EXERCISES 131
au
-ax = 0 on x = 0 and x = 1'
au
ay + u = 2 on y = 1,
u = 1 on y = O.
y
CD 0
(0, 0.64) 4 ik--""'---""""" 5
4 6
CD CD
-..---~-__- - + x
2 3
(0.6, 0) (1, 0)
1 2 3
6.12. Solve Exercise 6.11 for a mesh of 4 rectangular elements for a = 3 and
b = 4 em (Fig. 6.16) .
ANS. U1 = 5.68911, U2 = 4.87968, U4 = 5.05078, Us = 3.72635;
Q~2) = -4.27627, Q~2) + Q~4) = -6.24698, Qi3) = -3.39996, Q~3) +
4)
Qi = -4.96076, Q~4) = -2.79387.
6.13. Solve the Laplace equation - V'2 u = 0 in the region {(x , y) : y = 4 -
x 2 , 0 :S x :S 2}, which is in the first quadrant bounded by the parabola y =
4 - x 2 and the coordinate axes. The boundary conditions are: u = 2 + 3x - x 2
. au au
on the parabola, u = 3x - 2 on the z-axis, and an + 2u = - ax + 2u = 2y - 7
on the y-axis . Use the mesh of 4 triangular elements with node 1 at the origin,
node 2 at the point (1,0), node 3 at (2,0), node 4 at (0,3), node 5 at (1,3),
and node 6 at (0,4).
ANS. U4 = 1.
6.14. Solve the Laplace equation - V'2 U = 0 in the region {(, y) : y = 1 -
x 2 , 0 :S x :S I}, which is in the first quadrant, and subject to the conditions:
u = -1 + 3x - x2, u = 3x - x-aX1S, and au
2 on thee z-axi an + 2u = 2y - 7 on the
y-axis. Use the mesh of 4 triangular elements with node 1 at the origin , node 2
at the point (0.6, 0), node 3 at (1,0), node 4 at (0, 30.64), node 5 at (0.6,0.64),
and node 6 at (0, 1).
ANS. U4 = -1.72272.
Exact solution is u(x) = y + 3x - 2, which gives U4 (exact)= -1.36.
6.2. EXERCISES 133
(0. l) 7 9
u =y 4 ~-=-----~<--'----'"
(0, 0) 2 3
u =sinx (TC ,O)
(e) K 45
44 (e)] [U]
4 _ {K41
(e)U1 +K(e)U
47 7 }
[K
K (e) K (e) U5 - K (e)U + K( e)U .
54 55 52 2 56 6
cosh 1 . ) sinh 2y
u(x , y) = y + ( cosh y - - '-h- sinh y sin x + -'-h- sin 2x ,
sin 1 sin 2
cosh 1 ) sinh 2y
u(x , y) = y + ( cosh y - - '-h- sinh y cos x - - . - - cos2x ,
sin 1 smh 2
7 8 9 4 5 6
4 3 I 3
CD 8) CD CD
2
5 I 2
4 6 2
I 3
4 3
CD au _0
CD CD an -
2
I 2
2 3
6.19. Solve the boundary value problem of Exercise 6.18 by considering the mesh
of elements shown in Fig. 6.19.
6.20. A rectangular membrane of dimensions 20 x 12 ern? is subjected to a
uniform load of f o N/cm 2, and the boundary conditions shown in Fig. 6.20.
Take fo = 2, and use the symmetry to compute the stress function u at the
global nodes.
HINT . To compute the stiffness matrices and the force vectors, use (B.5)
for the four elements which are all similar. Note that K (e) = H ll + H 22 . This
leads to
41/ 10
[ -7/40
- 7/40 ]
41/20
{UU 5 }
6
= {395 /2}
539/4 '
6.2. EXERCISES 135
II = 2x 2-x + I
7
(0. I
4 3 4 3
Q) @
0 0
II 1 2S 1 2 II
:: (0. 6 ::
"0
Il)
4 3 4 3 "0
Il)
.§ .§
:::l :::l
Vl
.5 CD al Vl
.5
(0. .0)
(5. 0) (10. 0)
Insulated II = 0
Fig. 6.20.
6 .21. (Example 5.9, Kythe et al. 2002, p.137) Consider the Laplace equation
- 'V2 u = 0 in a half-strip (see Fig. 6.21) subject to the boundary cnditions
y
~, U oo
b
u = f (y) ----+ /loo
0 x
I
10 1112 13 14 15 17
~:
1 2 3 4 5 6
@
:r
7
(J)
8
®
'f
9
Fig. 6.21.
136 6. TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
6.22. Let
I(u) = r [~k(x,Y)IV'uI2_q(X,y)u]dXdy+
Jll 2
r ~ ;3(u- uoo)2ds,
Jr2 2
where f 1 and f 2 are two disjoint parts of the boundary an
in R 2 , u is ap-
propriately chosen such that ul = a (x, y), and both u and V'u are square-
r1
integrable over n. Derive the corresponding Euler-Lagrange equation and the
natural boundary condition.
The steady-state heat transfer in the (x, y)-plane is governed by Eq (1.5), which is
a ( kx aT)
- ax a ( ky aT)
ax - ay ay = f (x , y), (x ,y) E n, (7.1)
where (3 denotes the convective heat transfer coefficient, TcX) is the ambient tem-
perature of the surrounding medium, fin the prescribed heat flow, and on f 1 the
temperature is prescribed as T. The weak form ofEqs (7.1) and (7.2) on an element
o= J1 ( O( c )
aw er
k x -a -a
x x
awaT
+ kY -a y -ay - wf
)
dx dy
- Jr(
1 c) w (k x aaT
x
nx + k y ara n y)
y
ds
Jr
e (awaT awaT ) (7.3)
= JO ( c ) k x ax ax + k y ay ay - w f dxdy
+1 w [qn - ,6 (T - Too) ] ds + 1 w qn ds
Jr<C)nr2 Jr<C)j r 2
= b(w,T) -l(w) .
As mentioned in §6.l .l , sinceEq (7.3) holds for any test function w, we choose this
function in the form of n interpolation shape functions
e
¢J
) , e = 1, .. . , n. Thus,
(7.4)
where
dxdy ,
(7.5)
If we set ,6 = 0, we get the finite element model for heat conduction without
convection. The boundary integrals for the triangular elements are discussed in
Examples 6.2 and 6.3.
EXAMPLE 7.1 . Calculate the temperature distribution under steady-state heat
conduction in an isotropic rectangular domain of length 4a and width 2a such
that the boundaries x = 0 and y = 0 are insulated , the boundary x = 4a is
kept at zero temperature, and the boundary y = 2a is maintained at a temperature
7.1. HEAT TRANSFER 139
T=O
11 12
2
6~'----~--':'-_--;1I'-'---~--'------~
2
5
K(') ~ ~ [~I 2 0
-1
2
-1
~I ]
The connectivity matrix is
2 3 I 3 4 12 14
C~ [i
9 6 7 8 9
I
I:1
6 1 9 3 8 12 11 6 14 13
3 8 I 4 5 10 7 8 13 9 10
7 2 I 10 9 4 13 12 7 15 14
f3 in (7.5); also, f = O. The boundary
i,
Since there is no convection, we take = 0
conditions give T 5 = TlO = TI5 = 0, Tn = To, T I 2 = To cos TI3
140 7. MORE TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
rr 3rr
To cos 4' and T14 = To cos 8 ; moreover, F1 = Fz = F3 = F4 = F5 = F6 = 0
(becauseof the insulatedboundary). Then after assembly we solve the system
2 -1 0 0 -1 0 0 0 T1 0
-1 4 -1 0 0 -2 0 Tz 0
0 -1 4 -1 0 0 -2 0 T3 0
k 0 0 -1 4 0 0 0 -2 T4 k 0
- -
2 -1 0 0 0 4 -2 0 0 T6 2 To
0 -2 0 0 -2 8 -2 0 T7 2To cos ~
0 0 -2 0 0 -2 8 - 2 T8 2To cos i
0 0 0 -2 0 0 -2 8 Tg 2To cos 3;
and obtain
T 1 = 0.759838 To, T6 = 0.817677To,
T z = 0.701999To, T 7 = 0.755435To,
T3 = 0.537286 To, T8 = 0.578185 To,
T4 = 0.290777To, Tg = 0.312911 To.
Wecan computethe heat generated at a node. Thus, for example, the heat at node
. (7) k
5 IS F5 = Qz = K51Tl + K 5Z TZ +...+ K 5,15T1 5 = - 2' T4 = -0.145389To
W.
METHOD 2. We use a mesh of 8 rectangular elements (Fig. 7.3).
11 12 13 14 S
4 3 4 34 3 4 3
CD @ (j) ®
I 2 I 2 I 2 I 2
6 10
4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3
CD CD 0) 8)
I 2 I Z I 2 I 2
1 2 3 4 5
K (e) = ~
4
-1
-1
4
-2-1]
-1
4
-2
-1 .
6 [ -2 -1
-1 -2 -1 4
7.1. HEAT TRANSFER 141
1 2 4 6
2 3 4 7
3 4 9 8
4 5 10 9
c= 6 7 12 11
7 8 13 12
8 9 14 13
9 10 15 14
4 -1 0 0 -1 -2 0 0
-1 8 -1 0 -2 -2 -2 0
0 -1 8 -1 0 -2 -2 -2
k 0 0 - 1 8 0 0 - 2 -2
-
6 -1 -2 0 0 8 -2 0 0
-2 -2 -2 0 -2 16 -2 0
0 -2 -2 -2 0 -2 16 -2
0 0 -2 -2 0 0 -2 16
T1 0
T2 0
T3 0
T4 k 0
T6 = -6 To
T7 2To + 2To cos 7r/ 8 + 2To cos 7r / 4
Ts 2To cos 7r / 8 + 2To cos 7r/ 4 + 2To cos 37r/8
Tg 2To cos 7r/ 4 + 2To cos 37r/8
Co nvec tio n ~. T_
,.,~
lL, Q.
c.. T=O
a
;:;
<>
:I:
insulated
4a
We use the 8 element mesh of rectangular elements (Fig. 7.3) . We assume that
kx = ky = k. In view of (5.7) and (B. 1O)-(B. I 1) and assuming that all values of
(3s are equal to (3, all values of T oos are equal to Too, allZ(e) = a, and f( e) = fo,
the stiffness matrices and the load vectors for an element n(e) are given by
[
~2 ~2 ~1
-1 1 2
~1] + 'k6 [~- 1 -2~ =~2 =~]
-2 1
[!1 ~1 =~ -1]
1 -1 -2 2 -2 -1 1 2
k -2
6 -2 -1 4 -1 '
-1 -2 1- 4
7.1. HEAT TRANSFER 143
K( e) = f3a
b 6014
[~ ~ ~ ~] '
1 0 1 41
f(e) = Jot [1 1 1 1 1( ,
2
f = Joa [1 2 2 2 1 2 4 4 4 2 1 2 2 2 I]T ,
4
a
fb = '2 [qO 0 0 0 0 qo 0 0 0 0 qo 0 0 0 O]T
+ f3 T oo a [1 2 2 2 1 2 4 4 4 2 1 2 2 2 I]T ,
T6 = 89.127474, Tn = 133.076907,
T7 = 58.286775, T 12 = 88.503372,
T s = 58.8575, T 13 = 78.55114,
T g = 65.211716, T 14 = 88.883588. •
144 7. MORE TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
7.2. Torsion
(7.6)
where u(x, y) denotes the stress function, g is the shear modulus (Nrcrrr'), and B
the angle of twist per unit length (rad/cm).
The shear stress components are related to u by
au (7.7)
T zx = ay'
The gradient vector for a triangular element is given by
(7.8)
1 [-(2a-t) (2a - t)
\7u-- (7.9)
- 4ab -(2b - s) -s
where b~e) and c~e) are defined in (5.4). We study the following example.
{1} +
-1
{Q(e) }
K(e) = -1 [ -1
1 2
F(e) = 2gBA(e)
3
1 Q~e) ,
2 0 -1 1 Q~e)
7.2. TORSION 145
6
3
0)
2
4
(a) (b)
After assembly and noting that K , = 0 , the finite element equation becomes
1 - 1 0 0 0 0 U1 1
-1 4 -2 -1 0 0 Uz 3
1
-
0 - 2 4 0 - 2 0 U3 2gBA (e) 3
2 0 -1 0 2 -1 0 U4 3 1
0 0 - 2 -1 4 -1 U5 3
0 0 0 0 -1 1 U6 1
Since U3 = U4 = U5 = 0, we solve the system
~2 [!!
0
- 1
4
- 2
~2 { ~: ~
] } 2908882087 { ~ } •
- 1 1 0 ] { 94.5387} { - 232.711}
Vu =4 [ 0 - 1 1 36.361 = 101811 '
61.8137 .
1 0 - 1 ] { 94.5387} { 130.9 }
Vu =4 [ -1 1 0 36.361 = - 232 711 '
. 61.8137 .
146 7. MORE TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
0 -1 1 ] {94.5387} _ { 101.811 }
V'u = 4 [ 1 0 -1 36.361 - 1309 '
61.8137 .
with Tzx = 130.9, and T z y = -101.811. •
7.3. Seepage
The seepage flow problem is basically a potential flow problem, which is governed
by the Laplace equation, where the unknown function ¢(x , y) denotes the velocity
potential of the flow. We study the following example.
EXAMPLE 7.4 . (Groundwater Seepage Flow) Formulate and solve the ground-
water flow problem for the domain shown in Fig . 7.6. A well is located at
(850,400). The flow is governed by the Laplace equation
_~ (all
8x
8¢)
8x
_~8y 8¢)
8y
0,
(a 22 = (7.10)
all , a22 are the coefficients of permeability. The boundary conditions are as fol-
lows: ~~ = 0 on the impermeable boundary, a constant head of 100 m on the
right boundary, and the river infiltrates at the rate of 0.5 m3day- 1m- 1 . We will
determine the velocity potential ¢ for all = a22 = 1, and 15 m day-I, and find
the lines of constant potential ¢ in the rectangular domain of 1050 x 600 m 2 • The
weak form for Eq (7.10) is given by
(7.11)
(7.12)
7.3. SEEPAGE 147
where
K(e) =
ij
Jr{ [ow (
In <c ) ox all
oct»
ox +
ow
oy (a22 oct»]
oy dxdy
Q~e) = j wqn ds .
Jr<C)
(7.13)
~:----o~~,FIF-::---,-" 13
3 (600. 400)
--.,:;:-.-<~--=---.. 12
(600.200)
(0. 0)
(400. 0)
450
All coordinates marked above are in the local mode .
Well at Global Coordinates (850,400), and Local Coordinates (400, 400)
Now, in view of Fig. 7.6 and formula (B.1), we find that for the elements 1
through 9 (see Fig. 7.7(a»
Again, by formula (B.1) for the elements 10 through 15, we get (see Fig. 7.7(b»)
148 .7. MORE TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
~ [~ 1~
5 2 4 95 8 12
5 3 10 59 13 9 8] .
C 3 6 5 6 10 9 13 14
8 4 7 11 12 14 10 9
Thus, the assembled stiffness matrix and the force vector are
3 3
4 0 - 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
13 2 3
0 6" - 3 0 - "2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 2 13 3
- 4 -3 6" 0 0 -4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
13 1 3 1
0 0 0 6" - 3 0 0 -"2 -3 0 0 0 0 0
3 1 2 3
0 - "2 0 - 3 4 -3 0 0 0 - 4 0 0 0 0
3 2 13 3
0 0 -4 0 -3 6" 0 0 0 -4 0 0 0 0
4 5 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 3 -6 0 0 - "2 0 0 0
K= 3 5 25 5 ,
0 0 0 -"2 0 0 -6 6" -6 0 0 -1 0 0
1 3 5 9 5
0 0 0 - 3 -"2 0 0 -6 "2 -6 0 0 -1 0
3 5 25 1
0 0 0 0 0 -"4 0 0 - 6 12 0 0 0 -"2
1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 - "2 0 0 0 1 - "2 0 0
1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 - "2 2 - "2 0
1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 - "2 2 - "2
1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -"2 0 0 -"2 1
(200,200)
(200, 400/3) 3
3
CD @
1 2 2
(0, 0) (200,0) (0, 0) (200,0)
Fig. 7.7.
7.3. SEEPAGE 149
where ¢i
e
) = 1- T' ¢~e) = y. and l = ~ )(600)2 + (400)2 = 180.27756 m
(see Example 6.2). Then
Q1 = 110
.5 (1 - 1) ds = 45.06939 = Q7,
Q2 = 1/ 0.5 (1) ds + 1/
0.5 (1 - 1) ds = 90.138787 = Q4.
For the point source (well) at node 9, we have Qg = 200 m3/day/m3 . Of the
remaining Q3 = 0 = Qs = Q6 = Qs = QlO, and Ql1 ,Q12,Q13,Q14 are
unknown. Since Ul1 = 100 = U12 = U13 = U14, the unknowns U1 through U10
are determined by computing Eq (7.13). Thus, for al1 = a22 = 1 m per day, we
have
The potential lines (lines of constant potential </» and velocity vectors for
all = a22 = 1 are shown in Fig. 7.8 and Fig. 7.9, and those for all = a2 2 = 15
are presented in Fig. 7.10 and Fig. 7.11. •
1 10 200
13
...-..l--+tI'--+--+-"12
L...----------------- ..L.-.-J'"---..11
7 150
1 3 6 10
. - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 . . . - - - - - t t - - - - 4 I I I - - - - 4 I I I - - - - -... 14
__ -.:..::.t~= : L - __ 12
L...------------------....- - -..... ll
7
100
.-------------....,....-~t-.....:.::.:,.....-- .....-~"-- 14
---.....qt_-f~=------___413
L...------------------__---'___en
100
1 3 6 10
.------------il...----..--...--~t__------e 14
lJ_,:.---==4IJ----....- - -.... 13
L...------------------__---__en
7
We will study two-dimensional steady-state fluid flows of ideal fluids. These flows
are also known as the potential flows, which are governed by the Poisson's equation.
We will solve the flow problem around an elliptic cylinder and that of a partially
filled circular cylinder.
EXAMPLE 7.5. (Flow around an elliptical cylinder) Formulate and solve
the problem of irrotational flow of an ideal (inviscid) fluid around an elliptical
cylinder using (a) the stream function 'Ij; and (b) the velocity potential ¢. The
flow in the case (a) is governed by the Laplace equation "i1 2 '1j; = 0, and in the
case (b) by - "i1 2 ¢ = O. We will, therefore, solve the equation - "i1 2 u = 0 in
a rectangular region n which is 8 x 4 m Z , where U is either the stream function
'Ij; or the velocity potential ¢ (Fig. 7.12). Thus, in the former case the velocity
. b a'lj; a'lj; h
components U = (Ul , Uz ) are glven y Ul = ay' Uz = - ax' w ereas In t e
. h
a¢ a¢ I . h h . h
latter case bY Ul = - ax , U2 = - ay. n eit er case t e constant term In t e
solution U does not affect the velocity field.
Insulated Boundary
/I = ( I--- - - - - - - -j .-- - - - - - - -1 /I = I
Semi-major Axis = I m
Semi-minor axis = 0.5 m
Insulated Boundary
Since the problem is symmetric about both horizontal and vertical centerlines,
we will consider only the top left quadrant. A mesh of 32 triangular elements is
chosen (Fig. 7.13) . Note that in the case of the stream function formulation the
velocity component orthogonal to the horizontal line of symmetry is zero. Thus ,
we use this line as a stream line and take the value of the stream function on this
horizontal line of symmetry to be zero. Then we determine the value of 'Ij; on
7.4. FLUID FLOWS 153
the upper wall by using the condition that ~~ = Ua, where Ua denotes the inlet
horizontal velocity.
The mesh of elements in Fig. 7.13 consists of three sets of similar triangular
elements :
SET 1. All elements 1 through 24 and 29 through 32 are like the element 1 (see
Fig.7.14(a));
SET 2. The elements 25,26, and 27 are all like the element 25 (see Fig. 7.l4(b));
and
SET 3 . The element 28 is only one of its kind (see Fig. 7.14(c)).
10 20
5.-----~~----_1_-----__::*_-----_:::II 25
4~----~~----='--""'*c:......----~"------~24
3 ~----~~---='--_...£-----"'"*"------_il23
2.-=:-----~~----""'*e::::....-----*-=--~-=-- 22
1 6 11
We use formul a (B.l) to compute the stiffness matrices for the first two sets of
triangular elements, and formula (5.3)-(5.4) for the third set. They are given by
~I] ,
-1 /4
K(e ) [ 1/4
Set 1 = -~4 5/4
-1
-~/+
-1 /2
K( e) [ 1/2
Set 2 = -~2 1
-1 / 2 1/2
Ki~" ~ [-{/2
-1 /2
-1/2]
o .
1/2
-1 /2 0 1/2
154 7. MORE TWO -DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
e i j k e i j k e j k
1 1 6 7 12 13 8 7 23 14 19 20
2 7 2 1 13 8 13 14 24 20 15 14
3 2 7 8 14 14 9 8 25 21 17 16
4 8 3 2 15 9 14 15 26 17 21 18
5 3 8 9 16 15 10 9 27 21 22 23
c= 6 9 4 3 17 11 16 17 28 21 23 18
7 4 9 10 18 17 12 11 29 18 23 24
8 10 5 4 19 12 17 18 30 24 19 18
9 6 11 12 20 18 13 12 31 19 24 23
10 12 7 6 21 13 18 19 32 25 21 19
11 7 12 13 22 19 14 13
;4
(1,0.5)
(0, 0)
2
(1, 0)
~
(3.5,0.5) (4,0.5) (3.5, 0.5)
(a)
(b) (c)
......
'"
'"
156 7. MORE TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
1
5 -2 0 - "2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1
-2 5 -2 0 -"2 0 0 0 0 0 0
1
0 -2 5 0 0 -"2 0 0 0 0 0
1 1
-"2 0 0 5 -2 0 -"2 0 0 0 0
1 1
0 -"2 0 -2 5 -2 0 - "20 0 0
1 1
0 0 -"2 0 -2 5 -2 0 - "2 0 0 x
1 9 3
0 0 0 - "2 0 0 "2 -"2 0 0 0
1 3 19 1
0 0 0 0 - "2 0 "2 "4 - 2 - 4 0
1 1
0 0 0 0 0 - 4 0 -2 5 0 - 4"
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -41 0 9
4 -1
1 5
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - "2 -1 "2
x [U7 U8 U9 U12 U13 U14 U17 Ul 8 U19 U23 u24 f
= [1 1
"2
1
"2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 of ·
By using the Gauss elimination method, this system reduces to the following
system, which is in the upper echelon form, and thus the results are obtai ned by
starting at the value of U24 and working upwards all the way to the value of U7 .
1 -0.4 0 -0.1 0 0 0
0 1 - 0.47619 - 0.47619 - 0.119 0 0
0 0 1 - 0.0235 -0.0588 -0.1235 0
0 0 0 1 -0.4109 - 0.00239 - 0.10125
0 0 0 0 1 -0.497 -0.0502
0 0 0 0 0 1 - 0.0263
0 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
U7 0.1
0 0 0 0
U8 0.16667
0 0 0 0
U9 0.20588
0 0 0 0
U12 0.02084
-0. 122 0 0 0
U13 0.04267
-0 .063 -0.1273 0 0
U14 0.04838
-0.345 - 0.0029 0 0
U17 0.00545
1 -0.4913 -0.0603 0
U18 0.01006
0 1 - 0.0312 - 0.127
U19 0.01137
0 0 1 -0.455
U23 0.00175
0 0 0 1
U24 0.00378
7.4. FLUID FLOWS 157
For the stream function 'l/J, we find that 'l/J7 = 0.824600 8, 'l/Js = 0.773 5452,
'l/J9 = 0.824699, 'l/J12 = 0.8059803 , 'l/J 13 = 0.7942585 , 'l/J 14 = 0.8090609, 'l/J 17 =
0.7835873, 'l/J 18 = 0.8113408, 'l/J 19 = 0.8275934, 'l/J2 3 = 0.784807 3, and 'l/J2 4 =
0.6837628 .
The contours of the velocity potenti al and the stream function are presented in
Fig. 7.15 and Fig . 7.16, respectively.•
10 15 20
5.-------..-----_-------1~----_lI25
4t--------+--'c-----......".----~l------____.l24
0.003
3t--------+-t-----+--+----~H_----____<I 3
2.-------..-+----..-f----~~-----=~-
1 6 11 16
10 15 20
---
5 25
4
<. :---
0.8247
~
0.8276
<, 24
0.8091
-
'/
3 23
0.7735 0.794
V
/'"
22
2
-> 0.8246 0.8
1 6 11 16
.
Fig. 7.16 . Contours of the Stream Function.
158 7. MORE TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
EXAMPLE 7.6. (Partially Filled Pipe Flow) Formulate and solve the steady-
state problem of flow of an ideal fluid flow in a partially filled circular pipe
(Fig. 7.17). The governing equation is
_~
ax (au ax
au) _ ~ (a 22au)
ay ay = 2. (7.14)
o= r
Jnw
W a2~ _ a2~ _ 2] dx dy
[_
ax ay
= r
In< e)
[aaWaa
x x
u w u
+ aa aa - 2W] dx dy + 1 Wqn ds
y y free)
= b(w, u) -l(w) ,
au au
where qn = n x ax + n y ay'
y
au -0
an-
(0.0) I ' - - - - - - - t - - - X
where
f?) = 2 r
}11( e)
¢~e) dx dy, Q~e) = J ¢~e) qn ds ,
t.;
which is written in matrix form as
(7.16)
We consider the case when the pipe is 95% full (Fig. 7.18). Because of the
symmetry about the vertical axis (y-axis), we consider only the right half of the
circular domain .
y
1l~""*~""--c:¥---Y
7t"--::*'--::oIl"--Y
o
100 20
Table 7.1. Area vs. Half-Angl e 0:: for Pipe Radius = 1.0 m.
95% 36.94° 95
94% 38.88° 95
93% 41.50° 91
92% 44.67° 91
91% 46.00° 91
90% 47.33° 91
85% 55.17° 90
The coordinates (x,y) of the nodes in the discret ized domain are given below
in Table 7.2.
Node# x y Node# x y
Using the boundary conditions, the problem is solved, and the following results
obtained for the case of 95% filled pipe are given in Table 7.3 on the next page.
162 7. MORE TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
Similar results can be obtained for the cases of 90%, 91%, 92%, 93% and 94%
filled pipes. The three plots on the next page show (i) the area of the partially
filed pipe (Fig. 7.19), (ii) the area of the partially filled pipe vs. the flow velocity
(Fig. 7.20), and (iii) the area of the partially filled pipe vs. the flow discharge
(Fig. 7.21) . It is seen from Fig. 7.21 that the maximum flow discharge occurs
when the pipe is 92.89% filled (Khairy, 1998).•
7.4. FLUID FLOWS 163
3.0 , - - - - - - - - - - - , - - -
I
----------,----------,
I
2.97
I
__________ I ~
1I Il _
I I I I
I I I
I I I
I , I
29 - - - - - - - - - - ~ - - - - - - - - - :- - - - - - __ 1-_-- _ _ - - - - ,- - - - - - - - - -
1 I
I I
: 2.~2
g
1 I
I 1 I
_ _ _ 1 1 1 _
I 1 I
~
1 I I
I I I
__________ I ~ II II IL _
2.8 I I I I
I I I I
I I I I
I I t I
_________ L L L L _
I I I I
l I t I
I I I I
2.7 L- - - 'I --'-I I
-'- - 'I- --1
Area(%)
>" I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
o
~ ---------~---------~---------~------
I I I
--+-------- -
I
ti: I I I I
0.279
------Qi7
I , I
0.28 ----- ----~-- -------~------ ---i------ --
I I ,
---------.---------.---------.---------.---------
I I I I
I I I I
0.27 L- I
--'- I
..L- --'-
I
-'-
I
--'
Fig. 7.20. Area of the PartiaIIy Filled Pipe vs. Flow Velocity.
0 . 9 0 , - - - - - - - - , - - - -i - , - - - - - - - , - - - - - , .I - - - - - - - ;
: I 0.884 :
_________ 1 1 .J1 1 _
0.88 I I II I
I I II I
~
'1 0.86
I I II I
~ "
~ I I
I
I
I 0\ II I
fi: 0.80
---------~---------r-------~+r---------~---------
I I 0\ II I
0.78'-- -'-
I '--
I .........
II '--
I --1
Fig. 7.21. Area of the PartiaIIy Filled Pipe vs. Flow Discharge.
164 7. MORE TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
7.5. Exercises
7.1. Determine the temperature distribution for the heat transfer problem in Ex-
ample 7.3 for the case when the ambient temperature Too = 0° C.
ANS. T6 = 87.138015, T7 = 56.60317, Ts = 57.095015, Tn =
130.619864, T 12 = 86.048119, T 13 = 76.26186, T 14 = 87.224933 .
7.2. The governing equation for a two-dimensional fin in the form of a circular
pipe is
cPT cPT
k x h 8x 2 + ky h 8y2 - 2f3T + 2f3Too = 0,
where k x and k y are the thermal conductivities in the x- and y-direction, re-
spectively, h is the thickness of the fin, f3 the convection coefficient, and Too
the ambient temperature. The boundary conditions are T(8D.) = T; on the
pipe boundary, and kx h a;: n x + ky h ~: n y = 0 along the outer edge of the
fin. This condition can be regarded as the insulated boundary condition. The
fin is two-dimensional because it is too thin to develop a temperature gradient
along the z-axis (Fig. 7.22). Determine the finite element model equation for
this problem .
Outer Edge
7.3. Solve the heat conduction problem discussed in Example 7.1 for a rectangle
of dimensions 3 x 2 cm 2 , subject to the following boundary conditions: The
boundaries x = 0 and y = 0 are insulated; the boundary x = 3 is kept at
zero temperature, and the boundary y = 2 is maintained at a temperature
T = e- x / 3 . Use (a) a mesh of 12 triangular elements, each of unit base and
unit altitude; and (b) a mesh of 6 rectangular elements, each of unit base and
unit height.
7.5. EXERC ISES 165
y
9 10 11 12
0 ® @
CD 7
b=1O 5 8
0 ®
x
2 3 4
I I
10 20
a = 30
Fig. 7.23. Rectangular Bar with Two Different Conductivities.
HINT . Note that the elements 1 through 4 are similar with thermal condu c-
tivity k 1 , and the elements 5 through 12 are similar with thermal conductivity
k2 • Use (B.l) for each element.
A NS. U2 = 69.219, U3 = 66. 248, U6 = 76.568, U7 = 74.158. The exact
solution is given by (see Lebedev et al. 1965)
7.5. Consider the steady-state heat transfer problem with a prescribed convection
coefficient {3, thermal conductivity k, and an internal heat generation io, in
a square region of side a. This region is insulated both at the top and the
bottom ; a uniform heat flux qo acts on the left side; and the right side is kept at
a prescribed temperature To. The boundary conditions are shown in Fig. 7.24,
where Too denotes the ambient temperature . Take a mesh of 2 x 2 linear
rectangular (square) elements, and compute the temperature distribution at the
global nodes. Use thefollowingdata: a = 0.002 m; k = 30W/(m·°C), {3 = 80
W/(m 2 . 0C); Too = 10°C; To = 100°C, io = 107 W/m 3 , and qo = 3 X 105
W/m 2 •
Insulated
Convection p, Too
(O,a) 7 8 9 (a, a)
4 3 4 3
CD @
I 25 I 2
(0, a12) 4 6 T =To
4 3 4 3
Heat Flux %- -
CD 0
I 2 1 2
(O,Oh 2 3 (a, 0)
(aI2 ,0)
Insulated
Fig. 7.24.
K( e) =~
6
[:2 -1
-2
2
1
-1
1
2
!1] +"6 [J
-2
k
1
1
2
-2
-1
-2
2
-2]
-1
1
-I]
1 - 1 -2 2 -2 -1 1 2
~~6
[!I - 2
-1
-1
-1
-2
4
- 2
-1
4
-1
-2
-1
4
'
2
r( e) = ioa [1 1 1 l]T ,
16
H(') ~ pa
12
[i° °~]
1
4 1
1 4 ,
1
° 1
7.5. EXERCISES 167
(2n + 1)7l"
where An = , n = 0,1 , . .. .
2a
7.7. The torsion of a hollow membrane of square cross section of inner and outer
dimensions 2a and 6a, respectively, is governed by the Poisson 's equation
- 'V2 u - 2, where u denotes the stress function. The boundary conditions are
u = 2r on the outer boundary and u = 3r 2 on the inner boundary, where r
denotes the ratio of the outer and inner dimensions of the squares. Take a = 1,
and compute the stress function at the global nodes of the mesh of elements
shown in Fig . 7.25.
/
9
3
0)
7 I 2
8
4 3
8)
I 2
4 6
3 4 3
CD @
2 2
1 2 3
Fig. 7.25 .
168 7. MORE TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
HINT. For the triangular elements, use (B.I )-(B .2), which give
1 -1 0]
K(e) = ~
2 [-1
0
2
-1
-1
1
,
K(e) _ ~
4
-1
-1
4
-2
-I
-11
-2
- 6 [ -2 -1 4 -1 '
-1 -2 -1 4
Use the boundary conditions U1 = U4 = 27, U3 = U6 = Us = Ug = 6.
ANS. U2 = 15.8651, Us = 13.4852, U7 = 5.91974.
7.8. Use the Prandtl theory of torsion, governed by Eq (7.6), where n is the
cross section of an elliptical membrane being twisted, and compute the stress
function u at the global nodes marked in Fig. 7.26, where the semi-major axis
is a = 3 in and the semi-minor axis b = 2 in, and 9 8 = 2.
Fig. 7.26.
HINT . To compute the stiffness matrices and the force vectors, use (B.3)-
(Bo4) for the elements 1,2 ,3,5,6,7,8, and (5.3)-(504) for the element 4.
ANS. U1 = 4.32553, U2 = 2.11027, U3 = 4.24104, Us = 3.18775,
U6 = 4.36778. Compare it with the exact solution
C8a2b2 ( x2 y2)
u( x,y) = a2+b2 1- a2 - b2 .
7.5. EXERCISES 169
7.9. Find the steady-state temperature in a solid circular cylinder of radius 1 and
height 1 under the conditions that the flat faces are kept at 0° and the curved
surface at 10 . The exact solution is (Kythe et al. 2002, p. 154)
where 10 are the modified Bessel functions of the first kind and zero order.
7.10. A grid of heating cables is embedded in a thin concrete slab to help melt the
snow on the surface of the slab, which is exposed to the surrounding medium
maintained at a temperature Too . The cables are 5 em apart and are 2.5 em
below the surface . The slab, which is 10 em thick, is laid on a thick insulated
bound ary with a negligibl e heat loss. The top surface of the slab is subject to the
convection boundary condition (Fig. 7.27). Take Too = -10°C , k x = k y = 36
W/(m 0C), and f3 = 42 X 105 W/(m 2 0 C) (which amounts to about 34 kmlhr
wind velocity). Compute the temperature distribution on the surface of the slab
when the cables generate 5 x 104 W1m2 of heat.
Convection Boundary
2.5 em
Legend:
e Heating Cables
Insulated Boundary
2
1 3
4 3 4 3
TI = 2.4, CD (]
T2 = 2.4
4 4I
2 I 'I
3 4 6
T3 = 2.3 3
T4 = 3.9 CD 0
Ts = 3.7 I
7 4
2 1 2
3 9
«
T6 = 3.6 3 4
T7 = 7.3 (])
Ts = 4.8 I
10 4
2 1 2
12
3 4 3
T9 = 4.5
T lO = 5.3
1
CD 'I1
® 2
Tu = 5.1 13 15
4 3 4 3
T I 2 = 5.0
T I 3 = 5.2
T I 4 = 5.1 G) @
T I 5 = 5.1
T I 6 = 5.1
T I 7 = 5.1 16 I 2 1 2
18
4 3 4 3
TI S = 5.1
T I 9 = 5.1
T 20 = 5.1
@ @
T2I = 5.1
1 2 1 2
19 21
20
Fig. 7.28 .
00
16 I m (n1l"r ) sin n1l"z
u(r ,e,z) = -
11" 1m (n1l") sin n1l" .
m ,n=1
m ,nodd
where 1m denote the modified Bessel functions of the first kind and order m .
7.12. A furnace with no heat source and heat convection in its wall and with
asbestos insulation is shown in Fig . 7.29. The temperature distribution is
governed by Eq (7.1) , subject to the natural boundary condition (7.2) with
(3 = O. The following data are used: k x = k y = k = 0.1 Btu/(ft. °F hr.), and
f = 0; other data are marked in the figure. Use a mesh of 9 linear triangular
elements, shown in Fig. 7.29(a) and compute the temperature distribution.
Compare the result with the mesh of 5 bilinear quadrilateral elements shown
7.5. EXERCISES 171
in Fig. 7.29(b).
3" 3"
insulated I
I
insulated
I
I
I
3'
6"
6" 6"
3.------Jr 3 4
CD
2 4 3 11
CD CD CD
2 1 2 1 2
1 1 4 7 10
(b)
Fig. 7.29.
7 .14. Solve the two-dimensional steady heat conduction problem for the quadrant
x,y > 0
y (0, 3)10
"0
~ --- (0, 2) 8
i;l
.s
b (0, I) 5
q
x 1 2
(0, 0)
0 T=O 1 4
(3, 0)
Fig . 7.30.
T (x ,y) = -
2q
7l"a
1 0
00
1 - cosab
a
2 e- a x sinay da. (7.18)
7.5. EXERCISES 173
8u 8u gx 8p 1 (8
2u 8 U)
2
U 8x + v 8y = F 2 - 8x + R e 8x 2 + 8 y2 '
(7.19a)
2 2
8v av gy 8p 1 (8 V 8 v)
u ax + v ay = F 2 - ay + Re 8x 2 + 8 y2 '
(7.19b)
au av
- +-=0 (7.19c)
ax 8y
NE J'r [
~ JO(' ) ¢i ~ ¢kUk
N
t; a;
N 8¢ ·
Uj
N
+ ~ ¢kVk t; 8;
N 8¢ ·
Uj
+ ""
LJ 8x
1=1
M a~
_ I PI _ ~x
F 2
__
1
Re
o: LJ
N
j =1
_
82¢ .
ax 2
J u· + ""
J
82¢ .
N
LJ a y
j =1
u.)
_
]
dx dy = 0,
2
J
J
(7.20)
where the first summation refers to each element in the domain. By using the
Green's first identity (E.2), the second order terms on the right side ofEq (7.20)
become
174 7. MORE TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
"[J1
NE
L..-
.
t= l
n«)
(¢i¢k
BUk¢_ J. Uj
Bx
+ ¢i¢k Vk _
B¢J· Uj + ¢i-B'l/Jl PI
By Bx
1 (B¢i B¢j
gx
- ¢i -=- + -Re -- -- u · + -B¢i -B¢j u ·)) dx dy
1 1
p2 Bx Bx J By By J
q1 = - 1
Re
1 ant e)
¢i ( _BUJ') ds,
Bn.
q2 = - 1
Re
1 ant e)
¢i (BV.)
_J
Bn
ds, q3 = O.
8
Axisymmetric Heat Transfer
Radially symmetric problems in cylindrical polar coordinates (r, e,z) are governed
by the second-order equation
- -1 -d [a(r)-
dU] = f(r), (8.1)
r dr dr
where T denotes the radial distance, U is the dependent variable, and a and f are
known functions of T. This equation is encountered in linear problems of radial
heat conduction in long cylinders of inner radius R} and outer radius R 2 . Since the
cylinders are assumed to be long, we can assume that the temperature distribution
remains uniform away from the ends. The weak variational form of Eq (8.1) with
weight w(r) over the volume of the cylinder of unit length for a linear element
ric)
]
dr ) - f( r ) rdrdBdz
o
r~e) W [-
lr(e)
1 d ( dU) ]
= 27r - - a- - f (r) r dr
r dr dr
1
l
r~c) ( dw du ) [ dU] r~e)
= 27r a - - - rwf dr - 27raw-
r (c ) dr dr dr r 1( e )
l
1
( e)
= 27r
r2
( a dw du _ rWf) dr _ w (ri e)) Qi e) _ w (r~e)) Q~e) ,
ric ) dr dr (8.2)
where
2
Using the approximation u(r) = L u~e) ¢~e) (r) in (8.2), we obtain the finite
i= l
element equation
(8.3)
where
dA,(e) dA,(e)
l
r~ C )
K ij(e) = 27r 'l"'i 'l"'J d (8.4)
(e)
a -d- r -d- r r,
r1
(e) (e)
A,(e) ( ) = r2 - r A,(e) ( ) = r - r 1 (8.5)
vi r l(e) '1"'2 r [(e)
If a = a(e) and f = f (e), where a(e) and f (e) are constant, then
K
(e ) _ 2na(e)
- l(e) [1 -1]
-1 1 '
(8.6)
(e) _
na (e) ( r(e)
1
+ riel
2
) [ 1-1 ]
K - z(e) -1 1 '
(8.7)
r (e) _
nf(e) l(e) { z(e) + 3r(e)
1
}
- 3 e
2l(e) + 3ri ) .
8.1. RADIAL SYMMETRY 177
(8.8)
EXAMPLE 8.1. The radially symmetric potential problems in the polar coor-
dinates (r, B) are governed by
_~ ~
r dr
(kr dU)
dr
= f(r) , 0< r < L. (8.9)
U (0) = Un , (8.10)
where n r denotes the radial component of the outward normal n, and un, U OCH k,
f3, and ij are constants, we find that the weak variational
formulation of Eqs (8.9)
and (8.10) over the interval (ri e
) , r~e)) is given by
(8.11)
178 8. AXISYMMETRIC HEAT TRAN SFER
Sub stituting ¢~e) for u and ¢;e) for w, where i, j = 1, . .. , n , and assuming that k
and f are constant on an element n (e) , we obtain
K (e) = 27T
'J
1 r
r (c)
2
(c)
(e) d¢(e)
keel d¢i zu: r dr
dr dr
+ 27T [fJr¢~e) ¢ (e) ]
' J
( c)
r2
r (c) ,
1
1 1
(8.12)
r~c ) ( r.)
(e)
For a 2-element model we take the linear shape functions ¢~e) = r2 l (e~ r, ¢~e) =
( e)
r ~(~1 , where lee) = r~e) - r ~e) . Then the stiffness matrix and the force vector
are, respe ctively, given by
(8.13)
where we have used the simplifications r~e) + r~e) = r~e) + t(e)/2, and
(l (e)) 2 (r~e) _ 2r~e) ) = (r~e) ) 3 _ 3r~e) (r~e)) 2 + 2 (r~e) ) 3
= ( l(e)) 2 (3r~e) + l(e)) .•
EXAMPLE 8 .2. The flow problem of an unconfined aquifer in the radial direc-
tion is given by Eq (8.9), where u denote s the piezometric head, k the permeability
coefficient, and f the recharge. Note that (- J) denote s pumping .
If a well penetrates an aquifer and pumping is done at the rate of Q = 150 m 3 /h,
determine u at radial distances T = 0,10,20,40,80,120, and 160 m, assuming
that a constant head Uo = 50 exists at T = 200 m (see Fig . 8.1), and k = 30
m 3/(h.m2 ) . In this problem f = 0 = (3 = ij, since there is no distributed source in
the region. Then from (8.13) the coefficient matrices for seven linear elements are
given by
K(4) =
3 [11-11 -11]
1rk
11 ' K(S) = -rrk [17
3 -17
- 17 ]
17 '
and f( e) =
0 for all elements. The boundary conditions are Us = Uo = 50, and
Q~S) = -150. Then solving the system of equations KU = F, we find that
U1 = 46.0864, U2 = 47.6779, U3 = 48.2084, U4 = 48.739, Us = 49.173,
U6 = 49.4539, U7 = 49.7191, and Us = 50. The value of Q~S) = 150.02, which
by definition is given by 2~;T (Us - U 7) = 176.495.•
Air Inlet
N01.Zle
c~ ~
Ellil
Outer Annular Flow , . - Hot Air
= .,
,
(
.. ·
~ Elli l
.,=
~MasS FIOW
Control
Valve
where, denotes the specific heat ratio (= ep/ Cv ). Since the radial pressure gradient
varies considerably depending on the inlet conditions, we will assume empirically,
based on available experimental data, that
where r denotes the radial distance, R I ::;; r ::;; R 2 (see Fig. 8.3).
Then from (8.14) and (8.15), we can define the density P and velocity v by
h p(r ) ) u-,
p(r ) ) l
p(r) = PI ( ---p;- , v(r ) = VI ( ---p;- (8.16)
where T denotes temperature, k the thermal conductivity, and V r the radial com-
ponent of the velocity field. Using the linear interpolation functions, the finite
element model equation for Eq (8.17) for an element n (e) is
(8.18)
l
(e)
r2 d¢(e )
M (e) = (e) p(r) v(r) Cp T ¢(e) r dr, (8.19)
r j
and K (e) is defined by (8.8). Thus, the matrices M (e) and K (e ) are given by
(e) M(e)]
M (e) _
-
Cp PIVI
2 p 1.425
[M 11 12
M (e) M( e) ,
[1 -1]
21 22
(8.20)
K( e) = kA (e )
l( e ) -1 1 '
where A(e ) is the area and l (e) the length of the elementn(e). We consider a tube of
radius 2.54 em with an inlet pressure of 206.8 kPa. Note that in the above compu-
tation the values of the component s of the matrix M , namely, Mi~), Mi~) , MJ~),
and MJ~) , are computed by integrating (8.19) by the 4-point Gaussian quadrature
for the known cp and the interpolation functions ¢(e) (see Appendix F). Thus, for
example, Mg) = 29.32494623. The boundary condition is determined from the
dT
fact that dr = 0 at the center of the tube.
Finally, using a mesh of 7 linear elements along the radial axis with nodes at
r = 0.2(0.1)0.9, we find that
T(0 .9) = 31.3, T(0.8) = 14.8, T(0 .7) = 4.0 , T(0.6) = - 2.9,
T(0 .5) = -7.6, T(O.4) = -106, T(0 .3) = -12.6, T(0 .2) = - 21.2.
182 8. AXISYMMETRIC HEAT TRANSFER
These results are compared with the experimental data (Garrity 2000) in Fig. 8.4.
It is obvious from this figure that the finite element results match fairly well with
the experimental data .
The computation of the elements of the matrix M(e) by using the Gaussian
quadrature is left as an exercise (see Exercise 8.2).•
40 r---------------------------,
30
x Experimental Data
• Finite Element Solution
0.8 0.9
Fig. 8.4. Experimental and Finite Element Data for 0.2 < r s:; 0.9.
First, we discuss linear triangular and bilinear rectangular elements for heat transfer
in solids. The heat equation based on the Fourier's law of heat conduction in a
three-dimensional solid V is given by
8 2T 82T 8 2T)
- k ( 8x 2 + 8 y2 + 8z 2 = i, in V,
(8.21)
T=T onCl ,
-kVT·n=/3(T-Too ) onC2 ,
where C l , C 2 are two disjoint portions of the boundary of V that make up the
entire boundary, k is the heat conductivity of the material that occupies the volume
V, j is the heat source in V, T the prescribed temperature on C l , Too the ambient
temperature in the exterior of C 2 , /3 the convective heat transfer coefficient, and
n = [nx n y nzV the outer normal on C 2 •
The weak form of the above equation is obtained by multiplying both sides of
8.2. LINEAR ELEMENT S 183
the equation by a test function wand performing integration by parts. This yields
JJJvrr
r (aT aw + aT aw + aT aw) dV = J"
ax ax ay ay az az JJv
f wdV rr
+ /1 (
aT tn: aT)
-a n x + -a n y + -a n z wdS,
C t UC2 X y Z
we have
aT
because aB = O. Let w = w(r,z). Then
Now, since
aT aw 2 aT aw . 2 aT Biu aT aw aT aw
'VT ·'Vw=--cos B+--sm B + - - = - - + - -
ar Br ar ar az az ar ar az az '
184 8. AXISYMMETRIC HEAT TRANSFER
which simplifies to
then
er» = a (¢ (e) )T T (e) ,
__
8T(e)
__ =
a (..I,(e) ) T
'f' T (e).
and
ar ar az az
k
n(e )
z
j
r
Fig. 8.5. Linear Triangular Element.
8.2. LINEAR ELEMENTS 185
The residual or error R(e) is a result of replacing the exact solution T by the finite
element approximation T(e ) in the equation . Let
J1 (
8fj> (e) 8(fj>(e))T 8fj>(e) 8(fj>(e))T)
K (e) = k -- +-- r dr dz
n- 8r 8r 8z Bz
+ { (3 fj>(e) (fj>(e))T r ds ,
} 80 (e)nr 2
e e
Let H e), z;e)) , H e) , zj e) ), and (ri )1 zk )) denote the coordinates of the three
nodes on the triangular element n (e), and let In (e)I denote the area of n(e). The
shape functions for the linear triangular element are
-I,(e)
0/ 1,
= a(e) + b(e) r + c(e)
1, tt
Z
'
where
e
Let h = ¢~e), l2 = ¢je), and l3 = ¢i ) be the area coordinates. The area integral ,
in view of (5.16b), is given by
Jr r
In (C)
lrl~l~ drdz = m!n!p!
(m+n+p+2)!
2I n(e) l . (8.26)
b ee ) bee )
t J
b~e ) bk
(e) (e)
+ Ci Cj
(e) (e)
Ci Ck
and
8.2. LINEAR ELEM ENTS 187
[ O~ 3r j(e ) 0+ r k(e)
r j(e) + r (e)
k
rj
+
o r:(e ) ] ,
(e)
r (e) + 3r (e)
j k
and
We also have
.v:. »: n
(r e), Zj(e) ) ( e) (e )), and ( e):».(e) ) gIobaIIyor
j
f 1 S ~,. J." k L S N . L et
4
T (e)(r, z ) = LTt\p~e) (r, z) for (r,z) E n (e) , e = 1, ... , NE,
i= 1
in which
_ r 1(e ) + r 2(e) (e) + (e)
_ Z4 ZI
r = r - --"----"-
2
Z = Z - -"------=---=--
2
188 8. AXISYMMETRIC HEAT TRANSFER
=~ =~]
2 1 '
1 2
and
where f (e) = ri ; rj for the area integrals. The corresponding boundary integral
contributions are
if 8 n(e) n r 2 is chosen to be equal to r~j), which is the (i, j) side of n (e) with
length li;).
The other integrals in (8.24) are
1
0 0
[~ ~]
r (e) (3(e) l(e)
(3 ¢ (e) (¢ (e») T r ds = j jk
2 1
r(c)
jk
6 1 2 ,
0 0
1 0 0
[~ ~]
A(e)(3(e) l(e) 0 0
(3 ¢(e) (¢ (e»)T rds = r kl
r (c )
kL
6 0 2 ,
0 1
1 0 0
[~ ~]
(e) (3(e) l(e) 0 0
(3 ¢ (e) (¢ (e») T r ds = ri Ii
r~~) 6 0 0
0 0
We also have
1 B O(c) n r 2
(3T oo¢(e) r ds =
f(e ) (3(e) Tj;,) l~j)
2 {g,
8.2. LINEAR ELEMENTS 189
Note that in the above calculations of the local matrices for the rectangular element,
(e) (e)
(e) (e) (e) (e) ri + rj
we have assumed that r t: = r I ' r J. = r tc > and have replaced r by ----"--
2
for integrals along r;;)and ri~) as well as for the area integrals on
n (e). On
e)
rj~, we have r = rj e) = ri , and on rf:),
we have r = de)
= r fe). With
more elaborate calculations, we can also evaluate these local matrices directly
reel + r eel
with r = if + t 2 J ,and it is left as an exercise (Exercise 8.6).
The above formulas can be compared with formulas (B.12), which are used for
a 4-node rectangular element in the Cartesian coordinates system.
EXAMPLE 8 .4. A can of creamed mushroom soup is heated via hot steam at a
temperature of Too = 250° F for sterili zing purpose and is assumed to have reached
a steady state . The can has a height of 0.16 m and is cylindri cal with a diameter of
0.08 m. The thermal conductivity of the soup is measured as k = 0.256/Wm oC,
and the convection coefficient is (3 = 35.6/WmoC. Approximate the temperature
of the cream soup at the center of the can. Note that for consistency in units, we
convert 250 °F to 121.111 °C in the following calcul ations .
Due to symmetry, we need only solve Eq (8.21) in V = [0, 2;r) x n, where
n= (0,0.04) x (0,0.08). Here I'i = 0, r 2 = [0, 2;r) x [{0.04} x (0, 0 .08) U
(0 ,0.04) x {0.08}] . We divide n into two triangles : n(1) which is the triangle with
. s (r 1 ) 'Zl(1) ) = ( 0, 0, T 2 'Z2(1)) = ( 0.04 , 0.08 ) , (T1
) (1) ) (1)) = ( 0,0.08 ) ,
vertice l 3 ,z3
2 2)
and the triangle n (2) with vertices (ri ) , z i ) = (0 , 0) , (r~2) , z~2)) = (0.04,0.08),
(r~2) , Z~2) ) = (0,0.08) . The corresponding global nodes are: node 1 at (0, 0),
node 2 at (0 .04 ,0), node 3 at (0 .04, 0.08), and node 4 at (0,0 .08), as indicated by
Fig . 8.6. The connectivity matrix is
c= [11 32 4]3 .
The input data for computing the local matrices for n(1) is K (1) = 0.256, f(1 ) = 0,
(3(1 ) = 35.6, rill = 0, r~l) = 0.04, r~l ) = 0, zi l) = 0, Z~l) = 0.08, and
( 1)
Z3 = 0.08. Thus ,
1
= 0.0032 [0 - 0.04 0 - a 0.04 - 0] = [-12.5 a 12.5],
4 3
(0, 0.08) . - - - - - -__ (0.04,0.08)
3 2
2
3
(0,0) - - - - - - - - (0.04,0)
1 2
Fig. 8.6. Mesh of 2 Triangular Elements.
8.2. LINEAR ELEMENTS 191
p
F ( l ) -_ f ( l ) In(1) I { 2r( 1) )++2r~l) + r~l)
(1 ) + ( 1)
}
+ (3( 1)T,( 1) L(l )
00 23
{ 2r~1) 0+ r~l) }
"i r 2 r 3 6
12 (1 ) (1) (1 ) ( 1) + 2 ( 1)
r1 + r2 + 2r 3 r2 r3
}
Similarly, for n(2), we get
0.0009 0 o -0.~009]
K = 0 0 o
0.0177 0.0013
[
-0.~009 ~
0.0013 0.0090
0.0068 -0.0068
+ - 0.0068 0.0085 -0.0017
[ o o
- 0.0017 0.0017 O~O ]
o o o
0.0158 - 0.0068 o -0.~009]
- 0.0068 0.0085 - 0.0017
- 0 -0.0017 0.0194 0.0013 '
[
-0.0009 o 0.0013 0.0090
192 8. AXISYMMETRIC HEAT TRANSFER
F = { O}
o
+ {
2.2995
O}
6.898
6.898 =
{ O} .
6.898
9.1975
1.14970 1.1497
It is obvious that this solution is by no means accurate since the exact solution is
[121.111, 121.111, 121.111, 121.111].
However, if we take a mesh of four linear triangular elements (Fig. 8.7), then
the results improve to almost exact values.
008 6
(0.04. 0.08)
2
n(l ) 3
n ll )
2
(0. 0. 4 (0.04. 0.04)
o 0.04 2
3
n O)
n (4)
(0.04. 0)
insulated
+
625 0
0 0
[ - 625 0
- 625])
0
625
+
(35.6)(0.04) [ 0
3
0
0 0.03
0 0.01 0.01
0.~1]
- 3 [ 1.706667 0 -1.706667]
= 10 0 -15.94667 3.04 ,
-1.706667 3.04 8.16
F(I ) =
(3(I )T, ( I ) t(I)
00 23
{ O} = {2.29949
0.08
0 },
6 0.04 1.14975
8.2. LINEAR ELEMENTS 193
+
625
0
[ -625
0
0
0
- 625] )
0
625
+
(0)(0 .04) [ 0
3
0
0 0.03 0.~1]
0 0.01 0.01
1
1.706667 0 -1. 706667
= 10- 3 0 1.706667 -1.706667
[ -1.706667 -1.706667 3.41333
F (3) ~ {n,
K (4) = (0.08)(0.256)(0.0008) ([ ~O 6~5 -~25]
3 -625 625
O} O} = {3.44924
0 }.
{o0 +
fJ(4)T,( 4) Z(4) {
F (4 ) = 00 23 0.12
6 0.12 3.44924
The connectivity matrix is
3346 56]
c = [1 4 3 .
1 24
194 8. AXISYMMETRIC HEAT TRANSFER
Consider the following steady-state heat equation for heat transfer of fluid in a
circular tube of radius R and length L.
(8.27)
In the case of a piston flow, u is constant, say u = Urn ' Suppose that p and care
8.3. LINEAR ELEMENTS FOR HEAT TRANSFER IN FLUIDS 195
Similarly, in the case of a viscous laminar power-law flow, u has the value u =
Urn
3n + l ) [1 -
( n +1
(r)n+l/n]
R ' and we have
can also be derived for the bilinear rectangular element. Typically, a circular tube
has a semi-infinite length that occupies the volume V = [0,21T) x [O ,R) x [0,00).
°
The fluid enters the tube at z = with a prescribed temperature T and heat transfer
through the tube wall atr = Rby convection in the form -k ~~ = {3(T -Too) . It is
frequently assumed that down stream at very large values of z, the fluid temperature
becomes independent of z and an artificial boundary at z = L is taken, on which
we take ~~ = 0, which is equivalent to assuming that there is no heat transfer in
the z direction. Also, some times a wall temperature is directly applied to the fluid,
that is, T = Too at r = R. This boundary condition can be viewed as a limiting
case of the previous one by letting {3 ---t 00. In the implementation of the finite
elements, we simply choose very large values for {3 in the input data.
196 8. AXISYMMETRIC HEAT TRANSFER
The assumptions that the fluid properties are independent of temperature and that
frictional heat generation is negligible are well suited for conventional fluid flows.
However, the viscosity of highly viscous non-Newtonian fluids often changes sig-
nificantly with temperature, and the frictional heat generation is appreciable. The
mathematical model for this heat transfer problem is given by
ZT ZT)
8T
pcu 8 z
= k (8
8r Z
~ 8T
+ r 8r +
8
8zZ +
A -nB(T-T",) Idu
d
I n
-
1
(du)Z
d
e r r '
(8 .28)
where p, c, k, A, B, T rn , and n are positive constants, and u is given by
(8.29)
in which R is the radius of the tube and Urn is the mean flow velocity. Introducing
the dimensionless parameters
vkz I r
Z'
(v + 2)pcu rn R2' r = R'
zT zT
(1-r'V) -
8T= D -
8z
8 -+- 1-8T+ -8- + C e -BnT r tv .
8z ,2 r Br' 8r ' z
(8.30)
' '
For simplicity, we drop the primes and use (r, z ) instead of (r', z"). We use a linear
triangular element to approximate the solution of the heat equation
zT zT
(1 _ r V) 8T _ D8 ~ 8T 8 C -BnT V
8z - 8 zZ + r 8r +8r 2 + e r. (8.31 )
(8.32)
8.4. NONLINEAR HEAT TRANSFER 197
Let
zl(e) - Z3(e) I
(e) (e) '
Z2 - Z3
KT - N (T) - F = R.
We now describe a simple Newton's method for the solution of the global system .
First , for a starting initial point we obtain the solution of the linear problem
KT-F=O,
which corresponds to the finite element solution of the linear heat equation without
viscous dissipation:
v et = D~
(l- r )-;:;-
a2T + -1 -;:;-
er +~.a2T (8.33)
uZ uZ r or ur
Then we start the iteration steps by following Newton's method : A simple version
of Newton's iteration method for the nonlinear system R = 0 is given by
(8.34)
which can be written in the following form to avoid evaluation of the inverse of
the Jacobian matrix :
(8.35)
The terms N(e) and VN(e) are evaluated by the Gauss -Legendre integration
method in the triangular region. Since the highest order of 6, 6 and 6 in the
integration is 2 +v+1 s.:: 7, we choose 7; 1 = 4-th order Gauss integration
scheme, which uses 7 Gauss points (see Appendix F).
where W m is the Gaussian weight and i,« denotes the value of I at the moth Gauss
point. We have
where
r; = T 1 (6 )m + T 2 (6 )m + T3 (6 )m,
rm = (6)m r l + (6 )mr 2 + (6)m r 3 ,
8.4. NONLINEAR HEAT TRANSFER 199
@
@
@
@
@ @ @
® ® ®
@ @ ® @ @
@ @ ® @ @
@ @ @ @ @
@ ® ® @ ®
@ @ ® ® @
@ @ ® @ ®
@ @ ® @ @
@ ® ® @ ®
@ @ ® @ @ ® @)
® @) @
® (j) @ @ @ @
@ @ @ @
@ @ @ @ @
G) @ @ @) @
@) @ @ @ @
G) @ @ @ @
(}) @ @ @ ©
CD ® @ @ @
U =U m (V
- +2) [l-(R)r v] ,
v-
200 8. AXISYMMETRIC HEAT TRANSFER
T(r,O) = To,
- k
aT
or (R, z) = (3 (T(R, z) - Tw ),
aT
oz (r, L) = 0,
Wei and Zhang (2001) found that for large z the temperature can be approxi-
mately given by
+ 2- + 1,
fI 2
T -- Tw I c1 R +
n (8.36)
nB Cl +1
where
500t=- _
Numerical Solution
Analytical Solution
400
200
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
8.5. Exercises
a ( rk; aT)
- [ :;:1 8r 8r a ( k aT)] =f(r,z) ,
+ 8z (8.37)
z 8z
where rand z are the radial and the axial coordinates, respectively, and T
denotes the temperature. The temperature gradient is defined by the vector
(8.38)
where n = n r i + nzj.
ANS. The weak formulation ofEqs (8.37) and (8.38) over an element n(e)
with a test function w yields the bilinear and linear forms
b(w, T) = 21l'
fL (
n ( c)
aw8T
or r
awaT)
k; --;:;- -8 + k z --;:;- --;:;- r dr dz ,
uZ u Z
where
rdrdz ,
8.4. Use a mesh of 1 bilinear rectangular and 2 linear triangular elements, shown
in Fig. 8.11, to approximate the solution of Example 8.4.
8 .5. Use a mesh of 2 bilinear rectangular elements of equal size (Fig. 8.12) to
approximate the solution of Example 8.4.
6
(0. o. 3 (0.4.0.8) (0. 0. 6 (0.4. 0.8)
4 4 3
n O) n O)
2 I 2
4 4
2 (0.04. 0.04) (0. 0.0 4 3 (0.04. 0.04)
3
n U)
n U)
n (3)
2 2
(0. (0.4. 0) (0. (0.4. 0)
Ji
arjJ(e) T
PC U -j::l
_ (rjJ(e» ) rdrdz
0 (0) uZ
8.7. A hot air-like gas is being transported through a circular pipe of length
L = 100 ft and radius R = 10 ft. The inlet fluid temperature is controlled at
T= 10000P and the mass flow rate is U m = 1000 ftlhr. The convective heat
transfer coefficient is j3 = 0.03898 BTU/(hr' ft2) and the ambient temperature
is approximately Too = 60°F. The properties of the gas at 60 0P are given by
p = 0.0735Ibrnlft3 , cp = 0.240 BTU/(hr·ft·op), and k = 0.01516 BTU/(hr·
ft·oP) . Assuming that a steady state has been reached, compute the outlet gas
temperature.
8.8. Solve the axisymmetric heat transfer problem on a circular cylinder of radius
6 em and height 24 em, governed by
Tz = 0
-- -- - - - - - - - - - -
T=To
5 6 7 8
4 3
CD (;) G)
I 2
insulated 2 3 4
Tz = 0
Pig. 8.13.
HINT. Because of the symmetry, consider the right lower quarter region
in the (r, z )-plane with a mesh of 3 rectangular elements (each a square of side
0.006 m). Use formulas (B.14) and (B.16). Then
8.5. EXERCISES 205
1 2
(0, 1)4 . . . - - - - - - - - 1 1 3 (1,1 )
3 2
3
2
(0, 0) lL_ __e (1,0)
1 2
Fig. 8.14.
of the curve becomes r = 2(1 + sin B), 0 ::; B < 2tr. The axis of symmetry
can also be taken horizontal. In that case the polar equation of the curve is
r = 2(1 ± cos B), 0 ::; B < 2tr. If the axis of symmetry is oblique, it can be
rotated by an appropriate angle and made vertical or horizontal.
y
7
---;<:......-----+<=--+--~:..-~x
'P----f--=------j 8
We discuss the finite element analysis of one- and two-dimensional transient prob-
lems by using a semidiscrete weighted residual method and approximating the solu-
tion u by taking u(x , t) ~ ~7=1 u~e)(t) <p~e)(x) in the one-dimensional case, and
taking u(x , y, t) ~ ~7=1 u~e) (t) <p~e) (x, y) in the two-dimensional case, where
<p~e) are the interpolating shape functions, and u~e) are determined by finite differ-
ence methods .
we obtain a quas i-variational weak form by fixing t and then following the proce-
dure of §1.3. We explain this approach by an example.
EXAMPLE 9.1. Consider
0 < x < 1,
subject to the initial and boundary conditions u(x, 0) = 1, and u(O , t) = 0 = ~~.
Using w as a test function , we obtain the quasi-weak form
(9.1)
j = 1,2, (9.2a)
i ,j = 1,2. (9.2c)
1/ 3 1/4]{Ul}
[ 1/4 1/5 U2 +
[1 4/31]{Ul}
1 U2
{O} = 0 .
(9.3)
This is the semidiscrete formulation of the given problem. Now, Eq (9.3) can be
solved by a combination of the following three methods: Galerkin, Laplace trans-
form, and the 8-scheme. In these methods the initial condition must be satisfied.
However, the initial condition leads to U1(0) X + U2(0) x 2 = 1, which cannot be
E Ul
satisfied for all x (0,1) . Thus, we determine the initial values of (0) and U2(0)
by the Galerkin and the Laplace transform method, and then use the 8-scheme to
approximate the values of u.
t = 0 is r = u(x , 0) - 1 = U1(O) x +
1 ¢~e) 1 ¢i~e)
GALERKIN METHOD . The residual at
1 1
U2(0) x 2 - 1. Then r dx = 0, and r dx = O. These two equations
simplify to
1/ 3 114]
[ 114 1/5
{Ul(O)} =
U2(0)
2}'
{1 /
1/3
which yields Ul (0) = 4, and U2(0) = -10/3.
LAPLACE TRANSFORM METHOD . Apply the Laplace transform toEq (9.2b) ,
with 8 as the transform variable and Ui denoting the Laplace transform of Ui for
i = 1,2. Then we get
(8 - 1) Mil + K il = 0,
or
8/ 3 + 1 814+1] {Ul(O)} = {1 / 2}
[ 814 + 1 8/5 + 1 U2(0) 1/3 '
9.1. CLASSICAL METHODS 209
yields
52t 15 52t]
[cosh 3 + 13 sinh 3 '
52t 3
Ul(t) = 4e- /
We take the time step b.t = 0.05. Then using the above initial values Ul (0) = 4,
and U2(0) = - 10/3, we take tn+l = n b.t and solve Eq (9.4) for 8 = 1/ 2 (Crank-
Nicolson scheme) and 8 = 2/3 (Galerkin scheme). The results are given in Table
9.1. The exact solutio n is
Table. 9.1.
x 8 = 1/ 2 () = 2/3 Exact
(9.5)
x = 0,1 for t > 0, and the initial conditions u = sin 7rX - 7rx(l - x), ~~ = 0
at t = 0 for 0 < x < 1. We use the semidiscrete Galerkin (or Rayleigh-Ritz)
n
approximation u ~ :2:Ui(t)¢i(X) with the dof = n, where ¢i = cos2i7rx,
i=l
i = 1,2, .. . , n. Each ¢i satisfies the boundary conditions. The semidiscrete
weak form of Eq (9.5) with a test function w is given by
(9.6a)
j = 1, ... , n,
r r
where
d2¢i d2¢j
M i j = io ¢i ¢j dx, K i j = io dx2 dx 2 dx. (9.6c)
1
1 3
M ll = (1 - cos 27rX)2 dx = -,
o 2
(9.7)
sin7!'x-7!'(x-x2)
Ul(t ) = 1 - cos27!'x
. cos At.
It is obvious from this result that c(O) depends on x. So we use the Galerkin method
to compute Ul(0). In view of the initial conditions the residuals are given by
The first equation simplifies to give Ul(0) = ~ (~ - 71') :::::: 0.110715, and
then from (9.8) we get Ul( O) = k l . Similarly, from the second equation we get
Ul (0) = 0, which in view of (9.8) yields k2 = O. Thus , Ul(t ) = k l cos At , and the
one-parameter approximation is given by
or
U(X,t) :::::: 0.110715 (1 - cos 27l'X) cos 22.7929t. (9.9)
Initially , tlt n = 0, !:!.tn+l = !:!.t . Using Eq (9. 10) successively, forward in time,
with !:!.t = 0.05, we obtain
which gives UI (0.05) ~ 0.083578. Then we use (9.7) and (9.8) to compute
successive values OULI and UI . The results are given in Table 9.2.
t UI UI UI
The above methods , although useful , are limited in their application. They fail
to deal with complicated domains, boundary conditions, and variable coefficients
in the governing equations. We will present the finite element methods which are
more suitable for such general situations.
Consider the unsteady model equation (3.1), which contains both time-dependent
second-order (with C2 = 0 = b) and fourth-order (with CI = 0 = a) equations.
The semidiscrete weak form ofthis equat ion in an element n( e) with a test function
W IS
(9.11)
where
2
Qi e
) = [-aax
au + ~ (b a u)]
ax ax2 x=x ~e) '
Q (e ) =
2
[-b aaX2u]
2
(e )
,
X= X1
aX2u] .
Q(e) _ [a
au- -
a (ba2u)]
-2 Q (e) =
2
[b a
3 - ax ax -ax x =x~e) ' 4 (c)
x=x 2
9.2. ONE-DIMENSIONAL TRANSIENT PROBLEMS 213
where
n{ ;: : 2 if b = 0 and Cl or C2 is equal to zero ,
=4 if a = Cl = 0,
and ¢~e) are the interpolation shape functions . Note that the approximation (9.12)
cannot be used in problems involving the wave equation where the solutions are of
the form f (x ± ct ) and, therefore, the time and space variables cannot be separated.
Substituting the approx imation (9.12) for u and ¢)e) for win (9. 11), we gel
l
x~e ) n d (e) d 2 (e) d A,(e) dA,(e)
~ [Cl ¢(e )¢(e) ~ + C2¢(e)¢(e) ~ + a _ 'I-'_i_ _ 'I-'
_J _
(e) Z:: 'J dt 'J dt 2 dx dx
Xl i= l
+
d 2 (e) ¢(e)
b U,(e) ~ _ J_
'
dx 2 dx 2
+ CUt(e) '1-',
A,(e) _ A,(e)
'1-',
f] d
X
_ Q (e) A,(e) (
1 'l-'J Xl
(e) )
L (e) =
IJ
l Xl
(e)
x 2
(e)
Cl ¢(e) ¢(e) d x
' J '
M (e)
IJ
=
l
x ~e )
(e)
Xl
. C2 A,(e) A,(e) d x
'1-'1 'l-'J '
d2 A,(e)
l
x~e) d A,(e) dA,(e)
l
x~e ) d 2 A,(e)
K ijl (e ) 'l-'i 'l-'J d 2
K ij(e) b 'l-'i 'l-'J d
=
X( e)
a - - -d-
dX X
X, = (0 )
- Xd 2 - Xd 2 X,
I Xl
l
x ~e )
p te) = Q (e) _ ¢(e) f dx i , j = 1, 2, .. . , n. (9.15)
J J (e) J '
Xl
L~~ = 1 (¢~l)) 2
/ (e)
d x = [ (e) / 3 ,
214 9. TRANSIENT PROBLEMS
which gives
L(1 ) =~
6
[21 21] .
Also ,
K:~1) = 11« ) (
d:~
(e)) 2
= in», K 1( 1) =
12 J
o
r
1« ) (e)
dePl
dx
(e)
deP2
dx
= -su»
_ K 1( 1)
- 21 ,
(e))2
K~~l) = ( d:~ = ui»,
which gives
K( l)=_l_[l -1].
l( e) - 1 1
Again, K( 2) = 0, and Ff2) = Ql, Fi 2) = Q2. Thus, for the element n(e) we find
from (C.l) that .
l (e)
6"'
[2 1]
1 2
{Ul} + lW
U2
1 [1
-1
-1]
1
{Ul}U2 =
{Q1}
Q2 .
(9.16)
Applying the O-scheme (C.3) to Eq (9.16), and writing l for l( e), we get
(9.17)
For a one-element finite element model we have l = 1, and the boundary conditions
on the element n(e) become ul = 0 and Q 2 = 0 for any n, and for t > 0, while
the initial condition is uy
= 1= ug
for any x E (0,1) . We take = 1/2 (Crank- e
Nicolson) and tJ.t = 0.05. Then, using these boundary and initial conditions, Eq
(9.17) reduces to
0.3583 0.1417]
[ 0.1417 0.3583
{O} _{0 .1917U
U2
2+0.05 Q1}
0.3083
n+l - U2 n'
This equation computes U2 successively, moving forward in time with the time-
step tlt = 0.05. However, the one-element model is defective , because the initial
condition u~ = 1 and the boundary condition u1 = 0 are contrary to each other.
It gives rise to a singularity. Therefore, we must use a nonuniform mesh of finite
elements with smaller elements near the singularity. This will ensure a more
accurate solution . For example, we can use the following nonuniform mesh for
both linear and quadratic elements at the given coordinates X i, i = 1, . .. , 9:
Mesh at
Linear (Quad) Xl X2 X3 X4 Xs X6 X7 Xs Xg
The results for u(x , t) for the linear elements 2,4,6 ,8 are compared with the
exact solution in Table 9.3.
tlt t 2 4 6 8 Exact
0.2 0.8182 0.7614 0.7738 0.7393 0.7723
0.4 0.4620 0.4648 0.4736 0.4771 0.4745
0.5 0.6 0.2626 0.2822 0.2867 0.3242 0.2897
0.8 0.1493 0.1711 0.1051 0.1860 0.1769
1.0 0.0848 0.1037 0.1051 0.1860 0.1080
M (e)_~ M( e ) _ _ 111 _
210 -
2
M (e) M (e ) _ !!i
70 -
_ M 3(e1 ) '
11 - 36' 12 - 21' 13 -
216 9. T RANSIE NT PROBLEMS
2
M(e) _ 131 _ M (e)
14 - 420 - 41 '
M (e) -
22 -
!:.-
105 ' 23 -
2
M (e) _ _ 131 _ M (e)
420 - 32'
(e) l3
M 44 = 105 '
which gives
K 2 (e) = ~
44 l'
which gives
(9.22)
For a one-element model half-beam we have l = 1/2. For this element the
boundary and initial cond itions give U1 = 0 = U2 = U4 for t :::: 0, and U3 =
sin 7r/ 2 - 7r/ 4 = 1 - 7r/ 4; also, (h = O. Then Eq (9.22) leads to
M 33 U3 + K 33 (1 - 7r/4) = 0,
(1) .. ( 1)
9.3. TIME-DEPENDENT HEAT CONDUCTION 217
or
K (l)
U3 = - ~;) (1 - 7': /4) ~ -110.9317 at t = O.
M 33
We use the Newmark scheme to compute the unknown displacement U3 as follow s:
Let Ilt = 0.0025, ex = 1/2 , /3 = 1/4. Then, ao = 4/(llt) 2, a1 = 4/llt, a2 = 1,
a3 = Ilt /2 = a4. Substituting these values and the above boundary conditions on
U1 , U2 , U4 into (C.12), we get
n +1
(1) (
M 33 aoU!3 + a2U
.. )
!3
U3 - (1) (1)'
K 33 +aOM33
This equation is solved for U3 at different times, starting at Ilt = 0 (for n = 0),
which gives U3(0) = 0.2144, and so on. Table 9.4 shows a comparison of the finite
element solution with the Galerkin solution of Example 9.2 for the half-beam .
pcA et = ax
a ( Akx x aT)
ax + /3P (Too - T) + q, 0 < x < L, t > 0,
7it
T(O, t) = Tb(t),
aT
-k x x ax (L , t) = /3 (T (L ) - Too(t)), t > 0,
T( x ,O) = To(x) , 0 < x < L. (9.23)
218 9. TRANSIENT PROBLEMS
{:i:;},
9.3.1. Derivation of Finite Element Equations. By multiplying
both sides of Eq (9.23) by <p(e) = where ¢~e) and ¢~e) are the linear
1
x~e)
x~ )
e peA tel -a dx=
¢2 t
r:
shape functions, and integrateing over [x ~e) , x~e) ], we get
{ ¢(e) } er
x ~)
e
¢(e) }[ a er
tel -a(Ak x x - )
¢2 X ax
+ f3p(Too - T) +q
]dx .
(9 .24)
By using integration by parts formula, we have
¢(e) } a er et { ¢(e) }
1
x~c) { I x~e)
e tel -a (Ak x x -a ) dx = Ak x x -a tel ,
x~ ) ¢2 X X X ¢2 x~e)
1 a:r
l
x
&e) { } (A k aT) dx
x~c ) a:~) xx ax (9.25)
_ { -Akx x
- aT,
~~ i , } _l x
&e)
Ak x x
{ a:r) } aT
a dx.
Ak -
xxaX xi )
e (e)
a¢2 x
X=X2
(e)
ax
--
1
(e )
x2
x~c )
( )
x~e)
Ak x x
{ a¢~e) }
are) ~Tx dx
a¢2
ax
1
x~e) { ¢(e) } (9.26)
+ e tel f3pT dx
x~ ) ¢2
=
-Ak
{ Ak aT
aT,
ax x=x~e)
xx
}
I
+ 1 {¢I
x2
(e)
x~e)
( e) }
¢~e)
(f3pT.
00
+ q)dx .
xx ax x =x&e )
In the terms on the left side of (9.24) we replace T (z, t ) by the finite element interpo-
T (e)(t) } 1x~e) { ¢(e) } er
lation [¢~e)(x) ¢~e)(x)] { 1e) . Thenthetenn e peA tel -a dx
T2 (t) x~ ) ¢2 t
9.3. TIME-DEPENDENT HEAT CONDUCTION 219
is replaced by
As a result, we get
where
220 9. TRANSIENT PROBLEMS
Q (e) _ aTI
-Akx x -
ax
(c) }
- { Akxx~
aTI '
X=X 1
(9.27)
_
ox X- X2
(c)
and R( e) is the residual error due to replacement of the exact solution T by the
finite element interpolation. By setting the residual error R (e) = 0, we obtain the
local finite element system
(9.28)
where, if we further assume that p, c, A , k x x ,(J, Tb , and Too are all constants de-
noted by p (e) , c (e), A (e), k (e) , (J(e ) , T~e), and T !:;, ), respectively, in the inter val
[x ~e) , x~e)], then
K
(e) = k( e)A (e )
l( e)
[1 -1] +
-1 1
(J(e) p (e) l (e)
6
[2
1
F (e ) = ( (J(e) p( e)r.(e)
00
+ q (e)) l (e) { 1}
2 1 '
_A (e)k( e )aT ( x (e))} .
Q( e ) _ ax 1
(9.29)
- { A(e)k(e) ~~ (x~e)) .
and the corre sponding local finite element system has the following form
(9.31)
where !:It = ti+l - ti denotes the time step. The relation (9.31) follows from the
trapezoidal rule, where the parameter B is chosen by the user (see Appendix C).
Next, we express Eq (9.29) in the global form as
F=KT+MT.
F i=KTi+MT i ,
(9.32)
F i+l = K T i+l + M T i+l '
Now, using Eq (9.31), we delete the time derivative terms and get
e
Note that is chosen by the user. Depending on the value of bt may have e,
e
an upper limit for the numerical solution to be stable. Thus , if < 1/2, the largest
bt for stability is bt = ( _ ~) A ' where Am ax is the largest eigenvalue of
1 2 max
(K - AM) T = O.
If e
~ 1/2, the numerical solution is unconditionally stable (see Appendix C). In
the following example we will use the Galerkin scheme (9.33) for which = 2/3. e
EXAMPLE 9 .5 . A circular fin oflength 4 em and radius 0.2 em is made of pure
aluminum with the thermal conductivity k x x = 237W/(m.O) , {3 = 150 W/(m 2. 0C) ,
mass density p = 2702 kg/m", and specific heat c = 903 j/(kg·°C) (lj=l watt -s).
The initial temperature is 25° C. The right tip of the fin is insulated, and the base
of the fin is maintained at a temperature of 85° C. We choose bt = 0 .1 s, and
e = 2/3, and consider a 2-element mesh of equal length of [(1) = [(2) = [ = 2 em
each (Fig. 9.1). We will determine the temperature distribution up to 3 s.
d =0.4 em
~~~X0
L=4em
K~2)]
K (l ) K(l)
11 12
K-
-
K(l)
21
K(l)
22
+ K(2)
11 12
[ K(2) K(2)
O 21 22
-0.1~2628]
0.161478 -0.142628
= -0.142628 0.322956 .
[ o -0.142628 0.161478
f?) } { 0.471239 }
F = fJ1) + f~2) = 0.942478 .
{ fJ2) 0.471239
On assembly we get
M (l )
11
M(l)
12 0 ]
M -
-
M(l)
21
M(l)
22
+ M(2)
11
M(2)
12
[ o 21
M(2)
22
M(2)
0.10~203] .
0.204405 0.102203
0.102203 0.40881
[ o 0.102203 0.204405
1 [2.1517 0.92694 0]
AM + BK = 0.92694 4.30341 0.92694 ,
ut 0 0.92694 2.1517
1 [1.99022 1.06957 0]
AM - (1 - B) K = 1.06957 3.98045 1.06957 ,
ut 0 1.06957 1.99022
224 9. T RANSIENT PROBLEMS
Node 1
85 :
80 :
70 :
U
0
60 .
~
:::l
~Q) 50 :
0-
S
Q) 40 :
E-<
30 :
20 -
node 12, 13, or 4 (refer to Fig. 9.3 for the location of these nodes). The output files
are available as Listings 14.2.1 through 14.2.8 in §14.2.1.
13
4
~~
11
~~
10
"5
9
2
8
2,
7
"'~ 6
2J 5
2
1
kxx ~
a2u = pc ~
2
au + -f3p u, (9.35)
uX uX a
u(x , t) = C1 eQ X + C2 e- Q X
where a = {lf
Ak'
p
xx
a3 =
{3p
11' a2 =
2
pc, and An = k x x
(2n - 1)21T 2
4L2 ' and 0 1
and O2 are given in Exercise 9.9. Thus, finally we have T(x , t) = u(x, t) + Too =
u(x, t) + 25.
Using the following data: L = 0.04 m, (3 = 150 W/(m 2 . 0C) , k = a1 = 237 xx
W/(m .°C), p = 2702 kg/m" , c = 903 j/(kg 0C), r = 0.002 m, p = 21Tr, A = 1Tr 2 ,
Finally, a comparison of the results from the three methods are presented in
Table 9.7. •
We use the semidiscrete weak formulation and derive the finite elemen t equation
for the two-d imensional model equation
CI au _ !..- (k l aU ) _ !..-
at ax ax ay
(k 2 aU )
ay
+f = 0 in n, 0 < t ::; to, (9.38)
J
= I n(C) CI
aw aU)
ax ax + k ayay + fw dx dy
l
]
2 (9.40)
+ r
J r <c)nr 2
w [,8 (u - uoo ) + ijn] ds + r
Jr(C)/ r 2
w qn ds,
au au . ()
where qn = - k l ax n x -k y ay n y. We approximate u(x, y,t) on theelement w e
where ¢~e) are the interpolation shape functions . Substituting the appro ximation
(9.41) for u and ¢]e) for w in (9.40), we get the local finite element equa tions
J1
d . ( a",(e) a¢(e) a",(e) a¢~e» )
",(e) ",(e) --.!2 d d + k _'+'_i J_ + k _ '+'_i J_ d d
{ nee) [CI '+'1 '+'J dt x Y I a
x
ax 2 a
Y aY x y
+r
Jr<C)nr2
,8¢;e)¢]e) dS] u i } +Jer
I n<C)
f ¢Je) dx dy - r
(,8u oo - ij) ¢i ds = 0,
Jr<c)nr 2
for j = 1, 2, . . . ,n, (9.42a)
or, in the matrix notation,
(9.42b )
9.4. TWO-DIMENSIONAL TRANSIENT P ROBLEMS 229
where
au au _ 0
ax + ay - ,
for t > 0, where p denotes the pressure, I-, f y the body forces (if any) along the x -
and y-axis , respectively, and Cl , J.L are material constants. The natural and essential
boundary conditions on r 1 are
a2u . ( au av ) ,
2J.L ax 2 n x + J.L ay + ax n y - pn x = t- ; (9.44a)
au av ) a2v '
J.L ( ay + ax n + 2/1- a y2 n y
x - p ny = t y , (9.44b)
- J wdxds, (9.45 a)
fr ee)
0= I f [C1W2 au + 2J.L aW2 au + J.L aW2 (au + av) _ aW2 p - w2 f ] dxdy
at ax ax ay ay ax ax y
n<c)
(9.45b)
(9 .45c)
230 9. TRANSIENT PROBLEMS
where M}j = Mr; is given by M};) in (9.42c), and, in view of (9.42c ) we have
K 11 = 2pS11 + pS22 , K I2 = pS1 2 , K 22 = pS 11 + 2pS 22 , K 33 = 0,
(9.48)
where
11 _
S ij -
11 fJr/>} e) fJr/>je)
~ ~ dxdy ,
11
n {e) ox ox
22 _ fJr/>}e) fJr/>;e)
Sij - ~ ~ dxdy,
Ii:r
n{ e) vy vy
r
Fj = f x r/>je) dxdy , +
i:J txr/>je) ds,
F; = Ii:r
r
f y r/>je ) dxdy, + J tyr/>je) ds ,
fr{e)
11
11
fJr/>(.e) fJ1/J(e) fJr/>(e ) fJ'ljJ(e)
Kj~ = - +----jLdxdy , K;~ = - + ----jLdx dy,
n( e ) ox os: n (e ) vy ox
i, j = 1,2, . .. , n ; k = 1,2 , . .. ,m.
(9.49)
Thus, we write Eq (9.47) as
MU +KU=F , (9.50a)
where
(9 .50b)
Note that Eq (9.50a) is of the type (C.l ) and its temporal solution can be obtained
as in Example 9.3.•
9.4. TWO-DIM ENSIONAL T RANSIENT PROBLEMS 231
ox -ay +-
at 2- C33- ox ay C 12-+C22-
ox ay Y
where aI , a2 are constants that depend on the density of the material , and Cm n ,
(m , n = 1,2 ,3) are the coefficients in the stress-strain relations (see §ILl). The
natural and essential boundary conditions are
u = fL, v =v on r~e),
where r~e) u r~e) = r (e). The weak form ofEqs (9.52) over an element n (e) with
WI, W2 as test functions is given by
n n
u(x , y) ~ I>i(t)<e) ¢~e) (x, y), v(x, y) ~ I>i (t) (e) ¢~e) (x , y).
i=1 i= l
232 9. T RAN SIENT PROBLEMS
~
L
J1 [ ",(e) ",(e) d2u~e)
a l '1', 'l'J dt 2
+ 8¢~e)
8
(C8¢~e)
8 11
(e)
U,
+ C8¢~e)
812
(e))
V,
i
i=1 nee) X X Y
8 ",(e) (8 'l'i
",(e) 8",(e) ) (e) ]
+ C 33 - 8'l'- j -8- + - 8-
'l' i
- f X¢ j
.
dx dy -
' (e)
t X¢ j ds = 0,
y y (9.55a)
L
n
i=1 nee)
2
33 T
8 ¢ (e) ( a¢ (e)
X
T u~e) +
Y
71-
a¢(e)
vie)
X
)
8 ¢ (e) (
C _a ¢ i_
(e) a",(e) ) ]
u(e) + C zrs.. v(e) - f ",\e) dx dy
+ _ 8 J_
y 12 ax ' 22 ay' Y 'l' J
-i r ( e)
ty¢~e) ds = O. (9.55b)
or
Lii + Kllu + K 12y = F 1 ,
(9.55c)
Mv + K 21 u + K 22 y = F ,
2
o M0] {ii}
[L v + [K
K
ll
K {u}
K v {FF 21
12
22 ] =
1
2 } , (9.55d)
where
J1 (
X X
J1 (
nee) X Y X Y
21 _ 8¢~e) a¢~e) 8¢~e) 8¢~e))
K ij - C 33 8 8 + C 12 8 a dx dy ,
J1 (
nee) X Y x Y
22 _ 8¢~e) 8¢~e) a¢~e) 8¢~e) )
K ij - C 33 a
x
8
x
+ C 22 8 8 dx dy ,
i
nee) Y Y
pJ = Jr(
I n(e)
fx¢~e)dx dy +
r «:
tx¢~e) ds ,
pJ= J"(
i- ;
fy ¢ je) dx dy + 1 ty ¢ je) ds .
x: (9.56)
Note that Eq (9.57) is of the type (C.6) and can be solved as in Example 9.4.
9.5. EXERCISES 233
9.5. Exercises
9.1. Use the Galerkin method to solve ~~ + w2u = 0, such that u(x , 0) = uo.
_ Ut - Uo
r- t:J..t +w
2 [
Uo +
(Ut - uo)
t:J.t
t] .
This residual must be orthogonalized with respect to U chosen above. Since
Uo is fixed, the variation of U yields JoLl.t r t dt = 0, or
l o
Ll.t [Ut - Uo
t:J.
t
+ w2 ( Uo + (Ut -t:J.tuo)t)] t dt = 0,
3 - w2 t:J.t
3 + 2w2t:J..t·
U - U
t - 0
This solution is compared with other solution in Table 9.8 with t:J.t = 0.1. •
9.2. Use the Galerkin method to solve the diffusion equation ~~ k ~:~,
subject to the initial condition u(x, 0) = Uo (1 - x 2) for -1 :::; x :::; 1, and the
boundary conditions u(±l, t) = 0 for t ~ O.
. d2u du
9.3. Solve by the Galerkin method the one dof system m dt 2 +C dt + ku = f(t),
subject to the initial conditions u(O) = 0, du(O) jdt = WO o
9.4. Compute the element matrices K and F for Eq (9.40d) for a linear triangular
element by using formulas (5.3)-(5.4).
234 9. TRANSIENT PROBLEMS
9.5 . Solve the plane-wall unsteady heat conduction problem ~~ = ~:~, subject
to the boundary conditions T(O , t) = 1, T(l , t) = 0, and the initial condition
T( x,O) = 0, by using a mesh of 4, and 8 linear elements . Compare the finite
element solution at t = 0.5 with the exact solution which is given by
oo
U( t = 1 - x - -2 '"'"
x,) 1.
~ - Sl Il mrx e
_n2 7l"2t
.
7r n=l n
ANS . The finite element solution at t = 0.5 is compared with the exact
solution in Table 9.9.
9.6. Solve the unsteady heat conduction problem a:; - \J2T = 1 in the domain
n= {(x,y) : 0< x,y < I}, subject to the boundary conditions T = a on
f = {x
aT
= 1, Y = I} and an = a on f 2 = {x = 0, y = a} for t 2: 0, and
1
9.8. For the differential equation a ~~ + bu = I, where u = u(t), take the linear
2
approximation u(t) ~ L c, cPi(t), where cPl = 1-t/D..t, and cP2 = t ]D..t , and
i= l
derive the associated algebraic equation. Compare the result with that obtained
by the t1-scheme.
ANS. (a + bt1D..t) Un+! = (a -2bt1!:::.t) un + (0.5tt1fn+t1fn+d D..t.
236 9. TRANSIENT PROBLEMS
9.9. Use the method of separation of variables to solve Eq (9.35) subject to the
initiallboundary conditions (9.36).
fp u au .
nT I h .
SOLUTION . vve so ve t e equation al ax 2 = a2 at + a3 u, subject to
the initial and boundary conditions (9.36). Assume that u(x, t) = X(x) T(t),
which after substitution into Eq (9.35) yields
where al = kxx , a2 = pc, and a3 = (3p/A. The only situation where these
two expressions can be equal to each other is for each of them to be constant,
say, each equal to r: Then the above equation is equivalent to the two equations
(9.57)
We notice that for a nonzero solution of this problem the values of /'i, must
be either positive or negative. First, we set r: = fL2, which gives the general
solution of Eq (9.57) as
u(x
,
t) = C e"'x + C e-"'x
1 2
~ Dn
+ L..- sin (2n -l)1l"x
2L
e-(>.~,+a3)t/a2 '
n =l
9.5. EXERCISES 237
(2n - 1)7rylal
where An = 2L . Since u(x , 0) = 0, we find that
~ . (2n - 1)7rx
C1 e
QX
+ C2 e- QX
+ LJ D« sin 2L = O.
n =1
o; = L J
2 rL
f( x) sin
. (2n - 1)7rx
2L
_
dx = D n ,1 + Dn ,2 ,
o
where
Then
60(2n - 1)7r
Dn = D n ,1 + D n ,2 =
2£2 (2n - l )27r2'
a + 4
which gives the required solution (9.37) .
9.10. Solve U t = U X X ' -7r < X < 7r, subject to the conditions u(x ,O)
f(x), u( - 7r,t) = u(7r, t) , and u x ( -7r , t) = Ut(7r, t), where f(x) is a periodic
function of per iod 27r. This problem describes the heat flow inside a rod of
length 27r which is shaped in the form of a closed circular ring . The exact
solution is (Kythe et al. 2002, p. 153)
L e-
00
u(x , t ) =
n 2t
( an cos nx + bn sin nx) ,
n=O
where a n = -1
7r
L -1r
f( x) cos nx dx, and bn = -1
7r
f1r
- 1r
f (x ) sinnxdx.
9.11. Sol ve Ut = V' 2 u, r < 1,0 < z < 1, such that u(r , z, 0) = 1, u(l , z, t) =
0, and u(r , 0, t ) = °
= u(r, 1, t) . Thi s problem describes the temperature
238 9. TRANSIENT PROBLEMS
l:=
00
9.12. Solve Ut = Uzz - cu, where c is a constant, given that u(z , 0) = 0, and
u(O, t) = uo, z......
lim u(z, t) = 0 for t > O. This problem corresponds to the flow
oo
of a viscous fluid on an infinite moving plate under the influence of a constant
magnetic field applied perpendicular to the plate. The exact solution is (Kythe
et aI. 2002, p. 182)
u = Uo {ez..;c
2
erfc (_z_
20
+ Jet) + e-z..;c (_z_ -vet)}.
20
erfc
9.14. Solve u, = Uxx, subjectto the initial condition u(x, 0) = 0 and the boundary
conditions ux(O, t) = 0 and u(l, t) = 1. The exact solution is (Kythe et aI.
2002, p. 183)
u=
~
L) -It [2n
erfc
+Vi
I - x
+ erfc 2n + Ir:+ x] ,or
°
f)°
2 t 2yt
u = I - _I)n 4cos(2n + 1)1l'xj2 e-(2n+l)211'2t/4.
(2n+I)1l'
9.15. Solve the problem: Ut = Uxx, x > 0, t > 0, such that u(O, t) = 0 and
U(x, 0) = f(x) = 1. The exact solution is (Kythe et aI. 2002, p. 290-291)
Fig. 9.4.
er = -:;1 ora
at ( aT)
r or ' 0::; r < a, t > 0,
0 ifr < a,
T(r,O) = { .
To if r = a,
( a aT
at
+~
a
aT)
or
I
r=a,
= 0
t> o '
such that lim T
r-->O
< 00.
T( ) = T. [~ ~ J o hn ria) e-'Y~t/a2 ]
r,t 0 1 + 2a + ~ 1 a ')'; ,
n=1 (1 + 2a + -2-) John)
where "t« are the consecutive positive roots of the equation J 1(x) + a ')' Jo(x) =
O.
9.17. Solve the problem of one-dimensional heat diffusion down a semi-infinite
channel filled with a fluid that moves at a uniform velocity. The entrance
of the channel is kept at a constant temperature and the sides of the channel
are insulated. This provides variations in temperature through the channel.
The channel is 1 m long and 1 em wide . The entrance is kept at temperature
T 1 = 1233° K, and the initial temperature of the channel material is To = 298 0
K. The fluid velocity is uniformly maintained at 0.5 mls. This problem deals
with the advection-diffusion analysis and is governed by
m: or a2T
p Cp at + U ax = k ax 2 ' 0 < x < 1, (9.58)
240 9. TRANSIENT PROBLEMS
where p denotes the density, Cp the specific heat, k the thermal conductivity, x
the axial distance along the channel, and t the time. The boundary and initial
°
conditions are: T (O , t) = T 1 = 1233 for t > 0, and T (x , 0) = To = 298 for
< x < 1. The exact solution of this problem is (Carslaw and Jaeger 1959,
p.388)
TempOK
0.1 0.2 OJ
Fig. 9.5.
10
Nonlinear One-Dimensional Problems
The mathematical models considered in this chapter involve only a single nonlinear
differential equation with one unknown, which is one-dimensional in the space
variable. These equations are encountered mostly in problems of radiation heat
transfer, stress in plastics bars, non-Newtonian fluid flows between parallel plates,
and turbulent flows in tubes . We introduce the standard Newton's method , the
method of steepest descent, and some nonlinear conjugate gradient methods for
numerical solutions of the corresponding finite element nonlinear problems. Both
Galerkin and Rayleigh-Ritz finite element methods are used to drive the finite-
dimensional finite element equations from nonlinear differential equations and
their respective boundary condit ions in idealized situations. For simplicity, only
linear elements are used in the finite element methods .
is the gradient matrix of f evaluated at xo. The matrix V'f(x) is also called the
Jacobian of f and is denoted by J(x) or Z~h , h~. For vector-valued functions
Xl,X2
from R N to R N ,
..
ah (xo) ah (xo) ah (xo)
aXl aX2 aXN
x= { ] , and V'f(xo) =
aiN'(xo) aiN (xo) 8fN (xo)
aXl aX2 aXN
XI - x~ + 6Xl - 4 = 0,
xI + X2 -1 = O.
Note that
f(x) = {h(X)}
h(x)
= {XI -2X~ + 6Xl - 4},
Xl + X2 - 1
and
Let Xo = },
{~ } be the initial guess. Then f(xo) = { =~ vr (xo) = [~ ~],
and Xl = {~} - [~ n -1 { =~} = {~:~~~~}. Repeating, we get X2 =
0.6333 } { 0.6513 } { 0.6513 } { 0.6513 }
{ 0.6000 ' X3 = 0.5762 ' X4 = 0.5759 ' and X5 = 0.5759 . One can
For simplicity, we first consider a straight cooling fin of length L with cross sec-
tional area A(x) (Fig. 10.1). It is assumed that one end of the fin located at X = 0
is attached to a base kept at a fixed temperature To; the other end located at X = L
is allowed to undergo gray body radioactive heat transfer to the ambient tempera-
ture T ex" and the lateral surface of the fin is insulated. It is also assumed that the
244 10. NONLINEAR ONE-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
temperature at the cross section located at x is constant throughout that section and
an equilibrium state has been reached in the fin.
Base 1- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Fig. 10.1. A Cooling Fin.
d 2T
-kA dx 2 + AslJc(T 4 - Too)
4
= q, 0 < x < L,
(10.2)
T(O) = To , and - k ~~ (L) = 1Jc:(T 4
(L) - T~),
where the additional quantity As denotes the total lateral surface area of the fin.
Now, we proceed with the linear interpolation shape functions and the Galerkin
method to approximate the temperature distribution T determined by the problem
r r
x(e) (e) x(c ) (c)
T (e) }
Let T (e) =
{ Tj e) , where Tie) and Ti e) denote the nodal temperatures at nodes
x~e) and x~e), respectively. The linear interpolation equat ion of the line connecting
the two points (x 1(e) , T 1(e») and (x 2(e), y,(e»)
2 is
y,(e) T (e)
T (e)(X ) _T{e)
1
= 2 -
(e)
1 ( _
(e) X
(e» )
Xl ,
x2 - Xl
which can be rearranged in the form
We have
1 ] dx
__
[(e )
= k(e)A(e) [ 1
[{e ) - l
-1]
1 .
(10.5)
Also,
1x,
(e)
x2
( 0)
q<p(e)(x) dx = 1x, (e )
x2
(e)
q{e) {
( )
<PIe (x)
",{e ) (X)
'1'2
} dx = e»:
( ) ( )
2
{I} .
1
(10.6)
246 10. NONLINEAR ONE-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
( 0)
k(e)A (e)
lee )
[1 -1]
-1 1
{TI e)} = q(e)l(e)
r. (e ) 2
{I} + {Q~e)}
1 Q(e) , (10.7)
2 2
which is the local finite element system K( e)T(e) = F (e) + Q (e) , or simply the
local syst em. The derivative boundary condition -k ~~ (L) = h(T(L) - Too ) for
the boundary value problem (10.1) is applied when x~e) = L, and TJe) = u(L) is
unknown. For one-dimensional problems, this usually happens when the element
number e = N and x~N) = L at the end point. In such a case , the corresponding
boundary term Q (e) can be written as _K~e) + F~e) + R (e) , where
and the corresponding local finite element system has the following form :
with obvious boundary contributions. In the idealized case when the coefficients
k, A, and the source q are constants in the entire solut ion interval [0, L], and
the element intervals are chosen to have an uniform length l = lee) =
1, . .. , N, where N denotes the total number of partitions of [0, Lj , the global
t, e =
KT=F+Q ,
where
1 -1 0 o
-1 2 -1
keelA (e)
K= lee) 0
-1 2 -1
0 o -1 1
10.2. RADIATION HEAT TRANSFER 247
1
2
and Q=
2 Q ~N-l ) + Q ~N)
1 AO"c(Tt+1 - Tj)
Once again , in order to obtain a complete algebraic system with equal number of
equations and unknowns, the inter-element quantities Q~ + Qi , . .. , Q~- l + Q~
are set to zero and the result is
Q=
1 - 1
k(e)A(e) -1 2
l (e ) o
o
This usually happens at the first element e = 1. Then the corresponding final
248 10. NONLINEAR ONE-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
system is
1 -1 0 0 T1
k(e)A(e) -1 2 - 1 T2
l(e) 0
-1 2 -1 TN
0 0 - 1 1 T(L)
1 Aae((T1 ) 4 - T,;,)
q(e)l(e) 2 0
2 +
2 0
1 Q ~N)
EXAMPLE 10.3. Consider a very thin cylindrical cooling surface (fin) made
of pure copper with cross-sectional area A = 7f R 2 , with R = 4.0 m and length
L = .04 m. The following data are given: k = 400 W/(m .oK), T(O) = 100°C
(= 373.15 °K), Too = O°C (= 273.15°K), a = 5.675 x 10- 8 W/m 2 .oK4, and
e = 0.76. The following assumptions are made: (i) the lateral surface is insulated ;
(ii) the temperature variation in the lateral direction is negligible, and hence, a one-
dimensional analysis is sufficient; (iii) no heat is generated or dissipated within
the surface; and (iv) the surface behaves like a gray body (the emissivity and the
absorptivity of the surface are the same) . With these assumptions, the system
(10.1) can be used as the mathematical model with the x-axis set at the center of
the surface as indicated by Fig. 10.2.
cp
Too
T(O)~ :;,
X
I
I
L
Fig. 10.2. A Cylindrical Cooling Surface or Cooling Fin.
We now use two linear elements and Newton's method to approximate temper-
atures located at x = 0.02 m and x = 0.04 m. The corresponding global system
becomes
-1
kA
2
I - 1
10.2. RADIATION HEAT TRAN SF ER 249
[ ~1o ~1 ~1]{37~~15}+a{~1
-1 1 T3 (T3 )4
}=a{ ~
(273.15)4
}, (10.10)
where the quantity a = 1.6565 x 10- 12 . Uncoupling the first equation from the
system, we have
373.15}
[1 - 1 0)
{
~~ +aQ1 =0, (10.11)
and
-1M
1{I ( jGT~
jGT~+ M--IM) I (V GT3+ M - -IM ) }
n + M + -1M - VGT3 + M + -1M =X n
'f
1 /3 1= 0,
where M = 2/3 / (kR ), G = 4pc/ (5kR); T B denotes the base temperature of the
fin, and x the distance along the fin. The values ofT obtained by the finite element
method arc compared with the exact solution at x = 0.02 and 0.04 in Table 10.1.•
Table 10.1.
EXAMPLE 10.4. Consider a cooling fin of cylinder shape made of the same
pure copper as in Example 10.2 of cross-sectional area A = 1f R 2 , with R = 0.002
m and length L = 0.02 m (see Fig. 10.2). The material data are as follows:
k = 400 W/m.oK , T(O) = 100°C (= 373.l5°K), Too = O°C (= 273.l5°K), a =
5.675 x 10- 8 W/(m .2oK4 ) , and e = 0.15 . The following additional assumptions
are made: (i) the lateral surface is allowed to undergo radiation and convection
to the surroundings; and (ii) no heat is generated or dissipated within the surface;
therefore, q = O. With these assumptions, the system (10.2) can be used as the
mathematical model.
We again use two linear elements and Newton's method to approximate tem-
peratures at x = 0.01 m and x = 0.02 m. The corresponding local system is
(10.14)
where the local stiffness matrix K(e) (T(e)) is a nonlinear function of T(e) and is
given by
(T[e)) 4
2 1 1 (T[e)) (Tie))
3 2
~ (T[e)) (Tie))
iJ
15 10 15
+ A s ac;l(e) [
1
2 2
1 1 2
30 15 10 15 T[e) (Ti e))3
(Tie)f
Then the boundary term Q(e) is decomposed as the sum K~e) + F~e), where
For two linear elements of equal length l = L/2 and the boundary conditions, the
10.2. RADIATION HEAT TRA NSFER 251
o ]{ T(O
)}
~1
- 1
LkA
- 2 -1 T2
2 [ - 1 2 T3
1 2 1 1 1
- - - - - 0 0 0 0
6 15 10 15 30
L 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1
+A SO'€ "2 -
30
-
15
-
10
-
15
-
3
-
15
-
10
-
15
-
30
x
1 1 1 2 1
0 0 0 0 - - - - -
30 15 10 15 6
(10.15)
(T( O) )4
(T(0)) 3(T2)2
(T(0)) 2 (T2)2
X
T (O) (T2)3
(T2)4
(T 2)3T3
-~
-
L
4
r} {
2
1
+ 0
Q, }
AO'€ (Ti - T~) .
(T2)2(T3)2
T2 (T3)3
(T3)4
- 1
5.0265 X 10-
5
[ ~1 2 -1
-1 2
o ]{ 373T 15 }
T3
2
1 2 1 1 1
- - - - - 0 0 0 0
6 15 10 15 30
1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1
+ 2.1384 X 10- 14 - - - - - - - - - x
30 15 10 15 3 15 10 15 30
1 1 1 2 1
0 0 0 0 - - - - -
30 15 10 15 6
1.9388 X 1010
5.1958 X 107 T 2
1.3924 X 105 (T2)2
373.15 (T 2 )3
x (T2 )4 a, }.(10.16)
(T 2 ) 3 T 3
=
{ 1.0697 x 10- 13
0
(Ti - 5.5668 x 10 9
)
(T2)2 (T3)2
T2(T3)3
(T3)4
252 10. NONLINEAR ONE-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
~:C:U:I~:::h:::~:~:.ti:1frU~ r1;;~}::.::::'~~:::::
1.9388 x 1010
5.1958 X 107T2
1.3924 X 105 (T2 )2
373.15 (T 2 )3
2 1 1 (T2 )4 (10.17)
15 10 15 (T2 )3 T3
(T 2 ) 2 (T3 ) 2
T 2 (T3 )3
(T3 )4
and
5.0265 x 10-
5
[~1 ~1 ] {~~ }
1 2 1 1
For many metals and alloys, the stress and strain can approximately satisfy the
following generalized Hooke's law
(10.19)
where K and n are constants with values for a given metal or alloy depending on
its thermomechanical history, and e denotes the strain. These types of metals are
10.3. STRESS ANALYSIS OF PLASTIC RODS 253
classified by engineers as plastics, yet they are not the usual plastics we use in
everyday life. This generalized Hooke's law is also called the power-law . Note
that for n = 1, Eq (10.19) reduces to the usual Hooke's law for elastic materials
with Young's modulus E in place of K. Table 10.2 is a partial list of values of K
and n for some commonly used industrial alloys (see Shackelford 2000).
Table 10.2.
Alloy K[MPa(ksi)] n
I====::::jt:_ f
(x_) --I~X
L
Suppose that the rod is subject to only longitudinal body force j(x) and its
cross-sectional area is denote by A (x). Suppose that one end of the rod located at
x = 0 is fixed while the other end is stress-free. When the rod is at equilibrium,
by balance of forces, we have
dAO"
+ Af =
A
dx 0,
_.!!- (KAIdu I n
-
1
dU) = Aj '
dx dx dx
where j(x) represents the axial body force at x. Let A j = f. Then we have the
following two-point boundary value problem:
d ( Idu
- dx KA dx
In - 1 dU)
dx
_
- I, 0 < x < L,
(10 .20)
du
u(O) = 0, and dx (L) = 0,
254 10. NONLINEAR ONE-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
which will determine the longitudinal displacement u(x) as its solution. For linear
finite elements, if A, K, and f have the constant values A(e), tc»,
and fee) ,
respectively, in the element interval [x~e) , x~e)], then the corresponding local system
is
(10.21)
and
= Iu i(e) - I
n- 1 .
where we have used the notation
• _0
lIi ,i+1 (e)
ui+l ,2 = 1,2, .. . , N , and
..
Q~1)
0
Q=
0
Q~N)
Determine the deflections, reactions, and stresses for the properties data: L = 420
in, A = 10 in 2 , K = 77,000 lb/in '', n = 0.26, and p = 0.2 8907Ib/in 3 . We set the
coordinate origin at the top point and let the positive direction of the x-axis point
to the bottom of the bar. The body force f equals the sum of the applied con stant
load oflOOO Ib/in and the gravitational body force of pA(L - x) = 2.8907(L - x)
lb/in.
For simplicity, we will use only two linear finite elements of equ al length to
approximate the solution. Thus, by Eq (10 .21), the finite element system is
[ (e)
I
K( e)A (e) u~e) - u~e)
[(e)
In- 1 [ 1
-1
-1] {~te)
1
(e) }
=
{ / e)}
f~e) +
{ Q(e) }
Qt e) ,
(10.22)
where the local load vector
I} {J:t-~) (L - x)¢~e)(X)dX}
{ + 1
2.8907
J?c)(L -
( e)
e
( )
X)¢2 (x) dx
.
Xl
5L2 }
{ f Jl)
f~l) } = lOOOL { 1 } + 2.890 7 24 = 105 { 2.1123}
4 1 { L2 1.8999 '
6
and
{
1~2)
f J2 )
} = lOOOL
4
{I}
1
+ 2.89 07 { ~~L2 10
} = 5 {1.4749} .
1.2623
24
«,} ~l
L 0 -IU3 - U21 n-1
x { ~~
U3
} = {
I J2)
+{
Q3
} .
and
These nonlinear algebraic equations can be solved explicitly by adding and sub-
tracting the two equations, which yields Uz = 29.8613 in, and U3 = 30.0616
m. •
where T is the shear stress, ,xy the shear strain, K the consistency coefficient, and
n the fluid behavior index. For n = 1, it reduces to the usual Newtonian model.
This model is appropriate for many polymers as well as food fluids (see, e.g.,
Steffe 1992). The fluids are said to be shear-thinning for a < n < 1, and shear-
thickening for 1 < n < 00 . Tables 10.3 and lOA list some values of K and n
for some commonly used industrial polymer melts and liquid foods. In a simple
situation, we consider a power-law fluid that is sandwiched between two parallel
infinite plates one of which is moving with a constant speed uo in the positive x
direction and the other is kept stationary (see Fig. lOA).
This is referred to as the plane Couette flow, which is frequently used to model
flows in thin channels. We assume that the flow is steady -state and gravity forces
are neglected . The distance between the plates is denoted by L . By balance of
force s, we have
fhx y
ap _ 0 0 < y < L,
ay ax - ,
_
Polymer T (Kelvin) n
Table lOA.
In this model , the fluid velocity u is determined along the y-axis for a given
constant pressure gradient ~~. The above differential equation can be derived
dire ctly from the general Navier-Stokes equations in three dimensions as well. By
using linear elements the corresponding local finite system is
(10 .24)
258 10. NONLINEAR ONE-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
K( e) (u(e)) =
l< e)
(e)
...!!:...-I U2 - U1
l(e)
(e) n-l [
I 1
-1
-1]
1 '
and
F(e) = _ dxdp ~2 {I}
1
.
If f is constant in the entire interval [0, L], then the corresponding global system
is
K(U) U = F+Q,
where K (U), F, and Q are analogous to those given in §1O.3.
EXAMPLE 10 .6 . A sample human blood is assumed to satisfy the power-
law model, in which the flow consistency index K is experimentally measured as
16.66 x 103 pa -s", and the non-Newtonian behavier index n as 0.708 (see Hussain,
et aI., 1999). Suppose that the sample is being transport through a narrow channel
between two stationary parallel plates of 0.01 m apart driven by a constant pressure
grad ient of - 2.59 x 103 N/m 2 . Approximate the vilocity profile ofthe blood sample
in the chann el by using two linear finite elements.
Let z -axis be set on the mid-line between the two plates . Due to symmetry,
we assume that d~~O) = 0 at the center line of the channel. We also assume that
u (L ) = u(0 .005) = 0 due to viscosoty and the no-slip condition at the plate wall.
The calculations are simlilar those in Example 10.5. By using the same elements
of equ al length, we have the global system
du
Applying the boundary conditions Ql = K dx (0) = 0, U3 = u(0.005) = 0, and
substituting K = 0.980, n = 0.708, L = 0.005, and - ~: = 2.59 x 103 into the
above equation, we get
10.5. MIXING-LENGTH EQUATION FOR TURBULENT FLOW 259
and
-1.1586 X 103IU2\-o.292U2 = 3.2375 + Q3.
The first nonlinear algebraic equations can be solved explicitly by adding and
subtracting the two equations; thus, Ui = 1.1 X 10- 3 mis, U2 = 8.5679 X 10- 4
mls. The last equationgives Q3 = -l1.0375N/m2 , which gives the shear stress
on the plate wall. •
_~
dy
(p, dy
du + P(Ky)21 du I dU)
dy dy
p
= _ d ,
dx
0 < Y < R,
(10.25)
Bu
By (R) = 0, u(O) = O.
The condition u(O) = 0 corresponds to the no-slip wall condition and :~ (R) = 0
is due to the symmetry of u . The corresponding local finite element system for
linear elements is
K(e)( u( e)) u (e) = F(e) + Q( e), (10.26)
where the local stiffness matrix K( e) (u(e)) is given by
K( e) (u(e)) =...!!.-
lee)
[1
-1
-1]
1
+ P (Ky)2 u~e) - u~e) I
lee) 1 lee) [ 1 -1]
-1 1 '
260 10. NONLINEAR ONE-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
(e) + (e)
.h - YI Y2 d
WIt Y= l(e) , an
Q 4 x 1O- 2 m3 / s
V = A = 7[(0.1 m)2 = 1.2732 mis,
VD (1.2732m1s)(0.2m) 5
Re = - II = 1.0 04 x 10- 6 m 2/ s = 2.536 x 10 .
This flow can be classified as a turbulent flow, and by using (10.26), we get
and
Adding the last two equations and simplifying, we get IU2 ! U2 + 5.08 X 10- 6 U2 =
0.4915. The final finite element solution is U2 = 0.701 mis, U3 = 3.2465 mis,
and Q1 = -19.4203 m 2/s 2 . As a result, the shear stress on the pipe wall is
approximately T = -PQ1 = -988 kg/m'' x (-19.4203 m 2/s 2 ) = 1.9187 x 104
N/m2 . •
Let
F(x ,u,u') KA
= - -
n+1
Iu' jn+1 - fu, I(u) = 1 L
F(x,u(x),u'(x))dx ,
1 1
0
oo}.
L L
n
V = {uIU(O) = 0, \u(x)\n+1 dx < 00, and lu'(x)l +1 dx <
Minimize I( u),
{ u E V. (10.27)
of d (OF) -_0
ou - dx ou' in (0, L), (10.28)
of
ou' = 0 at x = L. (10.29)
be the set of piecewise linear functions joining the points ( X l , Ud , (X2, U2) , . . . ,
(XN+l, UN+d . The restriction of u E Vi in the element interval [x~e) , x~e) ] is
the equation of straight line u(e)(x ) = ¢~e)(x) u~e) + ¢~e) (x) u~e), and I (u ) =
N+l
L I (e)(u ), where
e= l
Assuming that A and j arc the constants A (e) and j (e), respectively, on the element
interval [x ~e) , x~e)], we have
(e) _ (e) n + l
Note that in matrix form, u I 2 l(e)u I I
can be written as
I
u~e) - u~e)
l(e)
r' u~e)
I - u~e) 12 =
l(e) (l(e»)2 l(e)
_1_ 1
u~e) - u~e) In - l(
[1 - 1 J{ :t })2
(e)
e)
1
= (l(e») 2
Iu(e)l(e)
2
- u(e) I
I
n
-
l
(
{ u~e) _u~e)}
{ 1 } [u (e)] )
- 1 [ 1 - 1] ute)
_ 1
- (l(e» )2
lu 2(e) - u (e)
l(e)
I l
n- 1
[ul
(e ) (e)
U2]
[1 - 1
_ l ] {U(e)
1
I }
u~e) '
and
j (e)l(e) ( e) (e») _ j (e)l(e) [ (e) (e) { 1 }
2 u l + u2 - 2 ul u 2] -1 .
Let
then
Minimize I(u) ,
{ u E Vi, (10.30)
that is, find the minimum of the energy lover a restricted set of admissible func-
tions. If Vi is a good approximation of V, then one expects the solution Ul of
(10.30) be a good approximation of the solution u of (10.27) as well. For a fixed
N+I
u(x) = 2: UiifJi(X),(UI,U 2 , .. . , UN , UN+ d E R N+ I , U I = 0, the value of
1
I(u) depends only on the N -tuple (U2 , . .. , UN + I ) . Therefore, one can think of
I(u) as a function from R N to R. Let us denote this function by F(x), where
x denotes (U2 ,' . . ,UN+d . One can see now that the problem (10.30) is really a
unconstrained nonlinear program
MinimizeF(x) ,
{ xER N ,
Xi+I = Xi + a i P i,
where Pi = -,;; f:;; I is called the search direction, and a i is the solution to
the one-dimensional nonlinear program
15
+ 1.5
1 r11( </>~2)(X)U~2)
iO.5 + </>~2\x)uf) )'1 . dx
-1 1
5 2 (¢~2)(X)U~2) + ¢~2)(X)U~2)) dx
=
3
(1)
~I U2 - U1
0.5
(1) 15
I·_0.5(U(l) + U(l))+~ IU2 - U1
1 2 3
(2)
0.5
(2) 5
11. _ 0.5(U(2) + u(2))
1 2
and
Table 10.5 shows the results of three iterations using the method of steepest descent.
Table 10.5.
of of
(}:i xl xi2
OX1 OX2
0 0.75 1.0 -0.48236 0.207107
1 0.8672117 1.015357937 -0.227352 0.044327
2 0.277777 0.930365163 1.00304474 -0.01717 -0.11874
3 0.619048 0.940996726 1.07655048
Therefore, at the nodes X2 ::= 0.5 and X3 = 1.0, the exact solution is
It is obvious from the above table that the approximate finite element solution using
the method of steepest descent after three iterations is
U2 = 0.9409967263 , U3 = 1.076550482.•
Now, we introduce some nonlinear versions of the conjugate gradient methods .
Like its linear versions, these methods generally converge faster than the method of
steepest descent. Conjugate gradient methods, like the method of steepest descent,
are also schemes that search for the minimizers of F(x), and they usually have the
following common form:
ifi = 1,
if i ~ 1,
where 0 i is the step size, Pi the search direction, and (3i the parameter. The
difference is that they usually choose better search directions. We introduce
three popular choices of the parameter (3i as follows : The first is the so-called
'Hestenes-Stiefel' formula, that is, (3fs ::= yT-l VF(X i)/yT-1Pi-l, with Yi-l =
V F(Xi) - V' F(Xi-l) ; the second one is the 'Dai-Yuan' formula, that is, (3f Y =
VF(Xi)TV'F(Xi)/yT_1Pi-t. with Yi-l = V'F(xJ - VF(Xi-d; and the third
is a combination of these two choices such that (3i = max{ 0, min {(3f s, (3fY} }.
Any of three choices can be implemented similarly. For example, the algorithm
using the third choice is as follows:
Set P-l = 0, (30 = 0, Xo = 0, and
set the convergence tolerance 8 > 0
For i = 0,1 , ...
if IIV!(xi) 11 < 8 stop
if i > 0 set
Yi-l = V F(Xi) - V' F(Xi-d
(3f s = yT-l V!(Xi)/yT-l Pi-l
(3pY = V F(Xif V' F(Xi)/yT-l Pi-l
(3i = max{O,min{(3t,f3;}}
end if
266 10. NONLINEAR ONE-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
10.7. Exercises
10.1. In Example 10.3, if the cooing fin is surrounded by air of Tf = 25°C with
a convection coefficient f3 = 150 W/m 2°C, solve for the corresponding finite
element solution by taking into account of heat loss due to convection.
Table 10.6.
Element lee)
10.4. A tomato paste is tested to satisfy the power-law: Tx y = 49.3 !lxyl-O.743 'Yxy .
Suppose that the pressure gradient is ~: = 3.69 kPalm, and the distance be-
tween the plates L = .09 m. Solve the problem (10.23) for the velocity u at
y = 0.03 m and y = 0.06 m.
10.5. In problem (10.30), let L = I, A = I, K = I, n = 1.5, f = 1,
[(1) = [(2) = 0.5, Ui = U~l) = I, U2 = u~l) = u~2), and U3 = U~2). Solve
for U2 and U3 by using the method of steepest descent.
10.6. In problem (10.30), let L = 1, A = 1, K = 1, n = 1.5, f = I,
10.7. EXERCISES 267
d (1+ IdUln-1
- J.L - - -dU) _ -dp
- 0< y < L.
dy dy dy - dx'
f CD
~
! Power-Law Fluid I
I:
I
I
P = 10.000 Ib
Fig. 10.5. A Prismatic Bar. Fig. 10.6. Two Immiscible Power-Law Fluids .
ti_
I I
15 em 10em
x
-.._ - - - -=- - - - _• - - -=-- - _ •
2 3 4
HINT . Since the lateral surfaces are insulated, the net change in heat is zero
and the steady-state is reached, we can use a one-dimensional mesh of three
elements. The equation to be solved is 40.358308 T4 + 4.767 x 10- 8 (T4 )4 =
12698 .1312 .
ANS . T 4 = 304.483.
10.10. Consider the following nonlinear two-point boundary value problem:
Steady -state problems ofplane elasticity are studied in this chapter. These problems
involve two dependent variables u and v, which are each functions of x and y. The
finite element method is therefore accordingly modified, since each node has two
degrees of freedom . The stiffness matrix and the load vector for a linear constant-
strain triangular element and a bilinear rectangular element are derived, and some
steady -state plane elasticity boundary value problems are solved.
In the case of plane stress problems for very thin bodies, the stresses in the z-
direction are negligibly small, i.e., /jz = Tyz = Txz = 0, whereas for plane strain
problems (body is thick) the strains in the z-direction are zero, i.e., Cz = r yz =
I XZ = 0. The following equations govern steady-state plane elasticity problems.
(i) Equilibrium equations in terms of stress 17:
aTxy
a/jx
ax + ay + f x -_ 0, }
aTxy a
/jy f -
inD, (11.1)
ax + ay + y - 0,
where fx , fy denote the body forces along the x- and y-direction, respectively.
(ii) Strain-displacement relations:
au au au av
Cx = ax' Cy = ay' IXY = ax + ay ' (11.2)
Plane stress:
E vE E
Cl l = C 22 = - -2 ,
1- v C 12 = C21 = -1 - v2 ' C33 = 2(1 + v)
C 13 = C 23 = C31 = C32 = 0, (11.4)
Plane strai n:
E(1 - v) C - C _ vE
Cll = C 22 = (1 + v)(1 - 2v) ' 12 - 21 - (1 + v)(1 - 2v) ,
E
C33 = 2(1 + v) , C 13 = C23 = C31 = C32 = O. (11.5)
where Cij = h C i j , h being the thickness of the plate. In view of (11.4) and (11.5),
the elastic coefficient matrix C = [Ci j ] can be written as
[~ l~"
V
E
1 for plane stress ,
1- v 2
a ]
C=
~ 1~2"
V
E
I-v for plane strain .
(1 + v)(1 - 2v ) [' v
a ]
(11.10)
11.2. CONSTANT-STRAIN TRIANGULAR ELEMENT 271
We assume that the elastic body is linearly orthotropic. For steady-state problems,
since the displacements u and v are the primary degrees of freedom at each node,
and since only the first derivatives of u and v with respect to x and y appear in Eqs
(11.8) and (11.9), the displacements u and v are approximated in an element n (e)
by the Lagrange family of shape functions ¢~e)(x, y). Thus, we assume that
respectively. Note that for an element, whether triangular or rectangular, there are
two degrees of freedom (u;e) , v~e)) at each node , Thus , for a linear triangular
element (N = 3) there are a total of six nodal displacements for each element,
whereas for a bilinear rectangular element (N = 4) there are a total of eight nodal
displacements for each element (Fig. 1I. 1(a), (b)). Since the first derivatives of ¢~e)
for the triangular element are constant for each element, all strains (E x , E y, T x y)
computed for such an element are, therefore, constant. Thus, in problems of plane
elasticity, the linear triangular element is known as the constant-strain triangular
(CST) element. The situation for a rectangular element is different, because the
8¢(e)
first derivatives of ¢;e) are not constant; in fact, in view of (5.7), 8~ is linear in
8J,(e)
. x, whereas
yan d constant 10 ----au
'f'i '
IS I'mear 10
in zx and . y.
an constant 10
(a) (b)
a
ax ao
o ay (11.12a)
{ :: } =
'Yxy a a
ay ax
or
E: =[)u, (l1.12b)
[~
o
a (l1.13a)
ay
or
[)T (T +f = 0, (11.13b)
and
(T = CE:. (11.14)
Note that [) and [)T are matrices of partial differential operators, such that
a
ax ao
o ay
a a
ay ax
The displacements and strains for an elastic element n(e) are given by
11.4. WEAK FORM FINIT E ELEMENT MODEL 273
« ¢~) ]
0 0 ... ¢W
= [¢t ¢~e)
0 0
X [ u ~e) U2
(e)
UN
(e)
Vl
(e )
V2
(e)
.. . VN
J
(e ) T
where
¢~e) ¢~) . ..
¢~) ] ,
[ ¢(e) 0 0
4> (e ) = ~
0 0 ¢ie ) ¢~e) . ..
u (e) = [u i e ) U2(e) UN
(e) (e )
Vl V2
(e)
... VN(e) JT '
c( e) = B (e)u(e), u (e) = c (e)u (e) , B (e) =, 84> (e ). (11.16)
B (e) is known as the strain matrix for an element n(e) . Using the dynamic principle
of virtual displacement applied to an element n(e) ofthickness h (e) of a plane elastic
body, we obtain the system of algebraic equations
(11.17)
where
K (e ) = h eel J"{ (B (e))T c (e)B (e) dxdy ,
i-;
r (e) = h eel J"{
I n<<)
(4) (e ))T { fx} dxdy,
fy
(11.18)
Q (e ) = heel r
Jr«)
(¢ (e))T {tt y x } ds ,
and f x , f y denote the components of the body forces and t x t y the components of
the boundary stress vectors , respectiv ely, and r eel = ou».
The weak variational formu lation for Eqs (11.8) on an element nee) is obtain ed by
taking W l as the test function for the first equation and W2 as the test function for
the second . Then
274 11. PLANE ELASTICITY
and replace W1 ,2 by ¢~e) in Eqs (l1.19a,b). This leads to the matrix system
Kllu + K 12y = F 1 ,
(11.20)
K 21 u + K 22 y = F 2 ,
where
Note that
(a) The matrix K 12 corresponds to the coefficients of v in the first equation, i.e.,
the first superscript corresponds to the equation number and the second to the
variable number.
(b) For a bilinear rectangular mesh of sides a and b, the coefficient matrices (11.21)
are computed by using the shape functions (5.7).
(c) For the boundary conditions the primary degrees of freedom (i.e., the displace-
ments) or the secondary degrees of freedom (i.e., the forces) can be specified
at any node on the boundary in one of the following four distinct cases:
Case 1. u and v are prescribed (then t x and t y are unknown).
Case 2. u and t y are prescribed (then t x and v are unknown).
Case 3. t x and v are prescribed (then u and t y are unknown).
Case 4. t x and t y are prescribed (then u and v are unknown).
U.5 . ST IFFNESS MATRIX AND LOAD VECTOR 275
The weak form is the principle of virtual work which states that if a solid
in equilibrium is subjected to a system of small virtual displacements within a
compatible state of deformations, then the virtual workof externalactions is equal
to the virtual strain energy of internalstresses.
Tocomputethe stiffness matrixK (e) and the load vector F (e) for an element n (e),
we willdiscussthecasesof a linearCST elementanda bilinearrectangularelement
separately, and derive formulasfor K (e) and F (e) in each case.
11.5.1. Linear CST Element. First, we use formula (5.4) to compute
the valuesof band c, which dependon the coordinates of the global nodes of the
triangular element. Let (X l, Yl ), ( X 2 , Y2 ), and ( X 3 , Y3) denote the coordinates of
such an element (see Fig. 5.1). Then, as in Example 5.1,
b (e=
) [ b(e)
1
b(e)
2
b(e) ]
3
[Y2 - Y3 Y3 - Yl u, - Y 2]
2jn(e) I 2In(e) I
(e) (e) (e) ] [ ]
(11.22)
c (e) = [ Cl C2 C3 = X3 - X2 X l - X3 X2 - Xl
2In(e) I 2In (e)I
The strain matrix B (e) for a linear triangularelement n( e) is defined by
B (e) = vel>
e) a¢~e) a¢~e )
a¢i
0 0 0
ax ax ax
e)
a¢ i a¢~e) a¢~e)
0 0 0
e)
'7fYe) '7fY ay
(11.23)
a¢i a¢i a¢~e) a¢~e) a¢~e) a¢~e)
l ay ax ay ax ay ax
[br
b(e) b(e)
0 2 0 3
Cl
(e)
0
(e)
C2 0 o(e) ]
C3 .
(e) b(e) (e) b(e) (e) b~e)
Cl 1 C2 2 c3
(e»)2
C22 ( C2 + C33 (b 2(e») 2 C12b 3(e) C2(e)+ C33 b(e)
2 C3
(e) (e ) (e)
C22 C2 C3 + b(e)b (e )]
C33 2 2
(e)
k 22 = Cn
(b (e») 2
3 + C33 ( C3e»)2 (
C12 + ) b(e) (e)
C33 3 C3 .
[
sym (e») 2
C22 (b 3 + ( (e») 2
C33 C3
(11.25)
Note that the element matrix K (e) is a symmetric 6 x 6 matrix. The load vector
F (e ) is given by
2tni + t nj }
F (e) = M e)z (e) 2t St· + t SJ.
(11.26)
6 { t -« + 2t nj ,
t si + 2t sj
where tni and tsj are the normal and surface tract ions, respecti vely, on the side
i - j of the triangular element (Fig. 11.2(a)).
hag hag
I tnj 4 3
I
I
/
I lsj hbg 4 hbg 3
I
I
4 3
I
I
I
I
de )
I -----+ n
I
I de)
I
2
hbg\ hbg
2
lni
/ // / / / / r hag] hag 2
tsi
(a) (b)
and the local nodes for each element are marked within parentheses.
(5, 6) (5,6)
(1,2)
CD (5, 6)
CD
(1,2) (3, 4) (1,2) (3, 4)
1 2 1 2
[1,2] [3,4] [1,2] [3,4)
(a) (b)
The relat ionship between the global and local nodes becomes clear if we note
that
After assembly the stiffness matrix K and the load vector F are given by
K(l)
11
+K(2)
11
K(l)
12
+ K(2)
12
K(l)
13
K(l)
14
K(l)
15
+
K(2)
13
K(l)
21
+K(2)
21
K(l)
22
+ K(2)
22
K(l)
23
K(l)
24
K(l)
25
+
K(2)
23
K(l) K(l) K(l) K(l) K(l)
31 32 33 34 35
K(l) K(l) K(1) K(l) K(l)
K = 41 42 43 44 45
K(l)
51
+K(2)
31
K(l)
52
+ K(2)
32
K(l)
53
K(l)
54
K(l)
55
+
K(2)
33
K(l)
61
+K(2)
41
K(l)
62
+ K(2)
42
K(l)
63
K(l)
64
K(l)
65
+
K(2)
43
K(2) K(2) 0 0 K(2)
51 52 53
K(2) K(2) 0 0 K(l)
61 62 63
K(l)
16
+ K(2)
14
K(2)
15
K(2)
16
K(l)
26
+ K(2)
24
K(2)
25
K(2)
26
K~~) 0 0
K~~) 0 0
K(l) + K(2) K(2) K(2)
56 34 35 36 (11.27)
K(1)
66
+ K(2)
44
K(2)
45
K(2)
46
K(2) K(2) K(2)
54 55 56
K(2) K(2) K(2)
64 65 66
p(l) + p(2)
1 1
F.(l) + F.(2)
2 2
p(1)
3
FJ1)
F= (11.28)
F.(1)
5
+ p(2)
3
F.(l)
6
+ p(2)
4
p,(2)
5
p(2)
6
k(2)
13 ]
(2)
k 23 ' (11.29)
k(2)
33
11.5. ST IFFNESS MATRIX AND LOAD VECTO R 279
where, for e = 1, 2,
[K [K
(e) (e)
k (e) _ 11 K 12
(e)] k (e) _ 13 K 14
(e) ]
11 - K (e) K (e) , 12 - K (e) K (e) ,
21 22 23 24
[K [K
(e) (e)
k (e) _ 15 K 16
(e) ] k (e) _ 33 K(34e) ]
13 - K (e) K (e) , 22 - K (e) K (e) , (11.30)
25 26 43 44
[K [K
(e) (e)
k (e) _ 35 K 36
(e)] k (e) _ 55 K 56
(e) ]
23 - K (e) K (e) , 33 - K (e) (e) .
45 46 65 K 66
Then the global stiffness matrix K is obtained by properly adding the above two
matrices, which is
[k(IJ
11
k (l )
12 o k(l}] [k(21 0
13 11
k (2)
13
k(2}]
12
k (l ) k (l ) k (l ) 0 0 0 0
K = 21 22 o 23 + (2)
0 0 o 0 k 31 0 k (2)
33
k (2)
32
k (l )
31
k (l )
32
o k (l )
33
k (2)
21 0 k (2)
23
k (2)
22
(11.31)
[k(l}+ k(2}
11 11
k (l )
12
k (2)
13
k(l}+ k(2}]
13 12
k (l ) k (l ) k (l )
21 22 0 23
k (l ) k (2) (2) .
31 0 33 k 32
k (l )
31
+ k (2)
21
k (l )
23
k (2)
23
k (l )
33
+
k (2)
22
Note that an extra column and row of four 2 x 2 null matrix 0 are inserted in the
third column of the above decomposed matrices K (1) and K (2), and the third and
fourth rows of K (2) are interchanged in the final form of the global matrix K.
Similarly, the load vector F , defined by (1 1.28), can be computed from
(11.32)
(11.33)
EXAMPLE 11.1 . Consider a thin uniform square steel plate of side 5 in and
thicknes s h = 0.2 in. This plate is subjected to a uniform load of 0'0 = 10000
lb/in? (psi). The plate is composed of an isotropic material with Young' s modulus
E = 3 X 10 7 psi and Poisson's ratio 1/ = 0.3. Use plane stresses to compute the
280 11. PLANE ELASTICITY
displacements u and v in the x and Y directions. The geometry of the plate and a
mesh of two CST elements are presented in Fig.11.4.
-
3 2
f--
3
.5 -
f --
-
- 0:
V)
~o
--+h-
5 in
x
-
f --
x
2
(a)
The elastic coefficient matrix C for both elements n (l ) and n (2) (Fig. 11.3(b))
is given by (11.1 0) as
E [1 0.3 o ]
C = - -2 0.3 1 . (11.34)
1- v 0 0 0.35
Since the values of band c depend on the coordinates of the global nodes of
each element, we have for element n (1 ): (Xl , YI) = (0 ,0), (X2' Y2) = (5,0), and
(X4, Y4) = (5,5 ), which give 2/n (l ) I = 25, and
Similarly, for the element n (2), we have (Xl , YI) = (0,0), (X3' Y3) = (0 , 5) , and
(X4' Y4) = (5 ,5), which give 2In(2)I = 25, and
The strain matrix B (e) for each element is computed from (11.23); thus ,
B (l ) = ~ [ -5
0
0
0
5
0
0
-5
o
o 0]
5 ,
25 0 - 5 - 5 5 5 0
hE
where g = ( 2)' and h = h (e) for e = 1,2. The assembly of the two
50 1 - v
stiffness matrices is carried out by using formula (11.31), which gives
K =gx
43.75 0 - 25 7.5 - 8.75 8.75 0 -16.25
0 33.75 8.75 -8.75 7.5 - 25 - 1.25 0
-25 8.75 33.75 - 16.25 0 0 - 8.75 7.5
7.5 -8.75 - 16.25 33.75 0 0 8.75 - 25
- 8.75 7.5 0 0 33.75 - 16.25 -25 8.75
8.75 -25 0 0 -16 .25 33.75 7.5 -8 .75
0 - 1.25 -8.75 8.75 -25 7.5 33.75 0
-16 .25 0 7.5 -25 8.75 -8.75 0 33.75
which, in view of the data z(e) = 5, h = 0.2, ani = anj = 10000, and
asi = asj = 0, gives F = [0 0 5000 0 0 0 5000 0 ]. Applying the
boundary conditions, we solve the constrained system KU = F for the unknown
282 11. PLANE ELASTICITY
33.75
o
0
33.75
-8.75
7.5 7.5 ]
-8.75 {U2}
V 3 1 {5000
0 }
[ -8.75 7.5 33.75 o U4 =9 5000 .
7.5 -8.75 o 33.75 V4 0
------
y [7,8] [5,6]
4 3
3 (5,6) (3,4) 2
3
---
5,6
0
---
b
- °0
CD
-
0,2
1
1 (1, 2) (3,4) 2
- x
-h- a 1 2
[1, 2] [3,4]
We discretize the plate to a mesh of2 triangular elements . For the element n(l)
we have X l = Yl = Y2 = 0, X 2 = X3 = a, Y3 = b. For the element n (2) we have
X l = Yl = X 3 = 0, X2 = a, Y2 = Y3 = b. Then we compute the values of K (l )
and K (2) directly from formula (11.29). In either case the solution is obtained by
11.5. STI FFNESS MATRIX AND LOAD VECTOR 283
K (l )
33
K (l)
34 K 35
(1) K 36
(1) 1 UV uob/2
[
K (l )
53
K(l)
54 + + { U3} - { UOb/2} .
K(l) K (l ) K ( l) K( 2) K(l) K( 2) V3 0
63 64 65 43 66 44
(11.37)
We use the following data: a = 100 in, b = 150 in, h = 0.03 in, IJ = 0.25,
E = 27 X 106 lb/irr', and Uo = 8 Ib/in. Then the above matrices K (l ), K (2) , and
Eq (11.37) become
and
262.5 -93.75
{U2}
-37.5
27 x 102 -93 .75 184.375 56.25 37.5 ]
-100 V {600}
0
2 _
[U 2 V2 U3 V3 ]T
= [0 .00104129 -0.000086338 0.00101382 -0.000565121]T .
Alternatively, if the local nodes are taken as marked in Fig. 11.3(b), then,
although K (1 ) = K (2), the assembled matrix K becomes different; we have the
284 11. PLANE ELASTICITY
following relat ionship between the global and the local nodes .
2 of element (3,4) K (I )
2 [3, 4] n(l ) K 33 --+ 33
K 44 --+ K(I )
44
K (I)
K 34 --+ 34
K 56 --+ K(I)
56
+ K 12
(2)
K (2)
4 [7,8] 2 of element n(2) (5, 6) K 77 --+ 33
K (2)
K 88 --+ 44
K (2)
K 78 --+ 34
This is left as an exercise (Exercise 11.1). Recall that the matr ix K and the vector
F can be constructed by either of the two equivalent methods described in §11.5. •
B(e) = 8fjJ(e)
fJ¢ie ) 0
a¢~e)
0
a¢~e)
0
a¢~e)
0
ax ax ax ax
a¢i ) e
0
a¢~e)
0
a¢~e )
0
a¢~e )
0
ay ay ay ay
a¢i ) a¢i )
e e a¢~e ) a¢~e) a¢~e ) a¢~e) a¢~e) a¢~e)
ay ax ay ax ay ax ay ax
(11.38)
Note that since ~ = x - Xm = as and 17 = Y- ym = bt, we find that
a 1 a a 1 a
- = - - and - = - -.
ax a as ay a at
U .5. STIFFNESS MATRIX AND LOAD VECTO R 285
1-t
o 1-t
o 0 - 0]
[-~
a l+t l+t
B(e) = 1- s
--b- o 1+ s
- -b-
O
a 1+s
-b-
Oa 1-s
b '
(llAO)
where, in view of the shape functions ¢~e) , i = 1,2 ,3 ,4, defined by (5.12), we get
l
(e)
au a (e) (e) ]
a 13
12
K (e ) = ~ a le) a le) (llA2)
12 22 23 '
sym a 33
le)
where , with r = Ii[ a which is known as the aspect ratio of the rectangle , and
recall ing that Cij = h Ci j ,
a le) _
[2(cll r - 2c33/r) 3( c,, -c,, ) ]
13 - 3 (C1 2 - C33) 2( C33r- 2c22/ r ) , (1l .43)
-2 (cur + C33/r ) 3 (C12 + C33 )
[4(C22/r + C33r) 3 (C33 - C12 ) 2(c"r - 2C22 /r)]
a le) -
22 - 4 (cu r + C33/r ) 3 (C12 + C33 ) ,
sym 4 (C22/r + C33r)
286 11. PLANE ELASTICITY
(11.44)
where g(e) denotes the constant nodal forces on the element n(e) (Fig.11.2(b)).
EXAMPLE 11.3 . Consider the plane stress problem of a thin rectangular plate
of length 4 in, width 2 in, and thickness 0.1 in, which is subjected to a moment
as shown in Fig.11.6(a) . As the simplest case we will consider a single element
model (Fig.11.6(b)). Recall that even such a model involves lengthy computations
by an electronic calculator (or Mathematica). The stiffness matrix and the load
vector are computed as
The stiffness matrix K( e) and the load vector F(e) for e = 1,2 are computed as
2
2 2500
CD CD
( 1,2) (3,4) (1, 2) (3,4) _ 2500
123
[1, 2] [3. 4] [5.6]
(c)
Fig. 11.6.
X [U2 V2 U3 V3 U5 V5 U6 v6 f =
[13 i4 i5 i6 fg !to i11 !t2]T . (11.46)
288 11. PLANE ELASTICITY
Since the stiffness matrix is symmetric, the correspondence between the global
and local nodes for the upper diagonal elements is given below.
Thus , from using the values from (11.45) , we obtain from Eq (11.46) the system
The details for a mesh of two and four bilinear rectangular elements are describ ed
below.
First, we consider the case of a mesh of two bilinear rectangular elements
(Fig . 11.7(a)), where the eight global elements are marked within square brackets
and the local elements within parentheses. We start with the matrix K (e), defined
by (11.47), for e = 1,2. Since there are six global nodes with two degrees of
freedom each , each element matrix K (e) is expanded, to yield the following two
matr ices K 1 , and K 2 :
1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 6
k (l )
11
k (l )
k ( l)
12
k (l )
0 k (l )
14
k (l )
k(ll]
13
k (l )
k (2)
11
k (2)
k (2)
12
k (2)
0 k(2)
14
k (2)
k (2)
13
k (2)
21 22 0 24 23 21 22 0 24 23
K 1 = 0 0 0 0 o ,K 2 = 0 0 0 0 0
k (l ) k(l ) k (l ) k (l ) k (2) k (2) k (2) k (2)
31 32 0 34 33 31 32 0 34 33
k (l ) k (l ) k (l ) k (l ) k (2) k (2) k (2) k (2)
41 42 0 44 43 41 42 0 44 43
where the third and fourth rows of each elemental matrix K (e) are interchanged in
each expanded matrix K e , and the numbers on the top line represent the columns
where the entry is made in the assembled global stiffness matrix K, which is a
square matrix (12 x 12) given by
2 3 4 5 6
k (l ) k(l ) k (l ) k (l )
11 12 0 14 13 0
k (2)
12
k (l )
22
+ k (2)
11
k (2)
12
k (l )
24
k (l )
23
+ k(2)
14
k (2)
13
k (2) k (2) k (2) k(2) (11.49)
0 12 22 0 24 23
K=
k (l ) k (l ) k (l ) k (l )
14 24 0 44 43 0
k (l )
13
k(l )
23
+ k (2)
14
k(2)
24
k (l )
43
k (l )
33
+ k (2)
44
k (2)
43
k (2) k (2) k (2) k (2)
0 13 23 0 43 33
290 11. PLANE ELASTICITY
(a)
(1,2)
CD (3, 4)[~ 10] (1,2)
8)
(3,4)
4 6
[7,8] (7,8) (5,6) (7,8) (5,6) [11, 12]
CD G)
(1,2) (3,4) (1,2) (3,4)
1 [1,2] 2 [3, 4] 3 [5,6]
(b)
Fig. 11.7.
Next we con sider the case of a mesh of 4 rectangular elements (Fig. 11.7(b)) .
Again we start with the stiffness matrix K (e), defined by (11.42), for e = 1 ,2,3 ,4.
Since there are nine global nodes with two degrees of freedom each, each elemental
matrix K (e) is expanded to yield the following four matrices K 1 , K 2 , K 3, and
K 4 , where K 1 and K 2 are defined above, and
4 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 9
k (3) k (3) k (3) k (3) k (4) k(4) k (4) k (4)
11 12 0 14 13 11 12 0 14 13
k (3) k (3) k (3) k (3) k (4) k (4) k (4) k(4)
21 22 0 24 23 21 22 0 24 23
K 3= 0 0 0 0 0 , K 4= 0 0 0 0 0
k (3) k (3) k (3) k (3) k (4) k (4) k (4) k (4)
31 32 0 34 33 31 32 0 34 33
k(3) k (3) k (3) k (3) k (4) k(4) k (4) k (4)
41 42 0 44 43 41 42 0 44 43
where, as before , the third and fourth rows of each elemental matrix K (e) are
interchanged in each expanded matrix K e, and the numbers on the top line represent
11.6. EXERCISES 291
the columns where the entry is made in the assembled global stiffness matrix K ,
which is a square matrix (9 x 9) given by
k (l ) k (l ) k (l ) k (l )
11 12 0 14 13
k (2)
12
k (l )
22
+ k (2)
11
k (2)
12
k (l )
24
k (l )
23
+ k (2)
14
k (2) k (2) k (2)
0 12 22 0 24
k (l )
14
k (l )
24 0 k (l )
44
+ k (3)
11
k (l )
43
+ k (3)
12
K = k (l )
13
k (l )
23
+ k (2)
14
k (2)
24
k (l )
43
+ k (3)
12
k (l )
33
+ k (2)
44
+ k (3)
22
+ k 11
(4)
0 k (2)
13
k (2)
23 0 k (2)
43
+ k (4)
12
k (3) k (3)
0 0 0 14 24
0 0 0 k (3)
13
k (3)
23
+ k (4)
14
k (4)
0 0 0 0 13
0 0 0 0
k (2)
13 0 0 0
k (2)
23 0 0 0
k (3) (3)
0 14 k 13 0
k (2)
43
+ k (4)
12
k (3)
24
k (3)
23
+k (4)
14
k (4)
13 (11.50)
k (2)
33
+ k 22(4) 0 k (4)
24
k (4)
23
k (3) k (4)
0 44 43 0
k (4)
24
k (4)
43
k (3)
33
+k (4)
44
k (4)
43
k(4) k (4) k (3)
23 0 43 33
The load vector F can be determined in a similar manner. This is left as an exercise.
11.6. Exercises
11.1. Determine the assembled stiffness matrix K for the mesh of two CST
elements shown in Fig. ll.3b, and solve Exampl e 11.2 with the same data.
ANS. [ U2 V2 U3 V3 ]T =
[0.0010535 -0.00324829 0.00592593 - 0.00364335 r.
11.2. Write the correspondence between the global and local nodes for the mesh
292 11. PLANE ELASTICITY
shown in Fig. 11.8, where each node has two degrees of freedom (u, v).
~t- =-[9:....,1-.:.0] 5
3
(5,6)
1
[1 ,2] ---...c--
(3,4)2 1(1,2)
---=-,
2
[3,4]
Fig. Il.8.
11.3. Write the correspondence between the global and local nodes for the mesh
shown in Fig.II.9, where each node has two degrees of freedom (u, v).
(1) (1) (1) (1)
ANS. K ll -t K ll ' K 22 -t K 22 ' K 12 - t K 12 ' K 33 - t K 33 ' K 44 - t
(1) (1) (1) (2) (1) (2)
K 44 ' K 34 - t K 34 ' K 55 - t K 77 +
K 55 ' K 66 - t K ss K 66 ' K 56 - t +
K (l )
78
+
K(2) K
56'
K(l)
77 -> 55
+ K(2)
11
+
K(3) K
11'
K(l)
88 -> 66
K(2)
22
K(3)
22 '
+ +
(1) (2) (3) (2) (3) (4)
K 78 - t K 56 + K 12 +
K 12 ' K gg - t K 33 K 55+ +
K 55 ' K lO,10 - t
(2) (3) (4) (2) (3) (4) (3) (4)
K 44 + K 66 + K 66 ' Kg , 10 - t K 34 K 56 + +
K 56 ' KU,ll - t K 33 K ll ' +
(3) (4) (3) (4) (4)
K 12,12 - t K 44 + K 22 ' K 11,12 - t K 34 +
K 12 ' K 13,13 - t K 33 ' K 14,14 - t
(4) (4)
K 44 ' K 13 ,14 - t K 34 .
[11,12] 6
Fig. 11.9.
11.6. EXERCISES 293
+ r
Jao(e)
{WI (l(1r+mTrz) +W2 (lTrz+m(1 z)}rds ,
= _ Jj { OorWl (Cll au
or
+ C12~ + C 13 OWl )
r OZ
+ WI
r
(C12 AU +
or
C22~
r
O (e )
+
aO«)
J {WIi r(S)+ W2 tA s)}rds,
11.10. Use a mesh of two linear CST elements to compute the displacements of
the global nodes 3 and 4 of the structure shown in Fig. 11.10, with the following
data for each element n( e) , e = 1,2: E = 15 X 109 N/m 2 , h = 5 X 10- 3 m,
and u = 0.25.
4
1 10000 N
E
N
3
~
2 ---'l -'-+ X
3
2m
HINT . Solve
11
5 x 10
6
~3
[
-3
K(l )
1 [1,2] K l1 -> 11
K (l )
K 22 -> 22
K (l )
K 12 -> 12
2 [3,4] K 33 -> K (I )
33
+
K (2)
11
K 44 -> K (I ) +K (2)
44 22
K 34 -> K (I ) +K (2)
34 12
K (2)
3 [5,6] K 55 -> 33
K (2 )
K 66 -> 44
K (2)
K 56 -> 34
4 K 77 -> K (I ) +K (3)
[7,8] 77 11
K 88 -> K ( I ) +K(3 )
88 22
K 78 -> K ( I ) +K (3 )
78 12
5 [9,10] K 99 -> K (I)
55
+
K (2)
77
+ K 33(3) + K 11(4)
KlO ,lO ->
K (I)
66
+
K (2)
88
+ K 44(3) + K 22(4)
K 9 ,10 ->
K (I )
56
+
K( 2)
78
+ K 34(3) + K 12(4)
6 [11,12] Kll ,ll -> K (2)
55
+
K (4 )
33
K (2) +K (4 )
K 12 ,12 -> 66 44
K ll ,12 ->
K (2 )
56
+
K (4)
34
K (3)
7 [13,14] K 13 ,13 -> 77
K (3)
K14 ,14 -> 88
K (3)
K 13 ,14 -> 78
8 K (3) + K(4)
[15,16J K 15 ,15 -> 55 77
K (3) + K(4)
K 16 ,16 --00 66 88
K 15,16 ->
K (3)
56
+
K (4 )
78
K (4)
9 [17,18] K 17 ,17 --00 55
K (4)
K 18 ,18 --00 66
K (4 )
K 17 ,18 --00 56
II 2 [3. 4) 3 [5.6)
lem I
3em 3 em
4
3 2
3
2
2
Fig. 11.12.
Then solve
In this chapter, we will introduce the penalty finite element formulation for both
Newtonian and power-law non-Newtonian Stokes flows. The penalty finite element
method has been recognized as one of the most effective numerical methods in
solving fluid flow problems by many in academics as well as in industry (see, e.g.,
Fastook 1993 and Fidap 1999). We will derive local finite element matrices by using
the linear triangular and the bilinear rectangular elements. We will use the method
of steepest descent, the conjugate gradient methods for the linear Stokes problem ,
and nonlinear conjugate gradient methods for the nonlinear Stokes problem. The
cavity problem will be used as an example of numerical implementation.
Minimize f(x), x E R N,
{ subject to g(x) = 0, (12.1)
'VL:(x , >') = 0
x
x
\7 .c ( * *) = { 2xi - 4} _ ),* { 1 }
x , 2x; - 1 '
and
\7)..c (x*,'\*) = -(xi - x;) .
The system is
which gives the stationary point (xi,x; ,'\*) = (1,1,-2) . The minimizer is
(XI,X2) = (1,1) .•
An alternative way of solving Eq (12.1) is the penalty method. A simple
version can be described as follows. Let 0 < e :::; 1, and let I" (x) = f(x) +
1
2€ [g(x)] 2 . For each fixed e, solve the unconstrained program
Minimize f ,,(x),
{ xE RN , (12.4)
for a minimizer x. ; The key to the success of this method is that for very general
conditions on f and g it can be shown that x, --> x as e --> 0 if x denotes the
solution of Eq (12.1) . For each e, the solution x, of the unconstrained program
(12.4) can be found by solving
1
\7f,,(x) = \7f(x) + -e gc(x) \7g" (x) = O. (12.5)
By taking the limit, the solution x ofthe corresponding constrained program (12.1)
is given by
x = lim x.;
,,->0
12.2. PENALTY FORMULATION FOR LINEAR STOKES EQUATION 299
and
The system is
2c + 1 -1] {XI}={4c},
[ -1 2c + 1 X2 0
.
which has the solution
. (XI ,X2)€ =
(2c + 1 1)
- - , - - . It
. easy to check that
IS
c+1 c+1
lim (Xl, X2)€ = (1,1) , which is the solution to Eq (12.6).•
€-->O
Consider the boundary value problem ofthe Stokes equation for viscous Newtonian
fluid flows:
-v~u + "il . p = g in n,
{ u (12.7)
=u on an,
where v is the viscosity of the fluid, u the velocity vector, p the pressure, g the
body force, n a bounded open subset of R 2 , and an the boundary ofn. Eq (12.7)
is associated with the following linear program with constraint
Minimize I(u), u E V,
{ subject to "il . u = 0, (12.8)
300 12. STOKES EQUATIONS AND PENALTY METHOD
where
au 1 (aU av)]
D(u) = ax 2 ay + ax
[~(av+aU) av '
2 ax ay ay
ID(u)21 = (au)2 + ~ (au + av)2 + (av)2,
ax 2 ay ax ay
V'·u--+-
au av
- ax ay '
and V is the set of admissible functions of I, which satisfy the boundary condition
u = on u an. u
It can be verified that for a large class of functions g and and the
domain n, both the boundary value problem and the optimization problem have
exactly one solution. These problems are equivalent in the sense that if (u,p) is
the solution for Eq (12.7), then u is the solution of Eq (12.8); conversely, if u is
the solution of Eq (12.8) then one can find a function p so that (u, p) is the solution
ofEq (12.7).
The corresponding penalty formulation of Eq (12.8) is given by
where
Let u" denote the solution of Eq (12.9) or (12.10). Then the pressure p of the
solution ofEq (12.7) can be approximated by p" = -~ V'. U ". In fact, it has been
c
verified that (u, p) = lim (u, , p,,).
,,-0
12.3. PENALTY LINEAR T RIANGULAR STOKES ELEMENT 301
Let nee) be a triangle in a finite element partition of the solution domain n for
e = 1, . . . , NE, where NE denotes the total number of triangles in the partition.
Let N denote the total number of nodes. The coordinates of the triangle are
labeled as (x~e) , y~e) ), (x~e) , y~e)), (x~e), y~e)) locally, and (x~e), y~e)), ( x ; e ), YJ e )) ,
(x ie ) , yke ) ) globally for 1 ::; i, j , k ::; N. Let the piecewise linear interpolation
function be defined for (x,y) E nee), e = 1, . . . , NE, by
where
1 x (e) (e)
Y 1 Xl YI
(e) (e)
1 X2 Y2 1 X Y
(e) (e) (e) (e)
1 X3 Y3 1 X3 Y3
(e) (e) , (e) (e) ,
1 Xl YI 1 Xl YI
(e) ( e) (e) (e)
1 X2 Y2 1 X2 Y2
(e) (e) (e) (e)
1 X3 Y3 1 X3 Y3
(e ) (e )
1 Xl YI
(e) (e)
1 X2 Y2
1 X Y
(e) (e)
1 Xl YI
(e) (e )
1 X2 Y2
(e) (e)
1 X3 Y3
are the three associated linear shape functions. It can be calculated that for (x, y) E
nee),
where
I (e)
x3
(e)
Y3
(e)
Y3 11 x 3(e)
(e) (e) (e) (e) (e) (e)'
1 Xl YI 1 Xl YI 1 Xl YI
(e) (e) (e) (e) (e) (e)
1 x2 Y2 1 x2 Y2 1 x2 Y2
(e) (e) (e) (e) (e) (e)
1 x3 Y3 1 x3 Y3 1 x3 Y3
302 12. STOKES EQ UATI ONS AND PENALTY METHOD
I
a(e) -
2 -
-
1
I X (e)
X3
l
(e)
(e)
YI(e)
Y3
(e)
(e) ,
b(e) _
2 -
1
I~
YI(e)
Y3
(e)
(e)
I
(e) ,
c(e) -
2 -
-I ~
1
(e)
Xl(e)
(e)
X3
(e)
1
,
Xl YI Xl YI Xl YI
(e) (e) (e) (e) (e) (e)
1 X2 Y2 1 X2 Y2 1 X2 Y2
(e) (e) (e) (e) (e) (e)
1 X3 Y3 1 X3 Y3 1 X3 Y3
a(e) -
3 -
1
I
X (e)
X2
l
(e)
(e)
YI(e)
(e)
Y2
I
(e) ,
b(e) -
3 -
1
-I~ (e)
YI(e)
(e)
Y2
(e)
I
,
c (e) _
3 -
1
I~
X (e)
X2
(e)
l
(e)
I
(e)
Xl YI Xl YI Xl YI
(e) (e) (e) (e) (e) (e)
1 X2 Y2 1 X2 Y2 1 X2 Y2
(e) (e) (e) (e) (e) (e)
1 X3 Y3 1 X3 Y3 1 X3 Y3
Thus,
NE
I e (u ) = LI~e) (u) ,
e= l
12.3. PENALTY LINEAR TRIANGULAR STOKES ELEMENT 303
where
I~e) (u) = ~ r
2 In<e)
2
ID(u)1 dx dy - r
In(e)
g.u dx dy + ~ r
2€ In<e)
IV.uI 2
For i = 1, 2, 3, we get
In matrix notation,
304 12. STOKES EQ UATIONS AND PENALT Y METHOD
{ l
where
b(e )b(e ) b(e )b(e )
M (e} = In(e}1
1,1
(v+-) 1
IE:
I
b(e}b(e}
2
I
I
I
b(e}b (e}
2
2
2
b(e}b(e } b(e}b(e}
l
3 I 3 2
C(e)
I CI
(e) C(e) C(e) C(e) C(e) ] }
4 4 c~e)
I 2 I 3
+~ e }ci e } c~e) c~e} e} ,
2
{l
(e) (e) (e) (e) (e) (e)
C3 CI C3 C2 C3 C3
l
C(e}
I
b(e)
I CI(e )b(e)
2 C(e}
I
b(3e) ] }
+ ~ (e}b( e)
C2 1
(e} b( el
C2 2
(e} b( e)
C2 3 '
{ l
2 (e} b( e) (e}b (e ) (e} b(e )
C3 1 C3 2 C3 3
(e) (e) (e ) (e )
1 C1 C1 CI C2
M~~{ = In (el I (v+ -) c~e} cie) 4el c~e)
IE: (e) (e) (e) (e)
C3 c1 c 3 C2
l
b(e}b(e} b(e}b(e} b(e}b(e } ] }
V 1 1 1 21 3
+_ b(e )b(e} b (e}b(e} b(e}b(e}
2 21 2 2 23 '
b~e} bi e} b~e} b~e } b~e } b~e}
(e} b(e) (e} b(e) (e) b(e) ]
CI I CI 2 CI 3
M (e} = In(e}1 ~ (e} b(e) (e} b(e) (e} b(e)
2,2 C2 I C2 2 C2 3
{ IE: [ (e} b(e) (e} b(e) (e} b( e)
C3 1 C3 2 C3 3
b (e}
I C(e)
I
b(e}
I C(e) 2
b(e}
I C(e) ] }3
+~ b(e} (e)
2 CI
b(e ) (e)
2 C2
b(e ) (e)
2 C3 .
2 [ b (e) (e) b(e ) (e) b(e ) (e)
3 C1 3 C2 3 c3
r
V'[ e(el = K e(e)u (e} _ F (e},
where
"1(' ) ~ [ mJ')
a[~ e} a[~e} a[~ e} a[~ e } 01)')
e a (e) a (e) a (e) a (e) a (e) a (e)
UI vI U2 V2 U3 V3
u te) = [u i e ) (e)
VI
(e)
U2
(e)
V2
(e)
U3 -r
V3 '
In(e}1
F (e) = - - [9x 9y 9x 9y 9x 9Y f ,
3
12.3. PENA LTY LINEAR TRIANGULAR STOKES ELEMENT 305
and
(e) p( e) (e ) p(e) (e) p(e)
0:1 ,1 1,1 0:1,2 1,2 0: 1 ,3 1,3
(e) (e) (e) (e) (e) (e)
1]1,1 1'1,1 1]1,2 1'1 ,2 1]1,3 1'1,3
(e) pre) (e) pre) (e) pr e)
K (e )
e
= 0: 2,1
(e )
2,1
(e)
0:2 ,2
(e)
2,2
(e)
0:2 ,3
(e)
2,3
(e) ,
1]2,1 1'2,1 1]2,2 1'2,2 1]2,3 1'2,3
(e) pre) (e) p( e) (e) pr e)
0: 3 ,1 3,1 0: 3 ,2 3,2 0: 3 ,3 2,3
(e) (e) (e) (e) (e) (e)
1]3, 1 1'3 ,1 1]3 ,2 1'3,2 1]3,3 1'3 ,3
in which
o:(e) = In(e) I[ ( v + ~) b(e)b~e) + ~ e re ) e (e) ] ,
' ,J E • J 2 ' J
1'( e) =
.,J
In(e) I [ ( v +~)
E
e (e) e (e )
• J
+~ b (e ) b (e )] ,
2 ' J
(e) (e) ]T
u3 v3 '
306 12. STOKES EQUATIONS AND PENALTY METHOD
and
Suppose that , corresponding to the local nodes 1,2, and 3, the global nodal numbers
of the triangle n (e) are i, j, k , where i < j < k. Let N denote the total number of
nodes in the finite element mesh. We have :
u~e) = u; u~e) = u; u~e) = u.. vi e) = Vi , v~e) = Vj, v~e) = V k ,
Fi = Fie) + , Fj = F~e) + ... , Fk = FJe) + ...,
K ii = Ki~) + , K ij = Ki~) + , K ji = K~~) + , K ik = Kg) + ,
K ki = K~~) + , K jk = KW + , K kj = K~~) + , Kkk = K~;) + ,
wher e ... denotes contributions from other elements that share the same node. Let
iT = [UI VI u, v, UN vNf,
F(e) = [0 0 gx gy ... 0 of ,
12.3. PENALTY LINEAR TRIANGULAR STOKES ELEMENT 307
and
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Then
NE NE
Ie(u) = ~ (u( (2:K( e») U - (2: (F (e»)T) U.
e= l e= l
II =0 II =0
V =0 V =0 II
A B
II =O . V =O
1/ 0 0 -1/ -1/ - 1/
2 2
0 2 (1/ + ~) E:
0
E:
2 (1/ + ~)
2 2
K (e)=
0
E:
2 (1/ + ~) 0 -2 (I/+~) E:
e -1/ 0 0 1/ 1/ -1/
2 2 2
1/
E:
-2 ( 1/ + ~) 1/ 31/ + -
E:
- (- + 1/)
E:
2 2 2
-1/ -2 (I/ + ~) E:
-1/ -( -+1/)
E:
31/ +-
E:
9x
9y
F (e) =~ 9x fore = 1, .. . ,8.
24 9y
9x
9y
Since on the boundary nodes we have (U2, V2) = (Uo,O) and (UI, Vd = (U3, V3)
= (U4 , V4 ) = (U6 , V6 ) = (U7 , V7 ) = (Us, Vs) = (0,0), the only unknowns are
Us and Vs . By using the connectivity matrix , we get (uf) ,V~2») = (uP),v~3»)
= (u~4),v~4») = (u~S) , v~s») = (ur ), vf») = (Us , Vs ). The globa l system is
assembled and simplified to
{_(::~) } Uo +
[
_ (~:~) -(2"++~~) ] {U,}~ ~ {9, }.
8
121/
E:
Vs 4 9y
(1/2, I)
1 2 3 (I, I)
(0, I) Connectivity Matrix
e k
1 4 2 1
2 2 4 5
3 5 3 2
(0, 1/2)4 6(1, 1/2) 4 3 5 6
5 7 5 4
6 5 7 8
7 8 6 5
8 6 8 9
(1,0)
8 9
(1/2,0)
Suppose that in the above example the cavity is a square of 1 em, u = 1.004 X
10- 2 cm 2/s , Uo = 10 cm/s, and there is no body force. Let e = 0.5. Then the
system is
16.12048 -8.02008] {Us} {0.2008}
[ -8.02008 16.12048 Vs - 8.01004 .
The solution is (Us, Vs) = (0.3451,0.6686).
REMARK . It is well known that in the penalty method for the Stokes problem,
the penalty finite element solution converges to the exact solution of the Stokes
problem if the size of the elements is proportional to the penalty parameter e and
the rate of convergence is only in the first order of e. Therefore, the numerical
solution obtain ed in the above calculation is by no means accurate. Finer partitions
of n and proportionally smaller e are required to obtain more accurate numerical
solutions. _
where
d,(e) ( ) _ (x - aWj - b) d,(e) ( )_ (x + a)(y -b)
'f'1 X, Y - 4ab ' 'f'2 X,Y - 4ab '
d,(e) ( ) _ (x + a)(y + b) d,(e) ( ) _ (x - a)(y + b)
'f' 3 X, Y - 4ab " 'f' 4 X, Y - 4ab '
in which
_
(e)
Xl
+ X (e)
X = X - ~---=-
2
2
(e) + (e) .
{ y -_Y - Y4 2 Y1 .
(Continued on page 311)
w
......
o
u b 1 u b 1 -u b -1 -u b -1 u 1 u -1 -u -1 -u 1
3+6 6+6 ......
A
8 3 12 8 6 12 8 8 3 4 3 4 6 4 6 4 !V
1 u b -1 u b -1 -u b 1 -u b 1 b 1 - 1 -1
-b -b b tr:
8 6+3 8 6 6 8 12- 6 8 12+3" 4 3 4 6 4 6 4 3 '"'3
u b -1 u b -1 -u b 1 b 1 u 1 u -1 -u -1 -u 1 o
:;.:
--- -
- u- -
3 12 ""8 3+6 8 6 12 8 6 12 8 3 4 3 4 6 4 6 4 gJ
1 u b -1 u b -1 -u b 1 -u b -1 -b -1 b 1 b 1 -b
1 trJ
K (e )
e
= V 8 6 6 8 6+3" 8 12+6 8 12 6 4 6 4 3 4 3 4 6 D
-u b -1 -u b -1 u b 1 u b 1
+-E: -u -1 -a 1 a 1 a -1 C
--- --- 3"+6 6 4 6 4 3 4 3 4
6 12 8 6 12 8 8 3 12 8 ~
-1 -u b 1 -u b 1 u b -1 u b -1 -b -1 b 1 b 1 -b oZ
8 A 12 6 8 12+3" 8 6+3 8 A 6 6 4 6 4 3 4 3 4 6 rn
-u -1 -a 1 a 1 u -1
-u b 1 -u b 1 u b -1 u b -1 >
6+6 --- 3+6 6 4 6 4 3 4 3 4 Z
8 6 12 8 3 12 8 8
-1 1 b 1 -b -1 -b -1 b tl
-u b 1 -u b 1 u b - 1 u b
4 3 4 6 4 6 4 3 '"0
8 12+3 8 12 6 8 6 6 8 6+ 3" trJ
ut e) Z
1 >
v (e) gx
1 gy S3
ute ) -<
2 -gx
v (e) -gy a:::
u te) = u~e) I( ' F(e) = In(e) I
gx ~
v (e) 4 gy ::r:
3 o
u te) -gx tl
4 -gy
v( e)
4
12.5. PENALTY TRIANGULAR POWER-LAW STOKES ELEMENT 311
where K~e), u(e), and F(e) are defined on page 310. In these matrices we have
used the notation a = ~, b= ~; and ID (e) I as the area of rectangle D(e). We use
four such bilinear rectangular penalty Stokes elements to approximate the solution
of the cavity problem.
Minimize Ie(u),
{ uEV, (12.12)
Ie(u) =
n + 1 in
r
~ !D(u)l n+1 dxdy - g. udxdy
in
r
+ 1 r
IV .u!n+1dxdy.
(n+1)c in
n 1
-K~ . (ID(u) r - D(u)) - ~ V (IV. u!n-1 V . u) = g, inD ,
{
u = u, on aD.
(12.13)
Let (u, p) denote the solution of Eq (12.11) and u, the solution of Eq (12.9) or
(12.10). Then the pressure p of the solution of Eq (12.7) can be approximated by
312 12. STOKES EQUATIONS AND PEN ALTY METHOD
PE = - ~€ 1\7 .UEln - 1 \7 -u". In fact, it has been verified that (u, p) = lim (u, , PE). E ~O
For the linear triangle shape functions, we have
I~e)(u) = ~
n +1
r
Jo {e)
n
ID(u)l + dxdy -
1
r
J o{e)
g. udx dy
+ (n +1 1)e 1I
O {e )
I
n 1
\7 . u + dx dy ,
where
I
3 3
In . n+ 1 =
v U
(aU aV) n+l =
aX + a ( ' " (e)b .
L.,; u, ' " (e )
, + L.,; v, .) n+l
C, .
Y i= l i= l
Thus,
12.6. SOL UTIONS BY CONJ UGAT E GRADIENT METHODS 313
Let
If. Ui<l'i(X, y) }
=
S~(n) = {v( x,y ) : v
{L~ Vi<l'i( X, y) '
i
(UI, VI, U2,V2..., UN, VN) E R 2N , (x , y) E n} ,
be the set of all possible global interpolation functions determined by the local shape
functions associated with the partition and the connectivity matrix. Without loss of
generality, we assume that the last M nodes are the boundary node s (1 ::; M < N)
and use U2(N - M) +l, V2(N-M)+I"" , UN, VN to denote the boundary values of
U on these boundary nodes. For x = (Xl , X2"" , X2(N -M )- I,X2(N-M )) E
R 2( N -M ) , let
where matrix A " is obtained by writing each I~e) in the matrix multiplication form
and summing over the number of elements .
EXAMPLE 12.4. Consider the same cavity linear Stokes problem as described
in Example 12.3. Use four bilinear rectangular elements to approximate the penalty
solution. We use the connectivity matrix
C=
1 4
3 8 4 1
9 5]
[2 1 5 6 '
7 3 1 2
(112, 1)
9
(0, 1) 8 (1,1)
CD 0
(1/2, 112 )
(0, 112'1 I 3(1, 112)
Q) 8)
(0,0) 6 (1,0)
2 7
(1/2, 0)
Here the global nodes are numbered differently from those in Fig . 12.2. In this
a
simple partition, = b= 1, and we have
1 1 1 -1 -1 -1 -1 1
- - - - - - - -
3 4 3 4 6 4 6 4
1 1 1 1 -1 -1 -1 1
- - - - - - - -
4 3 4 6 4 6 4 3 UI
1 1 1 -1 -1 -1 -1 1
- - - - - - - - VI
3 4 3 4 6 4 6 4
-1 1 1 Uo
-
4
--1
6
-1
-
4
-31 -
4
-
3
1
-
4
-1
-
6 0
x -1 -1 -1 1 1 1 1 -1 0
- - - - - - - -
6 4 6 4 3 4 3 4 0
-1 -1 -1 1 1 1 1 -1
- - - - - - - - 0
4 6 4 3 4 3 4 6 0
-1 -1 -1 1 1 1 1 -1
- - - - - - - -
6 4 6 4 3 4 3 4
1 1 1 -1 -1 -1 -1 1
- - - - - - - -
4 3 4 6 4 6 4 3
gx
gy
-gx
1 -gy
- - [U VI Uo 0 0 0 0 0]
16 I gx
gy
- gx
- gy
il m}
1
-
Uol [i
8
v 1
= -2 [U I VI -
2
-1
-
8
1 1
-
[i r '} ,
-
4 3
Uol UJ
1 1 1
+ -E: [UI VI
Uol -
3 4
1 1
VI
U
o
- - [U I
16
VI
li ~HU' } ~ It tJ{ ~: }
- -
4 3
v
= -2 [ UI + E: [U,
n,}
VII ~ VI VII
2
1
- -
16
[U I Vd { : : } + V~o [U 1 VII
U
+ -E:O [UI VI]
C} -
~
V 2
+ :1 (Uo) + 3E: (Uo) + 16 gx ii;
1 2 1
12.6. SOLUTIONS BY CONJUGATE GRADIENT METHODS 317
Similarly,
111
i ~:t I{~~}- ~
8 8 2
~
+ [ti;
e
U, VI I ~
!1 !1 VI 16
[U o UI
1 1
- -
4 4 3
I] {~: }~
u 2 1 2 1
+ "4 (Uo) + 3€ (Uo) + 16 gyUO'
1 -1]
1 (3) ~ ~ [U, Vd [~I + [U, Vd [~I t {~}
~
[! !j{ ~: } ~
- [UI vtl { -gx } ,
16 -gy
Thus,
vUo 4UO}
VI] -2-+&
{
°
Since v = 1.004 X 10- 2 cm 2/s, Ui, = 10 cm/s, gx = gy = 0, and e = 0.5, we get
the minimizer (Ul, Vd = (1.9107,0) .•
A standard conjugate-gradient method for the above quadratic unconst rained
program can be described by the following algorithm .
Set xo=O, ro=b=b-Axo,P-l=0 ,(30=0,
set the convergence tolerance 8 > °
For i = 0,1, ....
If [r.] < 8, stop .
. _ (Yi_l)T'V!(Xi)
3. 13
t - T
(Yi-l) Pi-l
The following hybrid nonlinear conjugate gradient method seems to be a better
choice for finding the minimizer of the above nonlinear program compared with
the above three formulas ,
Set P-l = 0, 130 = 0, Xo = 0, and set the convergence tolerance
8> 0.
For i = 0,1, ....
If 11'V!(Xi) II <8, stop .
Ifi>O,set
Yi-l = 'V!(Xi) - 'Vf(Xi-d
. T
f3HS = (Yi-I) 'Vf(Xi)
t (Yi-l{Pi-1
f3DY = 'V(J(Xi)) T 'V!(Xi)
t (Yi_1)T Pi-l
f3i = max {O, min{f3[is, f3py} }
end if
Set Pi = -'Vf(Xi) +f3iPi-l
Use a line search to determine (Yi and set Xi+l = Xi + (Yi Pi
In this algorithm, a back tracking line search scheme is used and the step length
(Yk is the first element of the sequence: 1,2- 1,2- 2,2- 3 , . . . , 2- i , .. . that satisfies
a sufficient decrease condition (see, e.g., Nash and Sofer 1996, for details). This
hybrid nonlinear conjugate gradient method was first proposed by Touati-Ahmed
and Storey (1990) . It has been tested to perform well for many difficult numerical
examples (Dai et al. 1998) in comparison with the Polak-Ribiere-Polyak scheme
(see Polak and Reviere 1969, and Polyak 1969), and it does not require the line
search scheme to satisfy the strong Wolfe condition. A listing of the Matlab
program that implements the above scheme to calculate finite element solutions
for the cavity problem is given in §14.3.1.
EXAMPLE 12.5. We will give a numerical solution by using this Matlab
program. For simplicity, we only test the method by using the linear triangular
elements on a cavity Stokes flow problem. The numerical example is problem
(12.11) with n
= (0,1) x (0,1), K = 1, g = 0, and the boundary conditions
320 12. STOKES EQUATIONS AND PENALTY METHOD
• • • • • • • • • • • • , • • • • • I
- - • 1 \
, \
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
-0.2
-0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.2
- •••••• I ••••• _,
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
lie = (1,0) on (0,1) x {I} and lie = (0,0) otherwise. Figure 12.4 (page 320)
is the graphic solution of the problem for the Newtonian Stokes flow with r = 2,
i.e., n = 1. Figure 12.5 (page 320) is the graphic solution of the problem for the
corresponding power-law non-Newtonian Stokes flow with n = 2. In both of these
numerical experiments we take e = 0.05 and h = 0.05. Note that r = n + 1 in
the Matlab code . These numerical experiments support our analysis. Oscillations
in the gradient of the objective function are observed. One apparent differenc e in
the two cases is the center of rotation. For the shear thinning flow, the center is
lower, which coincides with physical intuition.•
12.7. Exercises
(0.5, 1)
9 4 8 (1, 1)
(0, 1)
(0,0.5) 5
CD
0
1
X (3)
CD
3 (1,0.5)
(0,0) 6 0 ,0)
2 7
(0.5, 0)
Fig. 12.6.
12.3. Blood is flowing above an open square cavity of 1 em with a horizontal
velocity of 10 cm/s. The consistency coefficient and the fluid index of the
322 12. STOKES EQUATIONS AND PENALTY METHOD
blood are measured as 1.029 Pa s" and 0.703, respectively. Use four equal-
size bilinear rectangular Stokes penalty elements with e = 0.5 to approximate
the velocity at the center of the cavity.
12.4. Develop a computer program for Exercise 12.2 by using Matlab, Mathemat-
ica, or another programming language, such as Fortran or C.
12.5. In Exercise 12.1, solve for the finite element solution by minimizing the
energy I , using the conjugate gradient method as in Example 12.4.
12.6. In Exercise 12.3, solve for the finite element solution by minimizing the
energy Ie using the three nonlinear conjugate gradient methods (three different
(3/ s given on page 319). Compare the results.
12.7. In Exercise 12.3, solve for the finite element solution by minimizing the
energy I , using the hybrid nonlinear conjugate gradient method given on page
319.
12.8. Solve the linear Stokes problem of Example 12.4 for the cavity shown in
Fig. 12.7, using the same data with Uo = 10 cm/s.
v =0. u = IOcmls
(0. 0) (3. 0)
O. - I)
Fig. 12.7.
13
Vibration Analysis
In this chapter we set up the finite element matrix systems for the vibration of elastic
rods, Euler beams, and flat elastic structures and derive finite element solutions
of some examples. We also solve the eigenvalue problems that arise from the
transient paraboli c and hyperbolic equations and discuss their relationship with
the Helmholtz equation.
The equations governing the vibration of elastic rods, the Euler beams , and flat
elastic structures are
(13.1)
(13.2)
(13.3)
where
<JXX
<J y y } = [Cll
C21
C
C 22
12
0]
a {CE:
Xx}
yy ,
{
Tx y a a C33 TX y
and E: xx , E: yy, and IX Y are defined in (10.2). For simplicity, we assume that n is a
bounded polygonal domain in the two-dimensional space R 2 •
The Hamil ton's principle involves an energy functional I( u) which can be
written as the kinetic energy Ek minus the elastic potential energy E p plus the
work W done by an external force ; that is, if
then
I(u) = ~
2Jv
r p(u fudV - ~2Jrv uTedV + JvrgTud+ i:r eudS.
For an clastic body occupying a volume V, we have
This general form of the total energy can be reduced to simpler forms for the above
three cases as follows.
CASE 1. For an axial elastic rod with cross-sectional area A, density p,
Young's modulus E, and subject to an axial force f , we have m = pA, a =
[CT xx , 0, 0, 0, 0, OjT ,e: = [e xx , 0, 0, 0, 0, ojT, u = [u(x), a, ojT,g = [I, a, alT,
o o
CASE 2. For the Euler beam, it is assumed that u(x , y) = -y ~~, v = v(x) ,
and g = [a, r(x), alT , Then
au a 2v
xx
e = ax = - Yax 2 '
1 ( au av )
e: xy ="2 ay + ax = a,
eyy = E: xz = e yz = e: z z = a.
13.1. HAMILTON 'S PRINCIPLE 325
e, = ~
2 iv
rO"XXCxx dV = ~2 i ro i;rEc~x dA dx,
L
21 l«r i r E (a (r )
2V)2 2v)2
1 t'
L
(a
= A y aX2 dA dx 2 i E i y2 dA
= aX2 dx A
o
21 l«t' EI
2v)2
(a
= ax 2 dx ,
where I = fA y2dA is the second moment of area of the cross section about the
z-axis, and the kinetic energy is
Ek = - IlL
2 0
pAv 2 dx.
au av (aU aV) ] T.
+ ax The stress-strain
. reIanon
" = h e IS
C c, were '
[ ax ay ay IS (J"
I(u) =~ rph(iJ?+v
2in
2
) dA-~
2in
rheTCedA
+ r (gxu + gyv)dV + iC2r (txu + tyv) ds,
in
where t = { ~: } is the applied boundary forces per unit arc length on O2 , which
is that part of the boundary an where t is applied.
Recall that in steady-state cases when displacement is independent of time
we seek a displacement u that minimizes the total energy I among all possible
displacements within certain constraints as required by the principle of virtual
work. This implies a necessary condition
work is a special case of Hamilton 's principle which deals with time dependent
situations. Specifically, Hamilton's principle requires that we seek a displacement
u such that U(tl ) = U(t2) and u(td = U(t2) for any time interval (h,t2) ;
and that for all displacement of the form u + TV, with V (t d = V (t2) = 0 and
v v
(h) = (t2) = 0, where T is any real number, the function u satisfies
I
t2
d
-d [I( u(t) + Tv(t))l! dt = 0 for all such V and for any interval (t l , t2),
tl T T= O
Jtlr J{L
o
(
pAuv - EA ax ax
au av + I v ) dxdt = O.
Supp ose that the quantities p, E , A, I , ~:~ , and ~:~ are all continuous and the
set of admissible functions satisfies the boundary condition u(O, t) = u(t) , then
u(O, t) + TV(O , t) = u(t), and we have v(O, t) = 0 for all t, and v(L, t) is arbitrary.
This gives
l1t2 L
(PAil - EA ~:~ - I) v dx dt = 0
for arbitrary v satisfying v(O, t) = v(L, t) = O. This last equation implies that
which is the wave equation for the elastic rod. The natural boundary condition
au
EA ax (L , t ) = 0 comes from
au v I dt = 0,
j
2 L
t
EA-
tl aX 0
since v(O, t) = 0 and the interval (t l , t2) and v(L, t) are arbitrary. The other two
wave equ ations and boundary conditions can be derived similarly.
13.2. FREE AXIAL VIBRATIO NS OF AN ELAST IC ROD 327
For simplicity, first we use linear shape functions to approx imate the axial dis-
placement u. Let
E (e) =
k
~
2
l
Xl
<e)
x2
<e)
p(e)A(e) (u(e))2dx
[2 1]
where
M (e)= P(e)A(e)l(e)
_
3 1 2 .
Similarly, the local elastic potential energy is given by
E (e) = ~ (u (e))TK(e)u(e)
p 2 '
where
l
d¢ie) d¢ie) d¢~e) d¢~e) ]
dx dx dx dx dx
d¢~e) d¢ie) d¢~e) d¢~e)
----
dx dx dx dx
[1 -1]
E (e)A(e)
l(e) -1 1 '
328 13. VIBRATION ANALYSIS
{I}
where
j(e) z(e)
F( e) = - 2 - 1 .
NE
I(U) = LI(e)(u(e)) = ~ (Uf(t) MU(t) - ~ UT(t)KU(t) + UTF,
e= l
MU(t) + KU(t) = F,
MU(t) + KU(t) = 0,
EXAMPLE 13.1. Compute the axial modes of vibration of an elastic rod with
Young's modulus E = 29 X 106 lb/irr', density p = 0.29Ib/in 3 , cross-sectional
area A = 1 in 2 , and length L = 100 in, by using two linear finite elements
(Fig. 13.1). Assume that one end of the rod at x = 0 is fixed and the other end is
free of stress, i.e., E~~ (L) = O.
We have
M(e) = 0.29·50 [2
3 1
1] = 145 [2
2 30 1 ~] ,
6
K (e) = 29 x5010 [1
-1
-1]
1 = 5.8 x 10
5 [ 1
-1
-1]
1 '
e = 1,2.
-1
2 0] - w2 [21
-1 1 4 1 O]){XI}
X {O}
0 .
2 =
-1 1 0 1 2 X3 0
Applying the boundary condition UI = u(O) = 0 gives Xl = 0 for the fixed left
end of the rod. Then
and
MU(t) + KU(t) = F
330 13. VIBRATION ANALYSIS
are the Hermite shape functions and the local nodal variables, respectively. Similar
to the steady-state case, we have
U. 4(e)] X
13.3. FREE VIBRATIONS OF A EULER ELASTIC BEAM 331
Thus, we get
(e)
Let ~ = X ~(e~l be the local coordinate . Then x = x(~) is a function of ~ for
x~e) ::; x ::; x~e), 0 ::; ~ ::; 1, and ~; = l(e). The four local shape functions can
be written as
We get
dcP~e)(x(~)) d~ 1 dcP~e)(x(~))
d~ dx LW d~
and
d2cP}e) (x(~)) 1 d2cP~e)(x(~)) ~
dx 2 LW de dx
332 13. VIBRATION ANALYSIS
Therefore,
and
Let b = EI. Now we evaluate the entries in the local matrices under the assumption
that both band r have the constant value b(e) and r(e), respectively, in [x~e) , x~e)l.
For demonstration purposes, we only show calculations of some of them as follows:
A complete calculation gives the following local finite element matrices for the
Euler beam:
54
131(e)
156
-22z( e)
lb/in'' , Young' s modulus E = 30 X 106 psi. Suppose that one end of the beam
is fixed and clamped, and the other end is free of constraint or any force (see
Fig. 13.1). Let us use two Hermite elements of equal length to approximate the
first two vibration modes. Here l (e) = 50 in, b(e) = 4 x 30 X 106 = 1.2 X 108 ,
r( e) = 0.0 for e = 1, 2. The local matrices are
g},
288000
xj
XJ } _ {0.3554}
-0.0366
WI = 43.3197, and
{ XJ - 0.9201 '
XJ 0.1604
Xi} _ {0.6052}
XJ -0.0021
W2 = 11.7558, and
{Xl - -0.7947
Xg
- 0.0454
'
Xl} _ {-0.0238
xi -0.4088 }
W3 = 57.6717, and
{Xg - -0.8897
X~ -0.2020
'
Xi} {-0.3161
xi -0.0109
}
W4 = 2.00000, and
{xt
xt
-0.9486 . •
=
-0.0135
For a flat elastic body of thickness h occupyinga region n in the xy plane, let
u(e)(x y t) = {u(e)(x, y, t) }
, , v(e)(x, y, t)
= [4>~e)(X,y) 0 4>~e)(x,y)
o 4>~e)(x, y) 0
13.4. FREE IN-PLANE VIBRATIONS OF AN ELASTIC PLATE 335
u~e) (t)
u~e) (t )
u~e) (t)
X for (x ,y) E n (e),
u~e) (t)
u~e) (t)
u~e) (t)
whereO(e) is a triangle in the finite element partition oro, and ¢~e) (x , y), ¢~e) (x , y),
and ¢~e) (x, y) are the three corresponding linear shape functions, i.e.,
G (e) =
", (e)
'1'1
a ",( e)
'1'2
a ",(e )
'1'3
0]
[ a ¢~e) 0 ¢~e) 0 ¢~e)'
and
a¢~e) a¢~e) a¢~e)
0 0 a
ax ax ax
a¢~e) a¢ ~e) a¢~e)
n (e) = 0 0 0
ay ay ay
a¢~e ) a¢~e) a¢~e) a¢~e) a¢~e) a¢~e)
ay ax ay ax ay ax
336 13. VIBRATION ANALYSIS
Then
2 a 1 a 1 a
a a
1 a
2 1 1
= phln(e)1 1 a 2 a a 1
a 1 a 2 a 1 ,
M (e) ph (G( e)fG(e)dA =
O (e) 12
1 a 1 a 2 a
a 1 0 1 0 2
K(e) = 1 O (e)
h (D(e )fe (e)D(e) d~ = h In( e)1 (D (e))T e (e)o(e),
where
b(e)
1
0 b(e)
2
a b(e)
3
D(e) = 0 c~e) 0 c (e) 0
[ (e) b(e) (e) b(e) (e )
C1 1 C2 2 C3
d11e) d12e)
ere) = de ) C( e) ao ] ,
[ o2 1 o22 C (e)
33
13.4. FREE IN-PLANE VIBRATIONS OF AN ELASTIC PLATE 337
such that
9x
9y
r (G( e)f {9X} dA = In(e)1 9x
io« ) 9y 3 9y
9x
9y
tx
ty °
t°
tx
ty
J (G(e )f {~: } ds = l~ tx
, or
l (e)
23 x
l (e)
, or .B...
°
C 2n 80«)
ty
°
2 ty
tx
2
°
tx
EXAMPLE 13 .3. Consider a square elastic plate of unit thickness with Young's
modulus E = 3.0 X 10 6 psi, Poisson's ratio v = 0.33, and density p = 0.29Ib/in3 •
The dimension of the plate is 10 in by 10 in. I t is assumed that one side of the
plate is clamped and fixed and the plate can only undergo in-plane displacements.
Calculate the finite element frequencies and the corresponding mod es by using two
linear triangular elements (Fig . 13.2).
y
4 . - - - - - - - -....3
We divide n into two triangles: n(1) which is the triangle with vertices
(x~1) , yP)) = (0, 0), (X~l) , y~1)) = (10 , 0) , (x~1) , y11 ) ) = (10 ,10) ; and n (2 )
which is the triangle with vertices (x~2) , y~2)) = (0 , 0) , (x~2) , y~2)) = (10 ,10),
(X~2) , y12 ) ) = (0 ,10). The corresponding global nodes are node numb er 1 at
338 13. VIBRATION ANALYSIS
(0,0) , node 2 at (10,0), node 3 at (10, 10), and node 4 for (0,10) as indicated in
Fig. 13.2. The connectivity matrix is
[1 2 3]
c= 1 3 4 .
The element input data for calculating the local matrices in D(I) are
Then
1
= 100 [10 - 10 10 - 0 0 - 10] = [0 0.01 -0.01] ,
1
= 100 [0 - 10 0- 0 10 - 0] = [-0.01 0 0.01] ,
2 0 1 0 1 0
020 1 0 1
M(I) = phID(e)1 1 0 2 0 1 0
12 0 1 0 2 0 1
1 0 1 0 2 0
o 1 0 1 0 2
2.4167 o 1.2083 0 1.2083 o
o 2.4167 0 1.2083 o 1.2083
1.2083 o 2.4167 0 1.2083 o
o 12083 0 2.4167 o 1.2083 '
1.2083 o 1.2083 0 2.4167 o
o 1.2083 0 1.2083 o 2.4167
n(1) =
b( I )
~
o ~l)
C~I) 0 e(l)
0 br) 0]0 C~I)
[ (1) (I ) (1) b(I ) (1) b(I)
ci b1 e2 2 C3 3
13.4. FREE IN-PLANE VIBRATIONS OF AN ELASTIC PLATE 339
O~l ] ,
0 0 0.01 0 -0.01
= 0 0 0 -0.01 0
[o 0 -0.01 0.01 0.01 -0.01
E (1) E(l ) 1/(1)
0
(1 - 1/(1)2) (1 - 1/(1)2)
E(1 ) 1/(1) E (l)
C (l ) = 0
(1 - 1/(1 )2) (1 - 1/(1)2)
o o 2(1 + 1/(1 »)
= 10
6
[~:~~~~ ~:~~~~ ~] ,
o 0 1.278
K (l) = h In(1)1(D(1)fc(1)n(1 )
o 0 0 0 o o
o 0 0 0 o o
o 0 23223 -11945 -23223 11945
o 0 -11945 23223 11945 -23223
o 0 -23223 11945 23223 - 11945
o 0 11945 - 23223 -11945 23223
In (2) I = ~2 (10)(10) = 50 .
Then
201 0 1 0
020 1 0 1
M (2) = ph In(e)1 1 0 2 0 1 0
12 0 1 0 2 0 1
=M(l ) ,
101 0 2 0
010 1 0 2
340 13. VIBRATION ANALYSIS
b(2) (2)
[ b( 2j 0 2 0 3
D(2) = ~ C1
(1)
0 C(l) 0 C3 o]
(1)
~ [~ O~l ] ,
0 0.01 0 -0.01
0 0 -0.01 0
0 -0.01 0.01 0.01 -0.01
E(2) E(2 )V(2)
0
(1 - v(2)2) (1 - V(2)2)
E(2)v(2 ) E(2)
C(2) = 0 = C(1) ,
(1 - v( 2) 2) (1 - v (2) 2)
E( 2)
0 0
2(1 + v(2»)
K(2) = hIO(2)1 (D(2)fc(2)D(2)
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 23223 -11945 -23223 11945
0 0 -11945 23223 11945 -23223
0 0 -23223 11945 23223 -11945
0 0 11945 -23223 -11945 23223
o 0 o o o o 0 0
o 0 o o o o 0 0
o 0 23223 -11945 -23223 11945 0 0
K=
o 0 -11945 23223 11945 -23223 0 0
o 0 -23223 11945 23223 -11945 0 0
o 0 11945 -23223 -11945 23223 0 0
o 0 o o o o 0 0
o 0 o o o o 0 0
4.8334 0
1.2083 0]
o 4.8334 o 1.2083
( [ 1.2083 0 2.4167 0
o 1.2083 o 2.4167
17668 -11945 -16883
2 -11945 29613 6390 -6390 X6
5555 ]) {XS} { 0}
- w [ -16833 6390 23223 -11946 X7 - 0 .
5555 -6390 -11946 23223 Xs 0
342 13. VIBRATION ANALYSIS
C} C
367O
XJ _ -0.3129
WI = 160.4567, and
xi -
XJ
-0.6739
0.5596
}'
C} r
7345
Xg _ -0.2229
W2 = 16.90069, and
xi - - 0.6066 '
}
C}
Xg -0.2071
X~ _ {0.3142}
0.3702
W3 = 90.0671, and
xs - -0.5592 '
xg -0.6719
C} r
2278
= 67.0517, and
xt 0.7319
W4
xi = -0.1982 . •
}
xl 0.6109
For a plastic rod such as the one made of annealed steel, the stress and strain
relationship can sometimes be written in the form CY xx = K lexxln-Iexx in the
L
axial direction. In this case the potential energy is
Ep
_
- --
n+l
1
1 0
ACYxxexxdx - - -
n+1
_ 1 1L 0
Alexxl
n+l
dx.
I(u)=~ rLpAiJ?dx _ _
1_ rLKAlaaUln+ldX+ rLjudx.
2 Jo n+ 1 Jo x Jo
For n = 1 the above energy reduces to that for the elastic rod, for which K = E .
The only difference is the potential energy term. The corresponding local potential
l
energy is
E(e) = __
1 x (e)
K A
a
j_U_l (e) n +l 1
dx = - - (u( e)fK(e)u(e),
p n +1 x (e )
1
ax n +1
13.5. AXIAL VIBRATIONS OF A PLA STI C ROD 343
[1 -1]
where
K (e) = K (e )A(e) (e) _ I (e)ln-l
(l (e)r u2 ul - 1 1 .
Now, since the matrix K (e) depends on u (e), we also write K (e) (u (e») in place of
K (e). The local energy is
where
M
(e) = p (e )A (e)l (e)
6
[21 21] '
are the same as those for the clastic rod.
EXAMPLE 13.4. Consider a prismatic rod of 304 annealed stainless steel
rigidly fixed at one end. The density of the steel is 0.28907 lb/in" , the cross-
sectional area is A = 1 in 2 , the length L = 100 in, the power-law constants are
K = 77000 Ib/in2 , and n = 0.26. Suppose that there is no body force or any other
external force acting on the rod. Derive the corresponding free vibration system
for a two linear finite element approximation. Here, [ (1) = [ (2) = 50, A(1) =
A (2 ) = 1, K (1) = K (2) = 77000, n(l) = n (2 ) = 0.26, pel) = p( 2) = 0.28907.
Then we have
M
( 1) _
-M
(2) _
-
p (e )A(e)l(e)
6
[21 1]2 '
K( 2) _ K (2)A(2)
- ([ (2»)n
I (2) _
U2 ul
(2) ln - l [1 -1]
-1 1
2 1 0] {U1}
[o1 41 12 tj2 + 1.156 Us
X 104 x
344 13. VIBRATIO N ANALYSIS
IU2 -
U
- IU2 - 1 1- .
O 74
For ii(t) = 0 this system reduces to that of Example 10.5. Thus , we can use the
initial conditions U2(0) = 29.8613 , U3 = 30.0616, [[2(0) = 0 = [[3(0), and
solve this system numerically. This system can be solved by using an ordinary
differential equation numerical technique, such as a Runge- Kutta or a Euler scheme.
See Exerci se 13.13, and also the authors' websites for more details.•
where all and a22 denote the tensions along the x and y axis, respectively, u
denotes the transverse deflection , CO the modulus of elastic foundation on which
the membrane is stretched, and f the transversely distributed force. The boundary
conditions are such that u = Uo or qn = tin on an
for t ~ 0, and the initial
conditions are u(x, y , 0) = uo(x, y ) and ~~ (x, y , 0) = vo(x , y). The weak form
of Eq (13.7) over an element n (e) with a test function w is
13.6. EIGENVALUE PROBLEMS 345
The semidiscrete finite element model for Eq (13.7) over the element ne e) is
0= 'NE
" ( d2 (e)
M(~) ~ + K (e) u( e)) _ f ee) _ Q (e)
L..J tJ dt2 tJ t J J '
(13.8a)
i= l
(13.8b)
where Mi~)' Ki~)' f j e) , and Q;e) are the same as defined in §9.3. As above, the
eigenvalue problem is defined as finding a solution of the form U j (t ) = U, e- iwt at
the global nodes such that Eq (13.7) holds for homogeneous boundary conditions
and the initial conditions and f = O. Substitution for u ;e) in Eq (13.8a) gives
(13.9)
which after assembly for all elements n( e) , e = 1,2 , . . . , NE, leads to the system
(K - w2 M) u (e) = Q. (13.10)
N
The eigenvalues w2 and the eigenfunctions LUi ¢i(X, y) are computed from Eq
i= l
(13.10). Note that in a membrane problem w denotes the radian frequen cy of its
vibration.
EXAMPLE 13 .5. Consider the problem of a square vibrating membrane of
side a with all four edges fixed, which is governed by the wave equation \72u =
2
C 8 u h d enotes the uutia
. . . I tension
. In. the mem brane , su b'ject to t he
To 8t2 ' were rt:
.L 0
boundary condition u = a on all four edges . Solve the related eigenvalue probl em
where ..\ = pw2 ITo, by taking a mesh of four linear triangular element s shown in
Fig . 13.3.
4 5
n(4)
3
n(2) n (3)
n (j)
1 2
Note that
o -2
2 -2 14 22 10 OJ1
8 8 2 2 .
2 4 1
4
(13.11)
which after assembly for all elements n(e), e = 1,2, .. . ,NE, leads to the system
(K - AM) = 0, (13.12)
where the right side of Eq (13.11) becomes a zero vector as a result of the homo-
geneous boundary conditions. A nontrivial solution of Eq (13.12) exists iff the
determinant IK - AMI = 0, which, after expansion, yields a polynomial equa -
tion in A of degree NE, and the solution of this equation gives the consecutive
eigenvalues Aj, j = 1,2, . . . ,NE.
EXAMPLE 13.6 . Consider the heat transfer problem discussed in Example
9.7 with 13 = 0 (no convection). Using a mesh of two linear elements as in Fig . 9.1,
and using the same data, we have
0.0699
0.0~99] .
0.50984 -0.49952 0] [2.1398
K= 1.01788 -0.49951 , M= 0.2796
[ sym 0.50894 sym 0.51398
The solution ofthis equation gives three consecutive eigenvalues >'1 = 0.0129775,
A2 = 1.05662, and A3 = 0.73132 . •
13.6.3. Helmholtz Equation. This equation arises when we separate the
spatial and time variables in the heat and wave equations, defined by Eq (9.23) and
(13 .7), respectively. Let us consider the following simplified equations:
2 2
8v = k (8 V 8 V)
8t 8x 2 + 8 y2 '
2v 2 2 (13 .13)
8 _ 2 (8 8V V)
8t2 - C 8x 2 + 8 y2 '
where the first is the two-dimensional heat equation and the second the wave
equation. In either equation, if we assume the solution as v(x , y, t) = u(x, y) T(t),
then, after separating the variables, we obtain the Helmholtz equation
13.7. Exercises
W42 = 14.0734.
. .
NOTE. The exact solutIOn . b
IS given y wm ,n = 1r V(TPV~
--;,2 + b2' which IC
au
(a) (h=o
4 5
.>
~~\
3
16t--1>----+--+---+20
4ft (b) 11 15
6 to
2 3 4 5
Fig. 13.4.
8 2u 8 2u
EA 8x 2 = P8t 2 ' 0 < x < l;
and derive the algebraic equation for the solution of {u }n+l in the form
13.13. Solve numerically the last system of two ordinary differential equations
in Example 13.4 for U2 and u;
HINT . Use the notation : a = 1.156 x 104 , p = IU2 j- O.74 , and q =
IUa - U2 1- o.74 • Then the given system becomes
{Q
u,2} = _~7 [2 -1]
-1 4
[p+q
-q
-q]
q
{U2}
u, .
By taking Yl = U2, Y2 = o; Ya = Ua, and Y4 = ii; the above system reduces
to a system of four first-order equations
o
~~ } = [_ a(2~: 3q) ~ a
-
7
{ Ya 0 0 o
. a(-p-5q) 4aq
Y4 0
7 7
y1=29 .8613;
y2=0;
y3=30 .0616;
y4=0;
a=1.156*10 4 ; n=1000; dt=l/n;
OutU2=[] ; OutU3=[] ;
for i= 1: n*l
p=1/(abs(y1)r 0.74;
q=1/(abs(y3-y1))' 0.74 ;
tmpYl=yl+dt*y2;
tmpY2=y2-dt*a*( (2*p+3*q)*yl- 3*q*y30/7.0;
tmpY3=y3+dt*y4;
tmpY4=y4-dt*a*( (-p-5*q)*yl +5*q*y3)/7.0;
yl=tmpYl;
y2=tmpY2;
y3=tmpY3;
y4=tmpY4;
OutU2=[OutU2;i*dt,y1];
OutU3=[OutU3;i*dt,y3];
i=i+1;
end
14
Computer Codes
Different computer codes used in the book are presented. The cross-references to
the sections, examples, and exercises are provided.
EXAMPLE 3.3.
In~]: m={ {892200,-356800,44600},{-356800,712600,-356800},
{44600,-356800,312200} };
In[2]: b = 8333.3 {1, 4, 1};
In[3]: LinearSolve[m, b]
Out[3]: 0.0865988, 0 .227477, 0.274294
In[4]: Ql = -5.8*10 5 * 0.0865988
Out[4] : -50227.3
Inrl} :
phi1[xJ ;= -(9/16)* (1 - (2 x/L - 1))*(1/9 - (2 x/L - 1)-2);
phi2 [xJ (27/16) *(1 - (2 x/L - 1) - 2) *(1/3 - (2 x/L - 1));
phi3[xJ ;= ( 27/16)*(1 - (2 x/L - 1)-2)*(1/3 + (2 x/L - 1));
phi4[xJ ;= -(9/16)* (1 + (2 x/L - 1))*(1/9 - (2 x/L - 1)-2);
d1 = D[phi1[x] , x];
d2 = D[phi2[x] , x] ;
d3 = D[phi3 [x] , x];
d4 = D[phi4[x] , x];
kl1 = Integrate[a*(d1)-2, x, 0, L]
+ Integrate[c*phi1[x]-2, x, 0, L]
k12 = Integrate[a*(d1) (d2) , x, 0, L]
+ Integrate [c*phi1 [x] *phi2 [x] , x, 0, L]
k13 = Integrate[a*(d1) (d3) , x, 0, L]
+ Integrate [c*phi1 [x]*phi3[x] , x, 0, L]
k14 = Integrate [a*(d1)(d4), x, 0, L]
+ Integrate [c*phi1 [x]*phi4[x] , x, 0, L]
k22 = Integrate[a*(d2)-2, x, 0, L]
+ Integrate[c*phi2[x]-2, x, 0, L]
k23 = Integrate [a*(d2)(d3), x, 0, L]
+ Integrate[c*phi2[x]*phi3[x] , x, 0, L]
k24 = Integrate [a*(d2)(d4), x, 0, L]
+ Integrate [c*phi2[x] *phi4[x] , x, 0, L]
k33 = Integrate[a*(d3)-2, x, 0, L]
+ Integrate[c*phi3[x]-2, x, 0, L]
k34 = Integrate [a*(d3)(d4), x, 0, L]
+ Integrate[c*phi3[x]*phi4[x] , x, 0, L]
k44 = Integrate[a*(d4)-2, x , 0, L]
+ Integrate[c*phi4[x]-2, x, 0, L]
f1 = Integrate [f*phi1 [x] , x, 0, LJ
f2 = Integrate [f*phi2[xJ , x, 0, LJ
f3 = Integrate [f*phi3 [x] , x, 0, LJ
f4 = Integrate [f*phi4[xJ , x, 0, LJ
14.1. MATHEMATICA CODES 353
Out{l}:
The Mathematica output is suppressed; but it yields the answer given on page 66.
E X A MPL E 4 .3.
Out[9} : 0.0000196622
EXERCISE 6.20.
EXAMPLE 7.1.
(* Heat transfer without convection; Rectangle size 4a x 2a;
16 linear triangular elements *)
Inp}: k1={ {2,-1 ,0,0,-1,0,0,0},{-1,4,-1,0,0,-2,0,0},
{0,-1,4, -1,0,0,-2,0},{0 ,0,-1,4,0,0,0,-2}
{-1,0,0,0,4,-2,0,0},{0,-2,0,0,-2,8,-2,0}
{0,0,-2,0,0,-2,8,-2},{0,0,0,-2,0,0,-2,8}};
356 14. COMPUTER CODES
EXAMPLE 7.2 .
(* Heat transfer with convection; Too = 0 *)
14.1. MATHEMATICA CODES 357
EXAMPLE 7 .3 .
(* Torsion of a unit square bar *)
In[l}: m = 0.5*1, -1, 0, -1, 4,2,0, -2,4;
b = 29 .08882087*1, 3, 3 ;
LinearSolve[m, b]
Out!l]: 94.5387, 36.361, 61. 8137
In[2}: g = 8*106 ; () = 0.01 * 1f /180; A = 1/32 ;
2 * g * () * A/3
Out[2} : 29 .0888
(* Computation of shear stresses *)
(* For elements 1, 2, 3 : * )
358 14. COMPUTER CODES
EXERCISE 7.5 .
Inp} : m = 5*{ {4, -1, -1, -2, 0, O}, {-1, 8, -2, -2, 0, O},
{-1, -2, 8, -2, -1, -2}, {-2, -2, -2, 16, -2, -2},
{O, 0, -1, -2, 4, -1}, {O, 0, -2, -2, -1, 8} +
(2/15) *{ {4 , 1, 1, 0, 0, O}, 1, 8, 0, 2, 0, °},
{1, 0, 8, 1, 1, O}, {O, 2, 1, 16, 0, 2},
{O, 0, 1, 0, 4, 1, 0,0, 0, 2, 1, 8}};
b = 1000*{1,2, 2, 4, 1, 1} +16*{1, 2, 2, 4, 1, 1} +
(1/200)*{300000, 0, 300000, 0, 300000, O} +
{O, 5*400, 0, 5*500, 0, 5*300};
LinearSolve[m, b] II N
Out[l}: {450.357, 326.768, 416.402, 311.457, 441.355, 288.786}
EXERCISE 7.8 .
(* Element 4 *)
Inp}: xl = 1; yl = 0.885618083; x2 = 0; y2 = 1; x3 = 0;
y3 = 0 ;
0:[1] = x2 * y3 - x3 * y2;
0:[2] = x3 * y1 - xl * y3;
0:[3] = xl * y2 - x2 * y1;
List [0:[1]' 0:[2],0:[3]]
Out[l}: 0, 0, 1
In[2} : A = 0:[1] + 0:[2] + 0:[3]
Out[2} : 1
14.1. MATHEMATICA CODES 359
EXERCISE 8 .7.
EXAMPLE 10.1.
In[l}: FindRoot[x-3 + 9x - 2 == 0, {x , O}]
Out[l}: {x - ) 0.221023}
In[2} : FindRoot[x-3 + 9x - 2 == 0, {x, 0 .5}]
Out[2} : {x -) 0 .221023}
In[3}: FindRoot[x-3 + 9x - 2 == 0, {x, 1}]
Out[3} : {x -) O. 221023}
In[4} : FindRoot[x-3 + 9x - 2 == 0, {x, 2}]
Out[4} : {x -) 0.221023}
EXAMPLE 10.2.
In[l}: FindRoot[{x-2 - y-2 + 6 x - 4 == 0, x-2 + Y - 1 == O},
{x, 0.2}, {y, O.1}]
Out[l]: {x - ) 0 .65125, Y -) 0 .575873}
(* For Example 5 .1 , we compute Xl by t aking xo = 0.5 *)
In[2} : f[x-J : = x" 3 + 9 x - 2;
f[0 .5] ;
In[2]: f[x-J : = x" 3 + 9 x - 2;
D [f[x] , x]
Out[2} : 2.625
In[2} : f'{x.] : = x" 3 + 9 x - 2;
9 + 3x- 2
Out[4} : 0 . 044095
EXAMPLE 10.4.
14.2.1. EXAMPLE 9 .5. For the 16-element mesh, shown in Fig. 9.3, the
Ansys code is as follows:
PLANE75 AXISYMMETRIC-HARMONIC THERMAL SOLID
/filname fin
/units,si
/prep7
antyp, trans
et,1,75
mp,kxx,1,237
mp,dens,1,2702
mp,c,1,903
mp,hf,1,150
mp,kyy,1,237
rectng,0,0.002 ,0,0.04
lesize,1",2
lesize,2" ,8
eshape,2
amesh, l
eplot
/solu
outres, , all
outpr, , last
sfa ,1,2,conv,150,25
sfa,1,3,conv,0,25
tunif ,25
d,1 ,temp ,85
d ,2 ,temp,85
d,3,temp,85
autots,on
time,O.O!
t ime,8&! 8 s
nsubst,80&! process 80 steps
solve
finish
/post26
nsol,2,1,temp"tl
nsol,3,17 ,temp "t2
nsol,4,12,temp"t3
/axlab,y,tempet
plvar,2,3 ,4
finish
364 14. COMPUTER CODES
Node TEMP
1 85 .000
2 85 .000
Node TEMP
3 85 .000
1 85.000
4 26 .196 2 85.000
5 66.610 3 85 .000
6 51.448 4 30 .9 19
7 40 .664 5 71 .836
8 33.786 6 59.905
9 29 .751 7 50 .013
10 27 .559 8 42 .430
11 26 .505 9 37.032
26 .196 10 33 .510
12
11 31. 547
13 26.196
12 30 .919
14 26 .505 13 30 .919
15 27 .559 14 31. 547
16 29 .751 15 33 .510
17 33 .786 16 37 .032
18 40 .664 17 42 .430
19 51.448 18 50 .013
20 66.610 19 59.905
21 66 .610 20 71.836
21 71.836
22 51.448
22 59 .905
23 40.664 23 50.013
24 33 .786 24 42 .430
25 29 .751 25 37 .032
26 27 .559 26 33 .510
27 26 .505 27 31. 547
Node TEMP
1 85 .000
2 85 .000
Node TEMP
3 85 .000
1 85.000
4 47 .613 2 85 .000
5 77 .505 3 85.000
6 70 .345 4 52 .356
7 63 .822 5 78.545
8 58 .192 6 72.357
9 53.646 7 66.688
10 50.319 8 61.755
11 48.293 9 57.740
10 54.779
12 47.613
11 52.966
13 47 .613
12 52 .356
14 48 .293 13 52.356
15 50 .319 14 52 .966
16 53 .646 15 54 .779
17 58.192 16 57 .740
18 63.822 17 61 .755
19 70 .345 18 66 .688
20 77 .505 19 72 .357
21 77 .505 20 78 .545
21 78 .545
22 70 .345
22 72 .357
23 63 .822 23 66 .688
24 58 .192 24 61.755
25 53.646 25 57 .740
26 50 .319 26 54 .779
27 48 .293 27 52 .966
14 .3.1. EXAMPLE 12.4. The listing of the Matlab code for the unit cavity
problem follows.
error
if i>O
y_i_l=gradient _i-gradient_i_l;
betal_i=(gradient_i'*y_i_l)/(p_i_l'*y_i_l);
beta2_i=(gradient_i'*gradient_i)/(p_i_l'*y_i_l);
beta_i=max(O,min(betal_i,beta2_i));
end
p_i=-gradient_i+beta_i*p_i_l;
%---- the line-search scheme
for k=O:50
i f k==50
break;
end
predict_U_V=U_V;
for pp=l: (N+l) ~ 2
predict _U_V(pp,l)=predict_U_V(pp,l)+2~ (-k) * p_i(2*pp-l);
predict_U_V(pp,2)=predict_U_V(pp,2)+2~ ( -k)* p_i(2*pp) ;
end
predict-f=get_Ie(predict_U_V,k ,g,r,epsilon,N);
current-f=get_Ie(U_V,k,g,r,epsilon,N);
if predict-f < current.f
break ;
end
end
for pp=l : (N+1) ~ 2
U_V(pp,1)=U_V(pp,l)+2- (-k)* p_i(2*pp-l);
U _V(pp,2)=U_V(pp,2)+2~(-k)* p_i(2*pp) ;
end
if(predict-f < 5)
break ;
end
p_Ll=p_i;
end
X=O:l/N:l;
Y=O:l/N:l;
U=[ I:
V=[ J:
for i=N+l :-1:1
U=[U_V«i-l)*(N+l)+l:i*(N+l),l)' ;U] ;
V=[U_V«i-l)*(N+l)+1:i~(N+l),2)' ;V] ;
end
U
V
quiver(X,Y,U,V) ;
hold off;
370 14. COMPUTER CODES
function result=get_dlduv(uv,k,g,r,epsilon,N)
[A,connect]=get_connect-matrix(N);
[Al,Bl,Cl,A2,B2,C2,A3,B3,C3]=get_abc(N);
area=l/N~ 2;
for i=1:N*N*2
number=connect(i, :);
ul=uv(number(l),l);
vl=uv(number(1),2);
u2=uv(number(2),1);
v2=uv(number(2),2);
u3=uv(number(3),l);
v3=uv(number(3),2);
al=A1(i) ;
bl=Bl(i);
cl=Cl(i) ;
a2=A2(i) ;
b2=B2(i);
c2=C2(i);
a3=A3(i);
b3=B3(i) ;
c3=C3(i) ;
if number(l)<=N+l I mod(number(l),N+l)==l
I mod(number(1),N+1)==0 I number(1»(N+1)*N
Ie_du(i ,1)=0;
else
sl=(u1*b1+u2*b2+u3*b3)~2;
s1=sl+1/2*(u1*c1+u2*c2+u3*c3+v1*bl+v2*b2+v3*b3)~2;
sl=s1+(v1*c1+v2*c2+v3*c3)~2;
s1=s1 ~ (r/2-1) ;
s2=2* (u1*b1+u2*b2+u3*b3)*b1
+(u1*c1+u2*c2+u3*c3+v1*b1+v2*b2+v3*b3)*c1;
if 0<=«u1*bl+u2*b2+u3*b3)+(v1*c1+v2*c2+v3*c3))
s3=«ul*b1+u2*b2+u3*b3)+(v1*c1+v2*c2+v3*c3))- (r-1)*bl ;
else
s3=-(abs«ul*bl+u2*b2+u3*b3)+(v1*cl+v2*c2+v3*c3)))~ (r-l)*b1;
14.3. MATLAB CODES 371
end
Ie_du(i,1)=k/2*area*s1*s2+1/epsilon*area*s3;
s2=2*(v1*c1+v2*c2+v3*c3)*c1
+(u1*c1+u2*c2+u3*c3+v1*b1+v2*b2+v3*b3)*b1;
if O<=«u1*b1+u2*b2+u3*b3)+(v1*c1+v2*c2+v3*c3))
s3=«u1*b1+u2*b2+u3*b3)+(v1*c1+v2*c2+v3*c3))- (r-1)*c1;
else
s3=-(abs«u1*b1+u2*b2+u3*b3)+(vl*cl+v2*c2+v3*c3)))- (r-l)*cl;
end
Ie_dv(i,1)=k/2*area*s1*s2+1/epsilon*area*s3+g*area*1/3;
end
if number(2)<=N+1 I mod(number(2),N+1)==1
I mod(number(2),N+1)==O I number(2»(N+1)*N
Ie_du(i,2)=O;
else
s1=(ul*bl+u2*b2+u3*b3)-2;
sl=s1+1/2*(ul*cl+u2*c2+u3*c3+vl*bl+v2*b2+v3*b3)-2;
s1=sl+(vl*cl+v2*c2+v3*c3)-2 ;
s1=s1- (r/2-1);
s2=2* (u1*b1+u2*b2+u3*b3)*b2
+(u1*c1+u2*c2+u3*c3+v1*b1+v2*b2+v3*b3)*c2;
if O<=«u1*b1+u2*b2+u3*b3)+(v1*c1+v2*c2+v3*c3))
s3=«u1*b1+u2*b2+u3*b3)+(v1*c1+v2*c2+v3*c3))- (r-1)*b2;
else
s3=-(abs«u1*b1+u2*b2+u3*b3)+(v1*c1+v2*c2+v3*c3)))- (r-1)*b2 ;
end
Ie_du(i,2)=k/2*area*s1*s2+1/epsilon*area*s3;
s2=2* (v1*c1+v2*c2+v3*c3) *c2
+(ul*cl+u2*c2+u3*c3+vl*bl+v2*b2+v3*b3)*b2;
if O<=«ul*bl+u2*b2+u3*b3)+(v1*cl+v2*c2+v3*c3))
s3=«ul*bl+u2*b2+u3*b3)+(vl*cl+v2*c2+v3*c3))- (r-l)*c2;
else
s3=-(abs«u1*b1+u2*b2+u3*b3)+(vl*cl+v2*c2+v3*c3)))- (r-l)*c2;
end
Ie_dv(i,2)=k/2*area*s1*s2+1/epsilon*area*s3+g*area*1/3;
end
if number(3)<=N+1 I mod(number(3),N+1)==1
I mod(number(3),N+l)==O I number(3»(N+1)*N
Ie_du(i,3)=O;
else
s1=(ul*b1+u2*b2+u3*b3) -2;
sl=sl+1/2*(ul*c1+u2*c2+u3*c3+vl*bl+v2*b2+v3*b3) -2;
s1=s1+(v1*c1+v2*c2+v3*c3)-2;
s1=s1- (r/2-1) ;
s2=2*(u1*b1+u2*b2+u3*b3)*b3
372 14. COMPUTER CODES
+(u1*c1+u2*c2+u3*c3+v1*b1+v2*b2+v3*b3)*c3;
if O<=«u1*b1+u2*b2+u3*b3)+(v1*c1+v2*c2+v3*c3))
s3=«ul*bl+u2*b2+u3*b3)+(vl*cl+v2*c2+v3*c3))- (r-l)*b3;
else
s3=-(abs«ul*bl+u2*b2+u3*b3)+(vl*cl+v2*c2+v3*c3)))- (r-l)*b3;
end
Ie_du(i,3)=k/2*area*sl*s2+1/epsilon*area*s3;
s2=2* (vl*cl+v2*c2+v3*c3) *c3
+(ul*cl+u2*c2+u3*c3+vl*bl+v2*b2+v3*b3)*b3;
if O<=«ul*bl+u2*b2+u3*b3)+(vl*cl+v2*c2+v3*c3));
s3=«ul*bl+u2*b2+u3*b3)+(v1*cl+v2*c2+v3*c3))- (r-l)*c3;
else
s3=-(abs«u1*bl+u2*b2+u3*b3)+(vl*cl+v2*c2+v3*c3)))- (r-l)*c3;
end
Ie_dv(i,3)=k/2*area*sl*s2+1/epsilon*area*s3+g*area*1/3;
end
end
test=1;
calLnumber=l ;
for i=1:N+l
for j=l:N+l
result (call-number)=sum(sum«connect==test) .*I e_du) ) ;
call-number=call-number+l;
result(call-number)=sum(sum«connect==test).*Ie_dv));
call-number=call-number+l;
test=test+1;
end
end
result=result';
%---------Generate abc --------------------
function [a1,bl,cl,a2,b2,c2,a3,b3,c3]=get_abc(N)
area=1/N- 2;
[A,connect]=get_connect~atrix(N);
S=size(connect);
for i=l: S (1)
number=connect(i,:);
al(i)=det([A(number(2),:);A(number(3),:)))/area;
bl(i)=-det([l A(number(2),2);1 A(number(3),2)])/area;
c1(i)=det([l A(number(2),1);1 A(number(3),1)])/area;
a2(i)=-det([A(number(1), :);A(number(3),:)])/area;
b2(i)=det([l A(number(1),2);1 A(number(3),2)])/area;
c2(i)=-det([l A(number(l),l);l A(number(3),1)])/area;
a3(i)=det([A(number(1),:);A(number(2),:)])/area ;
b3(i)=-det([1 A(number(1),2);1 A(number(2),2)])/area;
14.3. MATLAB CODES 373
Ie(i)=k/r*area*sl+g*area*s2+1/(r*epsilon)*area*s3;
first_part=first_part+k/r*area*sl+g*area*s2;
penalty=penalty+l/(r*epsilon)*area*s3;
end
result=sum(Ie);
save first_part first _part;
save penalty penalty;
374 14. COMPUTER CODES
BN=O.024
aa=O .125
RN=O .453
AN=2 .82
UAVG=15.0
TM=399.5
V=(RN+1)/RN
PI=3.1415926
C
C INPUT OF THE TITLE CARD AND CONTROL PARAMETERS
C
OPEN(IN, FILE='MFGIT.in' ,STATUS='UNKNOWN')
OPEN(IO, FILE='MFGIT.out' ,STATUS='UNKNOWN')
C
OPEN(NO, FILE='ERRORCHECK.TXT',STATUS= 'UNKNOWN')
14.4. FORTRAN CODES 375
C
READ(IN,3) TITLE
3 FORMAT (20A4)
READ(IN,*) NP, NE, NDBC, ITYP, IPLVL
READ(IN,*) CK,CO,CP
READ(IN,*) (RC(I),I=l,NP)
READ(IN,*) (ZC(I),I=l,NP)
C
C OUTPUT OF THE TITLE AND THE NODAL
C
WRlTE(IO,4) TITLE,NP,NE,ITYP,IPLVL
4 FORMAT(//10X,20A4//10X,5HNP = ,I5/10X,5HNE = ,15/
+ 10X,8HITYP = ,I2/10X,8HIPLVL = ,12)
WRlTE(IO,6) CK,CO,CP
6 FORMAT(/10X,4HK = ,Fl0 .8/10X,4Hp = ,F12.10/
+ 10X,5HCp = ,F7.2)
C
C OUTPUT OF THE NODAL COORDINATES
C
WRITE(IO,ll)
11 FORMAT(//10X,17HNODAL COORDINATES/lOX ,
+ 4HNODE,10X,1HR,14X,1HZ)
WRITE(IO,12) (I,RC(I),ZC(I) ,I=l,NP)
12 FORMAT(10X,I4,2F15 .3)
C
C INPUT AND ECHO PRINT OF THE ELEMENT NODAL DATA
C
WRITE(IO,8) TITLE
8 FORMAT(//10X,20A4//10X,12HELEMENT DATA/
+ 15X,3HNEL,4X,12HNODE NUMBERS)
NID=O
DO 9 KK=l,NE
READ(IN,*) N,(NEL(N,I),I=1,4)
IF«N-l) .NE .NID) WRITE(IO,17) N
17 FORMAT(10X,7HELEMENT,I4 ,16H NOT IN SEQUENCE)
NID=N
IF(NEL(N,4) .EQ.O) WRITE(IO,7) N,(NEL(N,I),I=1,3)
9 IF(NEL(N,4) .NE.O) WRITE(IO,7) N,(NEL(N,I),I=1,4)
7 FORMAT(15X,I3,2X,414)
C
C INPUT AND ECHO PRINT OF THE DERIVATIVE
C BOUNDARY CONDITION DATA
C
IF(NDBC.EQ .O) GOT072
WRlTE(IO,49)
376 14. COMPUTER CODES
CALL ELSTMF(KK,IPLVL)
C
14.4. FORTRAN CODES 377
IF(IB(J) .LE.O)GOTO 15
C
C INTRODUCTION OF THE BOUNDARY CONDITION USING THE
C PENALTY METHODS WITH A BIG DIAGONAL TERM
C
XMAX=O .
DO 131 I =l,NP
AK=ABS(GSM2(I ,I))
131 IF(AK .GT. XMAX) XMAX=AK
AGRAND=GRAND*XMAX
IF(IB(J) .GT. O)THEN
ABOUND=BV(J)
GSM2(IB(J),IB(J))=AGRAND
GF2(IB(J))=AGRAND*ABOUND
IF (GSM2(IB(J),IB(J)) .GT.10E+8) GSM2(IB(J) ,IB(J))=10E+8
IF (GF2(IB(J)) .GT .10E+8) GF2(IB(J))=10E+8
ENDIF
J=J+l
GOTO 209
15 CONTINUE
IBJ=J-1
C
C SOLUTION OF THE SYSTEM OF EQUATIONS
378 14. COMPUTER CODES
C
CALL GAUSS
CALL BACK
C DO 55 I=1,NP
C 55 WRITE (10,*) 'GPHIB(' ,1,')=' ,GPHIB(I)
C******
C INITIAL VALUE-GPHIB(I),EVALUATE EACH TERM IN THE
C NEWTON ITERATION
C EVALUATE THE NONLINEAR TERM USING GAUSS INTEGRATION
C******
ITER=O
YTOL=1.0
DO WHILE (ITER .LT.40.AND. YTOL.GT.TOL)
.AND.YTOL.GT.TOL
C
C INITIALIZE GNO(I) AND GKT(I)
C
YTOL=O.O
DO 38 I=1,NP
GKT(I)=O.O
GNO(I)=O.O
DO 39 J=1,NP
GSM3(I,J)=GSM(I,J)
39 CONTINUE
38 CONTINUE
C
C EVALUATE [K] .{T}
C
DO 40 I=1,NP
DO 400 J=1,NP
GKT(I)=GKT(I)+GSM3(I,J)*GPHIB(J)
WRITE (10,*) 'GKT(',I,')=',GKT(I)
400 CONTINUE
40 CONTINUE
WRITE (10,*) , ,
DO 42 KK=1,NE
KL=3
DO 41 I=1,KL
NS (I) =NEL (KK, I)
J=NS(I)
R(I)=RC(J)
Z(I)=ZC(J)
41 T(I) =GPHIB (J)
C
C EVALUATE THE NONLINEAR TERMS N(T) AND N'(T)
14.4. FORTRAN CODES 379
C
C WRITE (10,*) 'in element' ,kk
CALL NONLIN
C
C ADD LOCAL MATRIX OF N(T) TO GLOBAL MATRIX GNO(T)
C ADD LOCAL MATRIX OF N'(T) TO GLOBAL MATRIX GSM(II,JJ)
C
DO 43 I=1,KL
II=NEL(KK,I)
GNO(II)=GNO(II)+ENO(I)
DO 62 IK=1,NP
DO 62 JK=1,NP
WRITE (10,*) ' BEFORE ADDITION'
62 WRlTE(IO,*) 'GSM3(' ,IK,',' ,JK,')=' ,GSM3(IK,JK)
WRITE (IO, *) , ,
DO 44 J=1,KL
JJ=NEL(KK,J)
GSM3(II,JJ)=GSM3(II,JJ)-ENP(I,J)
44 CONTINUE
43 CONTINUE
42 CONTINUE
DO 45 I=1,NP
GFT(I)=-GKT(I)+GNO(I)+GF(I)
45 CONTINUE
C
C EVALUATE J(T) .{T}-F(T)
c
WRITE (10,*) 'EVALUATE J(T) .{T}-F(T),
DO 46 I=1,NP
SUM=O.O
DO 47 J=1,NP
47 SUM=SUM+GSM3(I,J)*GPHIB(J)
GFT(I)=GFT(I)+SUM
C WRITE (10,*) 'GFT2(' ,1,')=' ,GFT(I)
46 CONTINUE
C
C INTRODUCTION OF THE BOUNDARY CONDITION USING
C THE PENALTY METHODS WITH A BIG DIAGONAL TERM
C
DO 133 J=1, IBJ
XMAX=O .
DO 132 I=1,NP
AXMA=ABS(GSM3(I,I))
132 IF(AK . GT. XMAX) XMAX=AXMA
380 14. COMPUTER CODES
AGRAND=GRAND*XMAX
IF(IB(J) .GT. O)THEN
ABOUND=BV (J)
GSM3(IB(J),IB(J))=AGRAND
GFT(IB(J))=AGRAND*ABOUND
IF (GSM3(IB(J),IB(J)).GT.10E+8) GSM3(IB(J),IB(J))=10E+8
IF (GFT(IB(J)) .GT .10E+8) GFT(IB(J))=10E+8
ENDIF
133 CONTINUE
C
C USING GAUSS ELIMINATION METHOD TO EVALUATE J(T) .Y=-F(T)
C
CALL GAUSS1
CALL BACK1
DO 661 I=l,NP
661 YTOL=YTOL+(GPHIB(I)-GNOY(I)) **2
YTOL=SQRT(YTOL)
C WRITE (10,*) 'YTOL=' ,YTOL
DO 134 I=l,NP
134 GPHIB(I)=GNOY(I)
WRITE(IO,*) 'ITER=',ITER
WRITE(IO,*) 'NODAL TEMPERATURE'
WRITE(IO,601) 'NODE' ,'TEMPERATURE'
601 FORMAT(lX, A4, A15)
WRITE(IO,662) (I,GPHIB(I),I=l,NP)
662 FORMAT(lX,I4,10X,E10 .4)
ITER=ITER+1
END DO
C
C OUTPUT OF THE CALCULATED VALUES
C
WRITE(IO,*) 'NODAL TEMPERATURE'
WRITE(IO,600) 'NODE' ,'TEMPERATURE'
600 FORMAT(lX, A4, A15)
WRITE(IO,660) (I,GPHIB(I),!=l,NP)
660 FORMAT(lX,I4,10X,El0 .4)
CLOSE(60)
CLOSE(61)
C
CLOSE(NO)
C
STOP
END
14.4. FORTRAN CODES 381
SUBROUTINE ELSTMF(KK,IPLVL)
COMMON/EL/ESM(4,4),EKM(4,4),EKE(4,4),EFS(4)
COMMON/RZ/R(3),Z(3)
COMMON/IPTS/VR(7),VZ(7),WC(7)
COMMON/PDXY/VN(3),PNR(3),PNZ(3),RD,ZD,DET
COMMON/ELE/CK,CO,CP,CH,KL,TBULK
COMMON/HCV/IDBC(3000,2),NDBC
COMMON/CK/EKU(3,3),SL(3,3),GF(3000)
COMMON/NON/AN,BN,RN,aa,UAVG,TM,V,PI
REAL D
DIMENSION B(3),C(3)
DATA IO/61/
C
NO=40
C
C
C LINEAR TRIANGULAR ELEMENT WITHOUT THE DERIVATIVE
C BOUNDARY CONDITION
C
DO 1332 1=1,3
EFS(I)=O.O
DO 1332 J=1,3
EKM(I,J)=O.O
EKU(I, J)=O.0
1332 CONTINUE
PI=3.1416
B(1)=Z(2)-Z(3)
8(2)=Z(3)-Z(1)
B(3)=Z(1)-Z(2)
C(1)=R(3)-R(2)
C(2)=R(1)-R(3)
C(3)=R(2)-R(1)
AR2=R(2)*Z(3)+R(3)*Z(1)+R(l)*Z(2)-R(2)*Z(1)
+ -R(3)*Z(2)-R(1)*Z(3)
IF(ABS(AR2) .LT .0.00001)GOTO 50
RB=(R(1)+R(2)+R(3))/3.0
D=(V*CK/(V+2)/CO/CP/UAVG/aa) **2
DO 10 1=1,3
DO 9 J=1,3
EKE(I,J)=PI/AR2*RB*B(I)*B(J)
EKE(I,J)=EKE(I,J)+PI/AR2*RB*D*C(I)*C(J)
9 CONTINUE
10 CONTINUE
C*****
382 14. COMPUTER CODES
C
DO 222 1=1,3
DO 222 J=1,3
222 EKU(I,J)=EKU(I,J)+CONC1*RD*VN(I)*PNZ(J)*WC(II)
333 CONTINUE
SL(1,2)=SQRT«R(2)-R(1))**2+(Z(2)-Z(1))**2)
SL(2,3)=SQRT«R(3)-R(2))**2+(Z(3)-Z(2))**2)
SL(3,1)=SQRT«R(3)-R(1))**2+(Z(3)-Z(1))**2)
SL(1 ,3)=SL(3, 1)
IF(NDBC .EQ .O) GOTO 70
C
C DERIVATIVE BOUNDARY CONDITION
C
CM=CH
DO 110 I=l,NDBC
IF(IDBC(I,l) .NE.KK) GOTO 110
J=IDBC(I,2)
K=J+l
IF(J .EQ .KL) K=l
EFS(J)=PI*CM*TBULK*SL(J,K)*(2*R(J)+R(K))/3
EFS(K)=PI*CM*TBULK*SL(J,K)*(R(J)+2*R(K»/3
EKM(J,J)=PI*CM*SL(J,K)*(3*R(J)+R(K»/6
EKM(K,K)=PI*CM*SL(J,K)*(R(J)+3*R(K»/6
EKM(J,K)=PI*CM*SL(J,K)*(R(J)+R(K»/6
EKM(K,J)=EKM(J,K)
110 CONTINUE
C
C OUTPUT OF THE ELEMENT MATRICES
C
70 IF(IPLVL.EQ .O) RETURN
DO 500 J=1,3
DO 400 K=1,3
ESM(J,K)=EKE(J,K)+EKM(J,K)+EKU(J,K)
400 CONTINUE
500 CONTINUE
WRITE(IO,80) KK
14.4. FORTRAN CODES 383
SUBROUTINE NONLIN
C*****
C THIS PROGRAM EVALUATES THE INTEGRATION OF THE NONLINEAR TERM
IN
C MASS FLOW EQUATION USING GAUSS INTEGRATION 7 POINTS (ORDER
6)
C IN TRIANGLE REGION, THE INITIAL VALUE OF Ti IS GIVEN
C*****
COMMON/LNON/ENO(3),ENP(3,3),T(3)
COMMON/RZ/R(3),Z(3)
COMMON/PDXY/VN(3) ,PNR(3),PNZ(3) ,RD ,ZD,DET
COMMON/IPTS/VR(7) ,VZ(7),WC(7)
COMMON/NON/AN,BN,RN,aa,UAVG,TM,V,PI
REAL EXPS,SUMVN,RE
DATA 10/61/
DATA U/0.15/,CP/251.0/,CO/794.0/ /
DO 1 1=1,3
ENO(I) =0 .0
DO 1 J=1,3
1 ENP(I,J)=O.O
C*****
C EVALUATION OF THE MATRIX ENO USING NUMERICAL INTEGRA-
TION
C TECHNIQUE IN TRIANGULAR REGION
C****
CALL INGPTS
384 14. COMPUTER CODES
DO 333 II=1, 7
CALL PDERV(VR(II),VZ(II))
CONC=PI*DET*AN*EXP(BN*RN*TM)*(UAVG*(V+2))**(RN+1)/
+ aa**(RN-1)
CONC=CONC/0 .00255
SUMVN=O .O
DO 223 K=1,3
223 SUMVN=SUMVN+VN(K)*T(K)
EXPS=EXP(-BN*RN*SUMVN)
RE=RD**(V+1)
DO 222 1=1,3
ENO(I)=ENO(I)+CONC*WC(II)*VN(I)*RE*EXPS
DO 222 J=1,3
ENP(I,J)=ENP(I,J)-CONC*BN*RN*WC(II)*VN(I)*VN(J)*RE*EXPS
222 CONTINUE
333 CONTINUE
RETURN
END
SUBROUTINE GAUSS
COMMON/GL/GPHIB(3000) ,GSM2(3000,3000) ,GF2(3000)
COMMON/GSM/GSM(3000,3000),NP
DO 40 I=1,NP
PIVOT=GSM2(I,I)
ABSP=ABS(PIVOT)
IPROW=I
DO 10 J=I+1,NP
IF(ABS(GSM2(J ,I)).LE .ABSP) GOTO 10
PIVOT=GSM2(J,I)
ABSP=ABS(PIVOT)
IPROW=J
10 CONTINUE
IF (IPROW .LE.I) GOTO 22
DO 20 J=I,NP
TEMP=GSM2(I,J)
GSM2(I,J)=GSM2(IPROW,J)
GSM2(IPROW,J)=TEMP
20 CONTINUE
TEMP = GF2(I)
GF2(I) = GF2(IPROW)
GF2(IPROW) = TEMP
22 DO 30 J = 1+1, NP
TIMES = GSM2(J,I)/PIVOT
GSM2 (J ,I) = 0.0
14.4. FORTRAN CODES 385
DO 25 K = I+1,NP
GSM2(J,K) = GSM2(J,K)-TIMES*GSM2(I,K)
25 CONTINUE
GF2(J) = GF2(J)-TIMES*GF2(I)
30 CONTINUE
40 CONTINUE
RETURN
END
SUBROUTINE BACK
COMMON/GL/GPHIB(3000),GSM2(3000,3000),GF2(3000)
COMMON/GSM/GSM(3000,3000),NP
10=61
GPHIB(NP)=GF2(NP)/GSM2(NP ,NP)
DO 20 I=NP-1,1,-1
QUOT=GF2 (1)
DO 10 J=1+1,NP
QUOT=QUOT-GSM2(I,J)*GPHIB(J)
10 CONTINUE
GPHIB(I)=QUOT/GSM2(I,I)
20 CONTINUE
RETURN
END
SUBROUTINE GAUSS1
COMMON/GNON/GNOY(3000),GFT(3000),GSM3(3000,3000)
COMMON/GSM/GSM(3000,3000),NP
IO=61
WRITE (10,*) , ,
DO 40 I=1,NP
PIVOT=GSM3 (I , 1)
ABSP=ABS(PIVOT)
IPROW=I
DO 10 J=1+1,NP
IF(ABS(GSM3(J,I».LE .ABSP) GOTO 10
PIVOT=GSM3(J,I)
ABSP=ABS(PIVOT)
IPROW=J
10 CONTINUE
IF (IPROW.LE .I) GOTO 22
DO 20 J=I,NP
TEMP=GSM3(I,J)
GSM3(I,J)=GSM3(IPROW,J)
GSM3(IPROW,J)=TEMP
20 CONTINUE
386 14. COMPUTER CODES
TEMP = GFT(I)
GFT(I) = GFT(IPROW)
GFT(IPROW) = TEMP
22 DO 30 J = 1+1, NP
TIMES = GSM3(J,I)/PIVOT
GSM3(J,I) = 0.0
DO 25 K = I+1,NP
GSM3(J,K) = GSM3(J,K)-TIMES*GSM3(I,K)
25 CONTINUE
GFT(J) = GFT(J)-TIMES*GFT(I)
30 CONTINUE
40 CONTINUE
RETURN
END
SUBROUTINE BACK1
COMMON/GNON/GNOY(3000),GFT(3000),GSM3(3000,3000)
COMMON/GT/GKT(3000),GNO(3000)
COMMON/GSM/GSM(3000,3000),NP
IO=61
GNOY(NP) =GFT(NP)/GSM3(NP ,NP)
DO 20 I=NP-1,1,-1
QUOT=GFT(I)
DO 10 J=I+l,NP
QUOT=QUOT-GSM3(I,J)*GNOY(J)
10 CONTINUE
GNOY(I)=QUOT/GSM3(I,I)
20 CONTINUE
RETURN
END
SUBROUTINE INGPTS
COMMON/IPTS/VR(7),VZ(7),WC(7)
DATA AC/0.05971587/,BC/0.47014206/
DATA C/0.10128651/,D/O .79742699/
C*******
C GENERATION OF THE NINE INTEGRATION POINTS FOR THE
C LINEAR TRIANGULAR ELEMENT GAUSS POINTS N=6
C*******
VR(1)=0.3333333
VZ(1)=O.3333333
WC(1)=O.225
VR(2)=BC
VZ(2)=AC
WC(2)=O.13239415
14.4. FORTRAN CODES 387
VR(3)=BC
VZ(3)=BC
WC(3)=O.13239415
VR(4)=AC
VZ(4)=BC
WC(4)=O.13239415
VR(5)=C
VZ(5)=D
WC(5)=O .12593918
VR(6)=C
VZ(6)=C
WC(6)=O.12593918
VR(7)=D
VZ(7)=C
WC(7)=O.12593918
RETURN
END
SUBROUTINE PDERV(X1,X2)
C******
C THIS SUBROUTINE EVALUATES THE JACOBIAN TRANSFORMATION
MATRIX
C AND USES THE INVERSE JACOBIAN MATRIX TO OBTAIN THE
C DERIVATIVES OF THE SHAPE FUNCTIONS WITH RESPECT TO R
AND Z
C******
COMMON/PDXY/VN(3),PNR(3),PNZ(3),RD,ZD,DET
COMMON/RZ/R(3),Z(3)
COMMON/DERV/VNN(3),PNS(3),PNE(3)
REAL JOCB(2,2)
DATA 10/61/
C*******
C INITIALIZATION OF THE JACOBIAN MATRIX
C*******
DO 1 1=1,2
DO 1,J=1,2
1 JOCB(I,J)=O .O
RD=O .000001
ZD=O.000001
C*******
C EVALUATION OF THE SHAPE FUNCTIONS AND THEIR
C DERIVATIVES
C*******
CALL QDSHFN(Xl,X2)
C*******
388 14. COMPUTER CODES
SUBROUTINE QDSHFN(SI,ETA)
C*******
C THIS SUBROUTINE CALCULATES THE VALUE OF THE SHAPE
C FUNCTIONS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES FOR THE QUADRATIC
C QUADRILATERAL ELEMENT GIVEN SPECIFIC VALUES OF KSI
C AND ETA
C VN - VALUE OF THE KSI AND ETA
C PNS - PARTIAL DERIVATIVE WITH RESPECT TO SKI
C PNE - PARTIAL DERIVATIVE WITH RESPECT TO ETA
C*******
COMMON/DERV/VN(3),PNS(3),PNE(3)
VN(1)=SI
PNS (1) =1
PNE(1)=O
14.4. FORTRAN CODES 389
VN(2)=ETA
PNS(2)=O
PNE(2)=1
VN(3)=1-SI-ETA
PNS(3)=-1
PNE(3)=-1
RETURN
END
SUBROUTINE NONLIN2
C*****
C THIS PROGRAM EVALUATE THE INTEGRATION OF THE NONLINEAR TERM
C IN MASS FLOW EQUATION USING GAUSS INTEGRATION 7 POINTS
C (ORDER 6) IN TRIANGLE REGION, THE INITIAL VALUE OF Ti
C IS GIVEN
C*****
COMMON/LNON/ENO(3) ,ENP(3,3) ,T(3)
COMMON/RZ/R(3),Z(3)
COMMON/PDXY/VN(3) ,PNR(3) ,PNZ(3) ,RD,ZD,DET
COMMON/IPTS/VR(7) ,VZ(7) ,WC(7)
COMMON/NON/AN,BN,RN,aa,UAVG,TM,V,PI
REAL EXPS,SUMVN,RE,AREA
DATA 10/61/
DATA U/0.15/,CP/251 .0/,CO/794.0/ /
DO 1 1=1,3
ENO(I) =0 .0
DO 1 J=1,3
1 ENP(I,J)=O .O
RAVG=(R(1)+R(2)+R(3))/3
TAVG=(T(1)+T(2)+T(3))/3
c WRITE (10,*) 'RAVG=' ,RAVG
C=(UAVG*(V+2)*RAVG**(V-l)/aa)**(RN+l)*aa**2/0.00255
AREA=R(2)*Z(3)+R(3)*Z(1)+R(1)*Z(2)-R(2)*Z(1)
+ -R(3)*Z(2)-R(1)*Z(3)
CONC=2*PI*An*EXP(BN*RN*TM)*EXP(-BN*RN*TAVG)*RAVG*aa*C*AREA
DO 2 1=1,3
DO 2 J=1,3
2 ENP(I ,J)=-BN*RN*CONC/12. 0
DO 3 1=1,3
3 ENP(I,I)=2*ENP(I,I)
DO 5 1=1,3
5 ENO(I)=CONC/3.0
RETURN
END
390 14. COMPUTER CODES
The input and output files nonlin. in and nonlin. out for Example 8.2 are
available at the authors' websites.
14.4.2. The following Fortran program computes the exact solution (9.59) in
Exercise 9.17 .
c
real function erfcc(y)
c23456 returns the complementary error function erfc(x)
c
double precision z, y, ans, t
z=abs(y)
t=1./(1.+0.5*z)
erfcc=t*dexp(-z*z -1 .26441223+t*(1.00002368)+t*(O.37409196+
* t*(O.09678418+t*(-O .18628806+t*(O.27886807+t*(-1.13520398+
* t*(1.48851587+t*(-O .82215223+t*O.17087277))))))))
if(y .lt .O) erfcc=2 .-erfcc
return
end
A
Integration Formulas
Some useful formulas and results on integration are given below. Proofs can be
found in any standard calculus textbook.
Let R" denote the n-dimensional Euclidean space and Z+ the set of nonneg-
ative integers. A useful integration formula is
(A.l)
t n - 1 e- t dt, n > 0,
such that
n r( n) if n is real,
I' (n+ 1) ={
n! ifn E Z+.
1
1 , I
m n m.n.
x (1 - x) dx = ( )1 ' (A.2)
o m+ n+l .
(A.3)
where n is the outward normal to the curve I', ds denotes the line element that
is defined by ds = J dx 2 + dy2 . These two theorems lead to the following two
2
useful identities in R :
h
were
O
on = n· M a a
v = n x ox + ny oy
. the norma ld envanve
IS
. .
operator.
U ·
smg
the gradient theorem, the component forms of (A.6), with appropriate variables,
are as follows:
The gradient and the divergence theorems are valid in R 3 if the surface integral on
the left side is replaced by a volume integral and the line integral on the right is
395
Some special triangular and rectangular elements lead to different stiffness matrice s
and force vectors . The following three cases are valid for the Laplacian - \72 on a
right-angled triangular element with sides a and b, a 2 b, and the location of the
local nodes 1, 2, and 3, such that the local node 1 is at the origin.
1. For a right-angled linear triangular element n( e) with base a and altitude b, if
the local nodes 1,2, and 3 are at (0,0) , (a, 0), and (a, b), respectively, and the
local node 2 is at the right angle (see Fig. B.I (a» , then
(B.1)
and
(B.2)
(B.3)
3. For a right-angled linear triangular element nee) with base a and altitude b,
if the local node 3 is at the right angle and the nodes 1 and 2 are numbered
counterclockwise (see Fig. B.l(c», then
2 2
(0,0) (a,O) (0,0) (a, 0) (0,0)
(a) (b) (c)
4 . For a 4 node bilinear square element nee) of side a (Fig. 5.2 with a = b), the
stiffness matrix and the force vector for the Laplacian - '\72 are given by
!1 ~1 =i
[-2-1 -1-2 -14
-1]
-2
-1 '
r(e) j (e)_
= _ a
4
2
{i}
r t ' (B.5)
4 1
5. For heat transfer problems with convective conductance (3, the following ele-
ments are mostly used, with the respective stiffness matrices .
399
K (e) -
b -
(3(e)Z(e)
-!L!1...
6
[ 2~ ~1 o~]
(3(e) l (e)
+ ~
[0 0 0]
021 +~
(3(e) l (e) [2~ 0
0 (B.6)
6 0 1 2 6 0
f (e) _ (312
b - 2
12
(e)T 00 Z(e)
12 {OIl}
(B.7)
(B.8)
(B.9)
4 2 -1 0 0 0
1 16 2 0 0 0
(3(e) l (e)
K (e)=~ -1 2 4 0 0 0
b 30 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
400 B. SPECIAL CASES
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
/3(e) l(e) 0 0 2 -1 0
4
+~
30 0 0 2
16 2 0
0 0 2- 1 4 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
4 0 0 0 -1 2
0 0 0 0 0 0
/3(e) l(e) 0 0 0 0 0 0
+~
30 0 0 0 0 0 0
(B.10)
-1 0 0 0 4 2
2 0 0 0 2 16
1 0
4 0
/3(e) T I 3 l(e) 1 + /3(e)T 35 l(e)
1
f (e) _ 13 00 13 35 00 35
b - 6 0 6 4
0 1
0 0
1
0
/3(e) T 51 l(e)
+ 5 1 00 5 1 0 (B. ll)
6 0
1
4
- -a
ax
( a ll -au )
ax
- -a
ay
( a22 -au )
ay
+ c u - f = 0, (B.12)
(e) _
K ij -
/1 ( all a
a4>~e) a4>je)
x
a
x
a4>~e) a4>je»)
+ a 22 a y aY dx dy
fl
O le)
= 1 2 ll + a (1)
/3i/3j ( a (0) (2» Y)
u x + all
4 (A (e») O (e )
+ 'Yi'Yj (0)
( a2 2 + a 22
(1) (2» )
x + a 22 Y dx dy
401
+ I n j ( a 22
(0) (2) )]
100 + a 22 lID+ a 22 120 ,
(1)
(B.13)
(B .14)
/1
8A.(e) 8¢ (e)
H ll x = X _ '+'_i J_ dx dy = H ll 1 + xie) n " ,
Ol e ) 8x 8x
/1
8A.(e) 8¢(e)
Hlly = y _ '+'_i J_ dx dy = H 1l2 + yi e) H 11 ,
O l e) 8x 8x
(B.I5)
8A.(e) 8¢\e)
H 22x =
/JO (c)
x _ '+'_i
8y
8A.(e)
J_
8y
8¢(e)
dxdy = H 221 + xie) H 22 ,
H 22y =
/J
O (e )
y _ '+'_i
8y
J_
8y
dx dy :::: H 222 + y~e ) H 2 2 ,
where
H '" ~ s. [..',
12 -1 1
-2
2
-1
1
2 -2 '
!,]H'"
12a
~ ~ [!, - 1
- 1 -1
1
1
1 -1
3
,]
~3 '
-']
1 -1 -2 2 1 - 1 -3
1 -1 1 -1
H
22 1
~ -~f 3
12b - 1 -3
-1 - 1
-3 -
3
1
- 1' ] H 222 = ~ [
l '
1
12
12 2
-1 - 2 2
- 2 -1 1
- 2 - 1
1 .
2
(B.16)
--1 -8
r 8r
C
a ll r -8U) - -8 a22-8U)
8r 8z 8z
C + aDO U - f
A
r, z = 0,
( )
(B.17)
402 B. SPECIAL CASES
where aoo, a
all, and 22 are functions of rand z. The stiffness matrix and the
force vector are given by
(7a) In the case of a linear triangular element n(e):
f]
(e) = a
2
b j( e )
12
{~}
2' (B.21)
1
where H ll and H 22 are defined in (6.15), and H 1ll and H 221 are defined
above in (B.16).
8. In heat transfer problems when qn = /3 (u - u oo ), we have
FOR A LINEAR TRIANGULAR ELEMENT:
or = -.!£..
/3l(e) [2a aa a1] ; (B.22)
6 1 a 2
f b(e ) _
-
/3u oo l
2
r;){ 0
11 } _ /3uoolj~ {01 }
' or - 2
_ /3uoolk~)
l ' or - 2
{a
1
l'
} (B.23)
403
K(e)
b
= f3l~;)6 [i0 0~ 0~~]0 ,or = (3l;~)6 [~0 ~1 ~2 ~]0 '
000 0000
or -
_ (3li%
6
[~0 ~0 ~~]
2 1 ' or -
_ (3l~~6 [~0 0~ ~0 0~] '
(B.24)
0012 1002
f(e) =
b
(3u(x,l~;)
2
{~}
0' or
= (3u oolW
2
{~}
l' or
= (3u ooli%
2
{~}
l '
o 0 1
or ~ ~u~l~l {~ }. (B25)
c
Temporal Approximations
Finite difference schemes to compute the first- and second-order time derivatives
are considered.
where x = dx]dt, and M and K are known square matrices and F a known
vector in H"; we use the B-scheme, which approximates the mean value of x at
two consecutive time steps t n and t n + l by the weighted average of x at these two
time steps. This scheme is defined by
Xn+!
A
- Xn = BX. n+l + (1 - B) x' n , O::;B::;l , (C.2)
utn + 1
where D.t n+! = t n+! - tn, and the suffix n represents the value of the quantity at
time tn. The weight B refers to some well-known schemes, which are
Of these schemes, the forward and backward difference schemes are conditionally
stable, while the other two are unconditionally stable.
Substituting the B-approximation (C.2) for times t n and t n+! into Eq (C.1), we
get
which simplifies to
(C.4)
where
M: = M + B~tn+! K,
K = M - (1 - B) ~tn+! K, (C.5)
F = ~tn+! (BF n+! + (1- B) Fn) .
Formula (CA) determines the unknown solution of Eq (C.1) at time t = t n +! in
terms ofthe known solution at t = tn . Since the solution is known at t = 0, we take
t n +! = n ~t, where ~t is an equally spaced time step . Then we start at t n =
and compute the solution for t n +! = ~t . This process is continued successively,
°
forward in time, moving with the time step ~t each time. This is known as the
forward time-marching process. Also, both F nand F n+! are known since the
vector F is known at all times. For better results we use smaller step size ~t.
The stability analysis shows that if A is the minimum eigenvalue of
det(K - >. M) = 0,
Mx+Kx=F, (C.6)
..
0: X n+l +(1
- 0:) X.,n =
xn+l - x n
A , (C.7)
utn +1
where the parameters 0: and (3 control the stability and accuracy of the solution.
Thus, for example, 0: = 1/2, (3 = 1/4 give an unconditionally stable solution in
linear problems, while 0: = 1/2, (3 = 1/6 give the linear acceleration scheme.
From (C.8) we get
(C. g)
where
(C.lI)
or
(C .12)
Isoparametric elements are used for regions with curved boundaries using elements
for curved sides .
n.i. Introduction
2x - (x~e) + x~e» )
e= l( e) (D .1)
e
The -coordinates are called normal (or natural) coordinates since these coordinates
are normalized (nondimensionalized) with values between - 1 and 1. The formula
(D. I ) establishes the transformation between points x (x~e) ~ X ~ x~e » ) and the
points e(-1 ~ ~ ~ 1).
The (Lagrange) interpolation functions for a linear element in normal coordi -
nate system are
410 D. ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS
•I bs •2 (D.2a)
2 - node element
(linear)
•I cs
2
•
3
(D.2b)
3 - node element
(quadratic)
9
¢l = --(1 - e)(1/9 -
16
e)
2
¢2 = ~~ (1 - eH1/3 - e)
(D.2c)
¢3 = ~~ (1 - eH1/3 + e)
9 2
¢4 = -16 (1 + eH1/9 - e ).
Note that the interpolation functions ¢i (ej) are chosen such that
I , ifi = j
¢i(ej) = Dij = { a ·f ·...t·
, I t T J,
Here ¢i = a at all nodes except the node i. Now, determine Ci such that ¢i = 1 at
e= ei, i.e.,
This gives the required interpolation functions ¢i associated with the node i as
D.l. INTRODUCTION 411
Formula (D.3) can be used to derive the interpolation functions (D.2a), (D.2b), and
(D.2c). For example, to derive (D.2c), note that 6 = -1,6 = -1/3,6 = 1/3,
and e4 = 1. Then, substituting these values, we obtain
1 2
(a) (c)
Fig. D.2(a) :
At the corner nodes : <Pi = ei, i=I,2,3.
Fig . D.2(b):
At the corner nodes: <Pi = (2ei - 1)ei, i = 1,2,3.
j = 4,5,6
At the mid-nodes: <Pi = 4ekel, k = 1, 2, 3 .
{
1= 2,3,1
Fig. D.2(c):
1
At the corner nodes: 2"(3ei - 1)(3ei - 2)ei, i = 1,2,3.
On sides i = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9:
k ~ 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 1 .
{ I - 2, 1, 3, 2, 1, 3
e= -(x
1
a
- xc), (D.4)
a= 1a a= 1a (D.5)
ax ~a( ay b aTJ'
and
JJr
r
R
f(x , y) dA = 4ab rr -1 -1
f(e, TJ) de dTJ. (D.6)
U2 u.
(- 1,1) .-"------+----_ (1,1)
oL.------+--+
Y (~:-1)-----------e(~,~1)
o
j x
LINEAR FUNCTIONS . The simplest model for a rectangle has only corner
nodal unknowns (thus only 4 parameters), which means that the function varies
linearly on the boundaries. Appropriate 2-D interpolation functions for u can be
generated by evaluating
(D.7)
Ul = Cl + C2 + C3 + C4 at (1, I) ,
U2 = Cl - C2 + C3 - C4 at (-1, I),
U3 = Cl - C2 - C3 + C4 at (-1, -I),
U4 = Cl + C2 - C3 - C4 at (1, -I),
D.l. INTRODUCTION 413
UI + U2 + U3 + U4 UI - U2 - U3 + U4
CI = 4 C2 =-
4
UI + U2 - U3 - U4 UI - U2 + U3 - U4
C3 =-
4
C4 = 4
thus yielding
U = UI + U2 + U3 + U4 _ UI - U2 - U3 + U4 ~
4 4
UI + U2 - U3 - U4 UI - U2 + U3 - U4 c
- 4 TJ + 4 <"TJ
= <PIUI + <P2 U2 + <P3 U3 + <P4 U4,
where
1
<PI = 4(1 - ~)(1 - TJ),
1
<P2 = 4(1 + ~)(1 - TJ),
(D.8)
1
<P3 = 4(1 + ~)(1 + TJ),
1
<P4 = 4(1 - ~)(1 + TJ)·
4 7 3
8 6
5 2
We take
414 D. ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS
At node I: Ul = Cl - C2 - C3 + C4 + Cs + C6 - C7 - CS,
At node 2: U2 = Cl + C2 - C3 + C4 - Cs + C6 - C7 + cs,
At node 3: U3 = Cl + C2 + C3 + C4 + Cs + C6 + C7 + CS ,
At node 4: U4 = Cl - C2 + C3 + C4 - Cs + C6 + C7 - CS,
At node 5: Us = Cl - C3 + C6,
At node 6: U6 = Cl + C2 + C4,
At node 7: U7 = ci + C3 + C6,
At node 8: Us = Cl - C2 + C4·
where
1 1 2
¢ l = -4 (1 - €) (1 - 7])(1 + € + 7]), ¢s = '2(1 - € )(1 - 7]),
1 1
¢2 = -4(1 + 0(1 - 7])(1 + € + 7]) , ¢6 = '2(1 + € )(1 - 7]2),
(D.10)
1 1
¢7 = '2(1 - € )(1 + 7]) ,
2
¢3 = - 4 (1 + €)(1 + 7])(1 - € - 7]) ,
1
¢4 = -4(1 - €)(1 + 7])(1 + € + 7]) , ¢s = ~(1 - €)(1 - 7]2).
2
The choice of € , 7] depends on the element geometry, i.e., linear, quadratic, cubic,
or a higher dimension (see Fig. D.5).
Generate the interpolation functions in terms of € , 7] and evaluate curvilinear
derivatives as follows:
D.2. CURVILINEAR COORDINATES 415
8¢ 8¢ 8~ 8¢ 8T!
-=--+--,
8x 8~ 8x 8T! 8x
(D.ll)
8¢ 8¢ 8~ 8¢ 8T!
-=--+--.
8y 8~ 8y 8T! 8y
3
4 3 4
11
11 ~aster Element
2
o ~
4 7 3
8 6
(x2' Y2 )
11 1 5 2 Y ( )
xI'YI (Xs'Ys)
~aster Element ~urved-sideElement
o ~ o x
{f!}=J{U}'
where J is the Jacobian matrix given by
8x
J = 8(x ,y) = 8{
8(~ ,T!) [ 8x
8t]
On inversion we get
~} --
{ f!.!E.
8y
J-
1
{*} f!.!E.
8t]
'
416 D. ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS
which gives
(D .12)
where IJI denotes the determinant of J. Note that PI must be nonzero and finite
for the transformation to be unique. Also,
(D.13)
If PI #- 0, we have
By
BfJ (D.14)
[ By
B~
where ~ = ~(x, y) and fJ = fJ(x, y). It is obvious from (D.14) that the functions
~(x, y) and fJ(x, y) are continuous and differentiable. It is also required that the
transformation x = x(~, fJ). y = y(~ , fJ) must be algebraically simple. This would
allow us to evaluate the matrix J easily.
l
Xl
XN
f(x) dx = 1 g(~)
1
-1
d (x(~))
d~
d~, (D.15)
(D.16)
where Xl, . . . , X N are the global nodal coordinates. For example, for a 2-node
element n(e), let
where the shape functions <PI and <Pz are given in (D.2a) . Then
(D .17)
D.2. CURVILINEAR COORDINATES 417
11
l
X2
l(e)
f(x) dx = - g(~) d~ . (D.18)
Xl 2 -1
(D.19)
where the new variables (~ , TJ) are the natural coordinates, and the integral
(D.20)
where the new variables are the triangular coordinates 6,6 (see §5.3). For each
coordinate system the Jacobian of the transformation is J, i.e.,
Y]
8x 8y ] [ 8x 8
8~ 8~ = J = 86 86 . (D.21)
[ -8x 8y
-
8x
--
8y
8TJ 8TJ 86 86
Now, in the case of a linear triangular element the transformation equations are
where (Xl, Yl), (X2, Y2), (X3, Y3) are the global nodal coordinates. If we replace
the shape functions by their triangular coordinate equivalents, we get
x (6 ,6 ) = 6 X l +6 X 2 +6 X 3 ,
(D.23)
Y (6,6) = 6 Yl + 6 Y2 + (1 - 6 - 6) Y3,
(D.24)
where <Pi, i = 1,2,3,4, are given by (D.8). Taking ~ = 1/2 = TJ, the Jacobian is
3
(10,7)
-+----+-----l--4----+--l----1---l--l----1--+-_x
o
Fig. D.6. A Linear Quadrilateral Element.
After a suitable subdivision of a region into finite elements is made, the next choice
is to represent the element approximation in terms of variational parameters. In
view of the Weierstrass approximation theorem, polynomial approximation in each
element is the choice of such an approximation. Moreover, polynomials are easy
to work with, both algebraically and computationally. The following guidelines
must be followed in the choice of a suitable polynomial.
D.3. PASCAL TRIANGLE 419
1. The number of terms in the polynomial must be equal to the total number
of degrees of freedom (dof) associated with the element. For example, a triangle
with 3 nodes, one dof at each node, requires u = Cl + CZX + C3Y. Again, an
element with 4 nodes and 2 dof at each node will need an 8-parameter polynomial
U = Cl + CZX + C3Y + C4XZ + C5XY + C6Y z + C7XZy + cSxyz.
2. The approximation must have geometric invariance, i.e., there should be no
preference for either x or y direction .
3. The choice of the approximation must enable the element to reproduce
rigid body motions and stress-strain relation precisely, i.e., the convergence of the
method must be required.
4. Higher-order terms must not be retained at the expense of the lower order
terms . Thus choose complete polynomials, i.e., polynomials in which all terms up
to any given degree are present.
The terms of successive degrees of polynomials are conveniently represented
by the Pascal Triangle (Fig. D.?). It can be used to write complete polynomials
or to choose number of terms equal to the dof of any element. Its form up to a
lO-th degree polynomial is given below:
1
x Y
xZ xy yZ
x3 xZy xyz y3
x4 x 3y xZyz xy3 y4
x5 x 4y x 3yz x Zy3 xy4 y5
x6 x 5y x 4yz x 3y3 x Zy4 xy5 y6
Let thefunctions M(x , y, z), N(x, y, z), and P(x, y, z) be the components of the
vector G in R 3 , where (x, y, z) is a point in O. Then, by the divergence theorem
Jrrr
JJo.
(BM + BN + BP) dn
Bx By Bz
(E.1)
= J~o.[Mcos(n,x)+Ncos(n,y)+pcos(n,z)] ss,
where dB denotes the surface element, Bn denotes the boundary ofn, and cos (n, x),
cos(n, y), and cos(n, z) the direction cosines of n. If we take M = u ~~,
Bv Bv .
N = u By' and P = u Bz' then (E.1) yields
dO fr r v Bu es _ ffr r vV 2udn .
ffJo.r (BUBx BxBv + BuBy BvBy + BuBz BV)
r
Bz
=
Jan Bn Jo.
(E .3)
If we subtract (E.2) from (E.3), we obtain Green's second identity:
422 E. GREEN 'S IDENTITIES
Gaus sian quadrature is a very powerful method for numerical integration, which
uses unequally spaced intervals. It is defined as follows :
1a
b
f( x) dx = L
i=1
N
Wi f (Xi)' (F.l)
where
a + b + (b - a)~i
Xi = 2 (F .2)
Here ~i are known as the Gauss points on the interval (-1,1), which are the zeros
of the Legendre polynomial Pn (x) of degree n in the interval ( -1 , 1). Although
tables for the Gauss points and the weights W i are readily available (see, e.g.,
Abramowitz and Stegun 1968), they can be easily generated by Mathematica func-
tion LegendreP [n , x} , For example , the first four Legendre polynomials are:
1 1
Po(x) = 1, P1(x) = X, P2(x) = 2" (3x2 - 1), and P3( x) = 2" (5x 3 - 3x) .
These polynomials of degree n can also be obtained from Rodrigues' formula
n
Pn(x) = -n- I
1 d (2
-d x - I )n , (F .3)
2 n. xn
or from the recurrence relation
The orthogonality and normalization relations with the unit weight function are
=J m ,
1
1 { 0 ifn
Pn(x)Pm(x) dx = 2 . (F.5)
-1 -- if n ee rn.
2n+ 1
424 F. GAUSSIAN QUADRATURE
The zeros of each polynomial Pn(x) are real and distinct, and they are located in
the interval (-1,1). The weights Wi and the corresponding Gauss points ~i for
N = 1,2,3,4 are given in Table F.l.
Table F.I . Data for Gaussian Quadrature.
N
1 o 2.0000000000
2 ±0.5773502692 = ±1/J3 1.0000000000
3 o 0.8888888889
±0.7745966692 = ±/375 0.5555555556
4 ±0.3399810436 0.6521451549
±0.8611363116 0.3478548451
1 =
J 1
3 dx
--4
3x +
= -1 In (13)
3
- = 0.206346 (exact value).
7
Set x = 2 + u. Then
1 -11
- -1 3u
du
+ 10 '
Now,forN=l : 1=2(11
0)=0.2;
for N = 2: 1 = [10 _ 3(0.5~73502692) + 10 + 3(0.5~73502692)] = 0.206186;
for N = 3: 1 =9
1[ 5 5]
10 _ 3(0 .7745966692) + 10 + 3(0.7745966692)
= 0.206342.•
l
1r / 2 2
1 = x 2 cosxdx = ~ - 2 = 0.4674011 (exact value).
o 4
11" 11"
X3 = 4" (1 + 6) = 4" (1 + 0.3399810436) = 1.05242,
11" 11"
X4 = 4" (1 + ~4) = 4" (1 + 0.8611363116) = 1.46173.
Then
f (xd = xi COSXl = 0.0118241,
f (xz) = xi cos Xz = 0.233413,
f (X3) = xi cos z , = 0.548777,
f (X4) = xi COSX4 = 0.23257,
and
(F.6)
1111 lIN
f(x, y) dx = ~ Wi f (~i) 11
1
g(y) dy, (F.7)
where Wi and ~i are the weight and the Gauss points, respectively. The outer
integral yields
(F .8)
where W j and Tlj denote the weight and the Gauss points, respectively . Hence,
combining (F.7) and (F.8) we obtain
where the values of M and N are obtained by equating (2m - 1) to the highest
power of x and (2n-1) to the highest power of y in the integrand f(x, y) . Formula
426 F . GAUSSIAN QUADRATURE
(F.9) can be viewed as a single sum over M x N = K Gauss points with wiwrtype
products as the corresponding weights .
TRIANGULAR REGIONS. The integral I6 f(x, y) dxdy over a triangular
region t:::, is
Lf(x,y)dXdy = l l ll
- {2 g (6 ,6 ) 1IJl l d6 dx 2
N (F.1O)
= L W i 9 ((6 )i, (6 )i) .
i=l
The Guass points and the weights in Formula (F.lO) are defined in Table F.2 (see
Hammer et al., 1956, for details) .
wI· Error
a (112,0) 1/6
3 b (1/2, 112) 1/6 O(h 2)
c (0, 112) 116
2 2 2 2
1= L L WiWj! (~i)! (~j) = LL WiWj 6~;TJJ
i = l j=l i=l j=l
In this appendix we will show some gradient-based numerical methods for finding
minimizers of functions from R N to R with no constraints.
the gradient, i.e., the fastest descent direction is -1I~j~:~ II at any point x in R N .
Suppose that f has a minimizer x* at which \7f(x*) = 0 holds necessarily. To
find x" , we take an initial guess x(1) and calculate \7f(x(1)) . If\7f(x(l)) i=- 0,
t \7f(X(l))
let t denote any real number. Then x(t) = x(l) - II\7f(x)11 is a parametric
equation of the straight line passing through X(l) in the direction determined by
\7f(x(l )) Th
-11\7f(x) II'
..
e restnction 0
i ] on thi1S I'me 1S
, 'I . bl f .
a sing e vana e unction
_ (1) t \7f(x(l))
get) - f(x ) - II\7f(x(l))II'
Then, by definition, j(x{1)) > j(X(2)), since g(t{1)) < g(O) . If we repeat this
process with a new 'initial guess' x(2) and if we again get V j(x(2)) =I- 0, then
. generates a sequence 0 f pom
It . R N : x (1) , x (2) , ... ,x (k) , ... ,whiICh satiISfy
. ts in
j(X(l)) > j(X(2)) > ... > j(x(k)) > ... , Under appropriate conditions on I,
we will have lirnk_oo x(k) = x*.
EXAMPLE G .1. Solve the unconstrained program
Similarly,
which gives [xi x;]T = [1.0 1.5]T. It can be easily checked that after one
more iteration, we have X(4) = x* .•
A faster way of solving an equation of the type (G.l) is the generalized conjugate
gradient method. It can be stated as follows. Let x(O) be an arbitrary initial guess,
let r(O) = - \1 f(x(O)), and y(O) = r(O) . Let t(O) be the solution of min f(x(O) +
tER
ty(O)), and let
Repeat this process with t(1) as the solution of min f(x(1) + t y(1)). When this
tER
method is applied to aquadraticfunction f(x) = ~xT A x-xTb, with the gradient
\1 f(x) = Ax - b, the method is called the linear conjugate gradient method, or
simply the conjugate gradient method .
EXAMPLE G .2. Solve the unconstrained program
by using the conjugate gradient method . The first step is the same as in the method
of steepest descent. We take the same initial guess x(O) = [0 O]T as in the
previous example. Then
and
It can be easily seenthat after two iterations, this methodproduces a more accurate
approximation of the exact solution as comparedwith the previous method. •
Bibliography
P. N. Godbole, S. Nakazawa, and O. C. Zienkiewicz, Blood flow analysis by the fin ite
element method, International Conference on Finite Elements in Biomechanics, Feb-
ruary 18-20, 1980.
G . L. Goudreau and R. L. Taylor, Evaluation of numerical integration m ethods in elas-
todynamics, J . Computer Methods in Appl. Mech . Engg. , 2 (1973),69-97.
J . Greenstadt, On the reduction of continuous problems to discrete form , IBM J . Res .
Div . 3 (1959), 355-363.
P. C. Hammer, O. P. Marlowe, and A. H. Stroud, Numerical Integration over Simplexes
and Cones , in Mathematical Tables and Aids to Computation, National Research
Council, Washington, DC, vol. 10, 1956, pp. 130-137.
J. Hersch, Equations differentielles et functions de cellules, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 240
(1955), 1602-1604.
M. A. Hussain, S. Kar, and R.R. Puniyani, Relationship between power law coefficients
and major blood constituents affecting the whole blood viscosity, Journal of Bio-
Sciences, 24 (1999) , 329-337.
M. Iga and J . N. Reddy, Penalty finite element analysis of free surface flows of power-law
fluids. The mathematics of finite elements and applications" VI, Uxbridge (1987),
Academic Press, London , 423-433(1988) , 76-80.
E . Isaacson and H. B. Keller , Analysis of Numerical Methods , Wiley , New York, 1966.
W . Janna, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics , PWS, Boston, 1993.
___ , Design of Fluid Thermal Systems, PWS, Boston , 1993.
R. E. Jones, A generalization of the direct-stiffness method of structural analysis, AIAA
J., 2 (1964) , 821-826.
S. Kakac and Y. Yener, Heat Conduction, Srd ed., Taylor and Francis, Washington, D.
C ., 1993.
L. V. Kantorovich and V . L. Krylov, Approximate Methods of Higher Analysis, Inter-
science, New York, 1958.
H. Kardestuncer and D. H. Norrie (eds .), Finite Element Handbook, McGraw-Hill , New
York , 1987.
W . M. Khairy , Partially filled pipe flow, Final Homework Project Math 6230 , University
of New Orleans (Private Communication) (April 1998), 1-29.
___ , Flow past a cylinder in viscous flow, Final Exam Project Math 6230, Universi ty
of New Orleans (Private Communication) (May 1998) , 1-91.
K. Khellaf and G . Lauriat , A new analyti cal solution for heat transfer in the entrance
region of ducts : Hydrodynamically developed flows of power-law fluids with constant
wall temperature, Int. J . Heat Mass Transfer, 40 (1996), 3443-3447 .
R. D. Krieg, Unconditional stability in numerical time integration methods, Trans.
ASME, J. Appl. Mech . 40 (1973), 417-421.
N. M. Newmark, A method of com putation for structural dynamics , J . Engg. Mech .
Division, ASCE 85 (1959) , 67-94.
M. Krizek and P. Neittaanrnaki, Finite Element Approximation of Variational Problems
and Applications, Longman Scientific & Tecnical, Harlow, U.K. , 1990.
A. Kumar and M. Bhattacharya, Numerical analysis of aseptic processing of a n on-
Newtonian liquid food in a tubular heat exchanger, Chern. Eng. Comm., 103 (1991) ,
27-51.
P. K. Kythe, An Introduction to Boundary Element Methods, CRC Press, Boca Raton ,
FL , 1995.
___ , Fundamental Solutions for Differential Operators and Applications, Birkhauser ,
Boston, 1996.
___ , P. Puri, and M. R. Schaferkotter, Partial Differential Equations and Boundary
Value Problems with Mathematica, CRC Press, Boca Raton, 2002.
436 BIBLIOGRAPHY
V . P. Shih, C . C. Huang, and S.Y. Tsay, Extended leveque solution for laminar heat
transfer to power-Law fluids in pipes with wall slip, Int . J. Heat Mass Transfer, 38
(1995), 403-408 .
I. S. Sokolnikoff, Mathematical Theory of Elasticity, McGraw-Hill, New York , 1956.
L. J . Sonder and P. C. England, Vertical averages of rheology of the continental litho-
sphere" Earth Planet. Sci. Lett., 77 (1986) , 81-90.
E . M. Sparrow and R. D. Cess, Radiation Heat Transfer, Augmented Edition , McGraw-
Hill-Hemisphere, New York, 1978.
J . F . Steffe, Rheological Methods in Food Process Engineering, Freeman Press, San Fran-
cisco, CA , 1992.
K. Stephan, S. Lin, M. Durst, F. Huang, and D. Seher, A similarity relation for energy
separation in a vortex tube, Int . J . Heat Mass Transfer, 27 (1984), 911-920.
J. L. Synge, Triangulation in the hypercircle method for plane problems , Proc. Royal
Irish Acad., 54(A) (1952), 341-367.
___ , The Hypercircle in Mathematical Physics, Cambridge University Press, New
York, 1957.
B. Szabo and I. Babuska, Finite Element Analysis, Wiley , New York, 1991.
C. Taylor and T. G. Hughes, Finite Element Programming of the Navier-Stokes Equa-
tions, Pineridge Press Limited, Swansea, UK, 1981.
S. P. Timoshenko and N. Godier, Theory of Elasticity, McGraw-Hill, New York , 1951.
___ , D.H. Young, and W. Weaver, Jr., Vibration Problems in Engineering, Wiley,
New York, 1974.
P. Tong and J. N. Rossettos, Finite-Element Method, The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA,
1977.
D. Touati-Ahrned and C. Storey, Efficient hybrid conjugate gradient techniques, J . Op-
timization Theory Appl., 64 (1990), 379-397.
A. C. Ugural, Stresses in Plates and Shells, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1981.
J . V. Uspensky, Theory of Equations, McGraw-Hill, 1948.
K. Washizu, Variational Methods in Elasticity and Plasticity, 2nd ed., Pergamon Press,
New York, 1975.
W . Weaver, Jr. and P. R. Johnston, Finite Elements for Structural Analysis, Prentice-
Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1984.
D. Wei, Penalty approximations to the stationary power-law Navier-Stokes problem,
Numer. Funet. Anal. Optim., 22 (2001) , 749-765.
___ , Existence and uniqueness of solutions to the stationary power-law Navier-Stokes
problem in bounded convex domains, Proceedings of Dynamic Systems and Applica-
tions III (2001) ,611-618.
___ and Z. Zhang, Decay estimates of heat transfer to molten polymer flow in pipes
with visous dissipation, Electronic Journal of Differential Equations. 2001 (2001) ,
1-14.
___ and L. Lefton, A penalty method for approximations of the stationary power-law
Stokes problem, Electron. J. Diff. Eqns., 2001 (2001), 1-12.
___ and H. .Luo, Finite element solutions of heat transfer in molten polymer flow in
tubes with viscous dissipation, International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer 46
(2003), 3097-3108.
___ and L. Lefton, Penalty finite element solutions of the stationary power-law Stokes
problem, to appear in, J . of Numer. Math.
H. F . Weinberger, Upper and lower bounds for eigenvalues by finite difference methods,
Commun. Pure Appl. Math., 9 (1956) , 613-623.
___ , Lower bounds for higher eigenvalues by finite difference methods, Pacific J .
Math., 8 (1958), 339-368.
438 BIBLIOGRAPHY
G. N. White, Difference equations for plane thermal elasticity , LAMS-2745, Los Alamos
Scientific Laboratories, Los Alamos , NM, 1962.
J. R. Whiteman, A Bibliography for Finite Elements, Academic Press, New York, 1975.
W . Wilkinson, Non-Newtonian Fluids, Pergamon Press, New York, 1960.
J . C. Wu and J. F. Thompson, Numerical solutions of tim e dependent incompressible
Navier-Stokes equation using integra-differential formulation , Comput. Fluids, 1
(1973), 197-215 .
O. C. Zienkiewicz and Y. K. Cheung, Finite elements in the solution of field problems,
The Engineer, 220 (1965), 507-510.
___ and R. L. Taylor, The Finite Element Method, Vol. 1: Linear Problems , McGraw-
Hill, New York, 1989.
Index
integration tridiagonal, 40
by parts, 7, 38, 183,244, 393ff membrane, elliptical , 168
formulas , 393ff rectangular, 134
Gauss-Legendre, 198ff methodes)
numerical time, 22lff classical, 207ff
inter-element quantities , 247 conjugate gradient, 58ff, 265ff,
internal energy generation, 72 313ff, 318ff, 43 Iff
interpolation, 273 Galerkin, 1, 3, 9ff, 10, 17,21 , 37ff,
bilinear, 93 72, 208ff, 211, 233, 241, 244
finite element, 220 Galerkin finite element , 37ff
linear, 245 Gauss elimination, 156
Hermite , 330 Gauss -Legendre integration, 198ff
semidiscrete , 230 gradient-based, 429ff
iteration(s), 60ff, 198ff, 241, 264 Laplace transform , 208ff
McCauly's, 81
J Newton's, 197ff, 24Iff, 248ff, 250,
Jacobian matrix, 197ff, 416ff, 418 252
nonlinear conjugate gradient, 26Iff,
K 318ff
Kronecker delta, 91 numerical time integration, 221ff
of separation of variables, 226, 236
L of steepest descent, 59, 263ff, 266,
Lagrange multipliers , 297ff 297,429ff
Laplacian, 398 penalty, 297ff, 309
length of an element, 28 Rayleigh-Ritz , 1,3, II , 13, 15, 17,
linear triangular elements , 89ff, 91, 21,241,26lff
lOIff, 107ff, 119, 125, 133, a-scheme, 235ff
144,153, 159ff, 170, 179, trapezoidal, 233
18lff, 184ff, 195, 199,203, weighted residual, 1, 3,207
215,233,275 , 308, 336, 397ff, minimizers, 298
399,402 modulus of elasticity, 54, 75
load (force) vector, 39, 50ff, 57, 66, 77ff, moments , 87ff
79, 83ff, 86, 110ff, 117ff, 125, mushroom can, 235
144, 178,275
low carbon steel (annealed), 253 N
Newtonian model, 256
M Newton's law of cooling, 137
magnetic field, 238 nodal value, 28
matrix boundary, 308, 313
coefficient , 39, 270 node(s)
connectivity, 79, 113ff, 119, 117, global, 25, 48, 78, 89, 129ff, 169,
119,125,140,147,154,189, 277, 296, 343
308,313,338 local, 26, 94, 129ff, 277
global stiffness, 39, 42, 50, 68, 83ff, no-slip wall condition, 259
85, 117ff, 148, 153ff, 288, 291, nuclear reactor, 70
333,340 numerical time integration, 22lff
Jacobian, 197ff, 416ff, 418
local stiffness, 4Iff, 51, 57, 66, 77, o
85ff, 110ff, 134, 140, 144, 147, open square cavity, 307
153, 16 ~ 178,275,350 operator, II
strain, 273 differential, 272
444 INDEX